Ii“ Mani“! m I ABSTRACT PALYNOLOGY OF SEDIMENTS BORDERING SOME UPPER CRETACEOUS STRAND LINES IN NORTHWESTERN COLORADO By Theodore F. Gies Sixty samples from three subordinate sections and one composite reference section of the upper part of the Mancos Shale and the lower part of the Mesaverde Group in northwestern Colorado were analyzed palynologically. A flora of 214 different palynomorph types was differentiated. These are reviewed, illustrated, and compared to other palynomorphs from related floras. No new species were described, as the critical comparison necessary to establish new species was beyond the scope of this study. A composite section for the Grand Junction area was constructed to include the stratigraphic units studied and sampled from four localities in the vicinity. Rocks of this composite section were compared palynologically with the equivalent strata exposed in the Rifle Gap, Colorado, area. This comparison revealed the time equiva- lence of certain strata in the two sections. The comparison included data derived from palynomorph ranges, relative abundance, and ratios of land-derived palynomorphs to microplankton. These data, especially the Land-derived/Microplankton ratios (LD/M ratios), also provided a basis for paleoenvironmental interpretations. Theodore F. Gies The West Salt Creek section of Kidson, 1971, 40 miles west of Grand Junction, was also compared to the Grand Junction Area Composite section. The former section contains the Buck Tongue of the Mancos Shale and associated rocks of the Mesaverde Group. To the west of the Grand Junction area, the Buck Tongue is a well-defined transgressive unit which is differentiated from the main body of the Mancos Shale by sandstones, but it is not lithologically differentiated in the Grand Junction area. This marine unit, which was studied palynologically by Kidson in 1971, was found to be recognizable in the main body of the Mancos Shale near Grand Junction as a more offshore marine sediment than the rest of the Mancos there on the basis of LD/M ratios and other palynologic criteria. A time correlation was also established between these two sections on the basis of palynomorph range data. During comparison of the Buck Tongue with the Mancos near Grand Junction, it was discovered that LD/M ratios presented a different model of paleoenvironmental relationships in the Buck Tongue than the model resulting from a factor analysis study of that unit by Kidson (1971). A section at Wilson Ranch, south of Craig, Colorado, was correlated with the Grand Junction Area Composite section within broad limits. Six coal samples were compared by means of relative abundance percentage histograms. No correlation was noted between any of these coals, although some were from the same stratigraphic intervals. This lack of correlation is thought to be the result of the discontinuous, lensing nature of these coals. PALYNOLOGY OF SEDIMENTS BORDERING SOME UPPER CRETACEOUS STRAND LINES IN NORTHWESTERN COLORADO By Theodore F. Gies A THESIS Submitted to Michigan State University in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Department of Geology 1972 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am deeply grateful to Dr. Aureal T. Cross, Department of Geology and Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, Michigan State University, under whose direction this study was accomplished. Thanks go also to Drs. J. H. Fisher, C. E. Prouty and J. E. Smith, of the Department of Geology, and Drs. J. E. Cantlon and S. N. Stephenson of the Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, who, in addition to Dr. Cross (Chairman), served on the advisory committee for this thesis. Dr. R. E. Taggart, Mr. Enrique HernandezéMartinez, and Mr. L. R. Parker of the Department of Botany and Plant Pathology contributed helpful suggestions and discussions. In addition, Mr. Martinez prepared several coal samples used in the study. The research was supported in part by National Science Foundation Grant GAA29, "Palynological Analysis and the Determination of Environ- ‘ments of Deposition in the Rocky Mountain Cretaceous," A. T. Cross, principal investigator. Additional support came from the National Science Foundation in the form of a summer fellowship, during which time part of the samples were collected. The Department of Geology, Michigan State University, partially supported the collection and preparation of samples for this study, and awarded me a research assistantship for one year, funded by a grant for palynologic study from.the Humble Oil Company. Richard Rintz of Michigan State University assisted in collecting samples, ii and Dr. Cross provided two suites of samples collected and processed earlier. Thanks are due Dr. Charles F. Upshaw, of Amoco Production Company Research Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma, who made the facilities there avail- able for after—hours use during the course of my employment there during the summer of 1971. The work experience acquired there, and discussions with members of the Research Center Palynology Group, contributed background knowledge useful in completion of this thesis. Dr. Evan Kidson, of Amoco, is to be especially thanked for making the microscope slides from his own thesis available for analysis and subse- quent incorporation as a unit of this study, and for permitting me to reproduce Figure 7 of his thesis as Figure 4 of my thesis. Finally, my sincere appreciation goes to my wife, Aloma, who in addition to giving her patience and encouragement, also typed the manuscript and aided in various manipulations of the data. iii ’tl oz. I} ‘ I“ -‘~. 2am In #0 r J 1 f“ :3! ('2: I... x TABLE OF CONTENTS Page INTRODUCTION -------------------------- 1 Statement of PrOblem --------------------- 1 Previous Work ------------------------- 2 GHMDGY ----------------------------- 3 Structural and Geomorphic Setting --------------- 3 Late Cretaceous Paleogeography and Strand Lines -------- 5 Stratigraphy ------------------------- 7 1. Brief Stratigraphy of Collecting Localities ------- 7 2. General Stratigraphy of Area --------------- 8 Mancos Shale ----------------------- 8 Castlegate Sandstone ------------------- 10 Price River Formation ------------------ 12 Sego Member ----------------------- 12 Corcoran Member --------------------- 14 Cozette Member ---------------------- 14 Cameo Member ----------------------- 15 Iles Formation ---------------------- l6 PEEHODS OF STUDY‘ ------------------------ 18 Collection of Samples --------------------- 18 Preparation of Samples -------------------- l9 Slidedmaking Technique -------------------- 21 Counting Procedure ---------------------- 21 SYSTEMATICS --------------------------- 26 Taxonomic Listing ----------------------- 26 Method of Description and Discussion of Palynomorphs ----- 28 Trilete Spores ------------------------ 30 Monolete Spores ------------------------ 69 Spores Incertae Sedis --------------------- 74 Gymnospermous Pollen (with the exception of Monosulcate forms) 80 Bisaccate Pollen --------------------- 80 Monosaccate Pollen -------------------- 86 Perinate Pollen --------------------- 86 Gymnospermous Inaperturate Pollen ------------ 88 Monoporate Pollen -------------------- 94 iv Ix. . u ". Page Polyplicate Pollen -------------------- 96 Eucommiiditean Pollen ------------------ 98 Non-reticulate Monosulcate Pollen --------------- 102 Angiospermous Pollen (with the exception of any non-reticulate monosulcate forms) --------------------- 109 Angiospermous Inaperturate Pollen ------------ 109 Reticulate Monosulcate Pollen -------------- 110 Tricolpate Pollen -------------------- 116 Aquilate Pollen --------------------- 151 Tricolporate Pollen ------------------- 157 Triporate Pollen --------------------- 164 Polyporate Pollen -------------------- 185 Microplankton ------------------------- 188 Class Dinophyceae -------------------- 188 Cyst-Family Aeroligeraceae --------------- 188 Cyst-Family Deflandreaceae --------------- 189 Cyst-Family Gonyaulacystaceae ------------- 192 Cyst-Family Gymnodiniaceae --------------- 193 Cyst-Family Hystrichosphaeraceae ------------ 196 Cyst-Family Hystrichosphaeridiaceae ---------- 197 Cyst-Family Pseudoceratiaceae ------------- 201 Cyst—Family Uncertain ----------------- 201 Group Acritarcha— -------------------- 210 Subgroup Acanthomorphitae --------------- 210 subgroup Herkomorphitae ---------------- 216 subgroup Netromorphitae ---------------- 217 Subgroup Platymorphitae ---------------- 217 Subgroup Polygonomorphitae— -------------- 219 subgroup Pteromorphitae ---------------- 220 subgroup Sphaeromorphitae --------------- 221 subgroup Uncertain ------------------- 230 Other Marine Micro-organisms --------------- 231 Palynomorphs Incertae Sedis ------------------ 236 ANALYSIS AND APPLICATION OF DATA ---------------- 238 Ranges of Palynomorphs -------------------- 238 Paleoenvironmental Indicators ----------------- 244 1. Interrupted Ranges -------------------- 244 2. Introduction of Species ----------------- 246 3. Land Derived/Microplankton Ratio ------------- 248 4. Relative Abundance Percentages -------------- 250 Correlations ------------------------- 251 Buck Tongue position in GJAC section ----------- 251 Further considerations regarding the Buck Tongue ----- 254 Correlation of Rifle Gap section with GJAC section— - - - 263 Position of the Wilson Ranch section in the GJAC section— 267 Discussion of the coals in this study ------------- 271 RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS --------------------- 273 REFERENCES --------------------------- APPENDIX: Lithologic descriptions of intervals samples in the stratigraphic sections -------------------- PLATES vi Page 276 290 318 Table LIST OF TABLES Page Master list of palynomorphs identified in this study. The numbers correspond to the numbers used for these palynomorphs in all graphic presentations of this thesis. The arrangement of the first 206 species is based on their appearance in Figure 3, the detailed range chart for the Grand Junction Area Composite section ------ 239 Palynomorphs found in the two samples studied from the Wilson Ranch section. Numbers are from Table 1 ----- 268 vii Figure LIST OF FIGURES Page Index map, showing structural setting, Lower Mesaverde strand line trend, Cretaceous outcrops, and location of sections ------------------------ 4 Diagrammatic cross section of units discussed in this study. See Figure l for location of sections. Adapted from Young (1955) and Warner (1964) ----------- 9 Detailed range chart for palynomorphs occurring in the Grand Junction Area Composite section. Species numbers at upper ends of range lines are from Table 1 ------ 245 Detailed range charts for palynomorphs occurring in the West Salt Creek and Rifle Gap sections. Species numbers at upper ends of range lines are from Table 1 ------ 247 Natural model of Buck Tongue of Mancos Shale with zonules (interpreted from factor analysis of data) superimposed on lithologic sections. Reprinted from Kidson, 1971, p. 184, fig. 7, with zonule numbers added -------------------------- 257 Land-derived/Microplankton ratio curves for Kidson's (1971) Buck Tongue sections, plus a portion of the Mount Garfield section of the present study. These curves indicate that the main transgressive event of the Buck Tongue occurred early, followed by a larger, interrupted but generally regressive period ------------- 258 Graphic presentation of data on which correlations and environmental interpretations are based --------- Pocket Correlation diagram of Grand Junction Area Composite section, West Salt Creek section, and Rifle Gap section- 265 Relative abundance percentage histogram for palynomorphs occurring in coal samples ---------------- 272 viii n-n .qH Q.‘ u~ \ . I" I: )0. . s K INTRODUCTION Statement g§_Prob1em The following were the goals of this study: 1. Determine and describe the types of fossil pollen, spores, dinoflagellates and acritarchs preserved in the Upper Cretaceous rocks sampled for this study. 2. Determine the time ranges and relative abundances of the palynomorphs and attempt to make time correlations of the various stratigraphic sections studied. 3. Note any correlation of the occurrences of specific palynomorphs with specific rock types or other environmental indicators. Apply this information to the correlation of rock units, interpretation of environments of deposition, etc. 4. Using the information gained from the above studies, determine whether or not the Buck Tongue of the Mancos Shale, studied in detail to the west of the study area by Kidson (1971), can be recognized on the basis of palynology in the Mount Garfield section of this study, where it can no longer be distinguished lithologically as a separate unit of the Mancos because of the disappearance of its enclosing sandstones by gradation into the shale. 5. Determine whether the six coals analyzed in this study can be distinguished and/or correlated on the basis of their palynomorph content . Previous Work The palynological literature of the Upper Cretaceous of the Rocky IMountain region up to 1971 as well as mudh of the geological literature pertinent to this thesis area has been reviewed by Kidson (1971). An additional reference which was useful in the preparation of this report is the sedimentological study of the Mesaverde Group and upper Mancos Shale in northwestern Colorado done by Masters (1965). Three other pertinent palynological references are Leffingwell (1971), Tschudy and Leopold (1971), and Singh (1971). The first two deal with Upper Cretaceous palynology in the Rocky Mountain region of the United States; the latter is a study of the Lower Cretaceous in northwestern Alberta. This thesis is one part of a total project of "Palynological Analysis and the Determination of Environments of Deposition in the Rocky Mountain Cretaceous," supported in part by National Science Foundation Grant GA429, Dr. A. T. Cross, principal investigator. Other units of this project which were particularly pertinent to my thesis are the theses of Zaitzeff (1967), Thompson (1969), Griggs (1970), Kidson (1971), and Stone (1971). . . . . . . . . . . . . \ .u .~ . . u. v .. o - ... s . .s x.. 4.. I.” J; .c. 1. .u. RR c . . .r. “6‘ r . .. .. ..: .... .. x . x . . s s x . .. . . GEOLOGY Structural and Geomorphic Setting The thesis area lies in a region dominated by structural basins which formed during the Laramide Orogeny in early Tertiary time (Osmund, 1965), and which lie to the north of the Colorado Plateau. Five of the seven sections collected for this study are situated along the margins of the Piceance Basin (see Figure 1). The Wilson Ranch section, number 6, is in a flat-lying sequence along the north edge of the Axial Basin, which is separated from the Piceance Basin by the Danforth Hills. The seventh section of this study is also the West Salt Creek section of Kidson (1971), and it lies on the southeast margin of the Uinta Basin. This basin is partially separated from the Piceance Basin by the Douglas Creek Arch, a north-south trending posi- tive feature which began to uplift in the late Cretaceous but did not develop fully until the early Tertiary (Hale and Van de Graaf, 1964). Sections 1-4 and 7 (and also sections K1-K4, the designation used here for the first four sections in Kidson [1971]) lie along the Book Cliffs escarpment, which forms the northern rim of the Grand Valley of the Colorado River. These cliffs consist of barren slopes of Mancos Shale, capped by the sandstones and interbedded shales and coals of the Mesaverde Group, all of which dip gently into the basins to the north. The trend of the Book Cliffs in this area is determined mainly by the Uncompahgre Uplift to the south, a structurally positive feature which had its major development during the Pennsylvanian period. 3 00— 0—.WO ‘ -r°—6czselires of interbedded sandstones, shales and coals in Iles Mountain and Vicinity, northwestern Colorado. These sediments represent a complex intertonguingof various marine, brackish and fresh water depositional environments, the nature of which are described in detail by Meaters (1965). The top of the formation is the Trout Creek Sand- Stone member, according to Hancock (1925), who assigns the overlying .._-—.—.- ‘ .,. .o .uOV‘ .v... \ o... c._ u... ...‘ 17 coal beds to the base of the Williams Fork Formation. According to the practice of dealing with these sandstone-coal sequences followed by Young (1955, 1966) and others in the Book Cliffs region, these coals should be regarded as belonging to the Trout Creek Member of the Iles Formation. This study uses the latter approach in dealing with these coals. The lower member of the Iles Formation is a thin sandstone, accord- ing to Hancock (1925), which is underlain by the Mancos Shale. Masters (1965) names the Caster Member as a basal unit of the Iles Formation in the type area. This member consists primarily of flood plain deposits. At the type area, the basal unit is a coal, the Wilson Ranch Coal (Sample number Pb8957-60) of this study. The coal is underlain by a marine sandstone which Masters assigns to the Mancos Shale. The correlation of this sandstone with those of the Book Cliffs and Grand Hogback is apparently unknown, but palynological analysis of the coal abt’Ve it indicates that the coal could be no higher than the Palisade Coal (see page 269) . Further work needs to be done in order to more precisely determine the stratigraphic position of this coal in relation to the Book Cliff coals. The members of the Price River Formation of the Book Cliffs, the Col‘tf-Oran, Cozette and Cameo Members, are recognizable in the Iles F0“nation of the study area. The names used for these three members in the Book Cliffs are used throughout this report wherever these units are recognized irrespective of the fact that different formation names than Price River Formation are used elsewhere. c . : ~QU‘§- - aloe—u.- r- a - .uul l .' ‘l '9“. an”... ‘O 5. so. I : ’:.. c. . cos- u:‘ l ‘- -. ta .. u;‘~ m.\£ ..:‘ ‘o 5 \"\ .Q‘. . "a. 5 We: 1 METHODS OF STUDY Collection 9}: Samples The stratigraphic sections sampled for this study were measured using, as needed, a hand level, a Brunton compass, and a carpenter's rule. Thick, homogenous shale intervals were sampled every 22 feet (four eye heights). A trench approximately three feet long was dug into the shale with a mattock to a depth at which a relatively fresh, unWeathered sample could be obtained (usually about one foot deep). A clolntposite sample was taken from the total thickness of unweathered Shale so exposed, which varied from one to three feet, depending on Such factors as depth of weathering, steepness of slope, and hardness. Each variation in lithology was sampled separately regardless of the distance to the last sample. Lithologic units less than six feet thick were sampled across their total thickness. Samples were placed in tightly-woven cloth bags. At the end of each day, samples collected that day were wrapped in newSpaper to proteet them from contaminating each other during shipment. Two hu“dared eleven samples were collected and macerated, but only 55, which yielfiled sufficient palynomorphs for study, were used. This does not include the samples collected and processed by Kidson (1971) as part of his Study, five of which were also studied by me. Thus, this study is based on a total of 60 productive samples. 18 in. .7. «c .ft' I”! 19 Preparation gf_ Samples The samples were first crushed in a mortar until the largest pieces were approximately one-fourth inch in diameter. Only a small amount of rock was placed in the mortar at a time and finer portions were removed intermittently in order to reduce destruction of the palynomorphs. A five gram aliquot of each sample was weighed out. (Some samples had to be re-prepared using 10 grams in order to obtain sufficient Palynomorphs for study.) The weighed aliquots of samples were placed in 10 percent hydro— chloric acid for 24 to 72 hours, then washed to neutrality. After this, they were treated with a mild Schulze solution (seven parts concentrated nitric acid to one part saturated potassium chlorate solution) for five to 30 minutes in a hot water bath. Coal samples required about three hours treatment in saturated Schulze solution made by dissolving P°tassium chlorate powder in concentrated nitric acid. Following Schulze treatment, the samples were washed three or four times and then treated with five percent potassium hydroxide sollltion for five minutes in a hot water bath. Then the samples were WaShed several times, until the supernatant liquid was clear. After this, a specific gravity separation of the organic fraction, incll-unding the palynomorphs, from the inorganic residue was done using Zinc chloride solution with a specific gravity of 1.93. The float frat-tion from this step was diluted with 10 percent hydrochloric acid and distilled water (resulting HCl solution about five percent) in Order to reduce the specific gravity enough to permit the residue to be Centrifuged down. The residues were then washed with distilled 20 water until neutral. The material which settled to the bottom during heavy liquid separation was discarded, after it was determined that no significant number of palynomorphs remained in it. The residues were then checked microscopically and, if satisfactory, were stained and mounted. Unsatisfactory residues were given special treatment. Various minor techniques were used to improve these residues. These included removal of clays by use of glassware detergent solution as a suspending agent, short retreatment with HF to remove fine mineral matter, short additional Schulze treatment, and screening with a 250 micron screen to remove large material. The few samples treated in this manner were Checked for mega5pores before discarding the large fraction. None were found, Examination of the residues before and after treatment with thESe special processes indicated negligible loss of palynomorphs. Where appreciable losses were observed, the sample in question was relHatterated from a fresh aliquot of material or was eliminated from the study. Following specific gravity separation and/or the special steps just described, the residues were stained for five minutes with two Pet"lent Safranin-O solution, and stored in distilled water to which was added a mixture of hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) and phenol, both in No percent solution. The amount of this mixture added was 1/4 to 1’3 Of the volume of the residue. Residues were placed in one- or two- dram size, screw-tap vials at the proper dilution for making slides. Aftel‘ slides were made, the vials were sealed with paraffin and filed. ...-... ‘9 v" I'. .- 0-- a... i. 9-." ’\ ' .‘_-. \- - I.“. 21 Slide-making Technique Slides for this study were made using a known quantity of residue. Using a known quantity of residue obtained from a known quantity of sediment allows the possibility of estimating numbers of palynomorphs per unit volmne of sediment. Before making slides, the number of drops of residue was counted by dropping them at a moderate, constant rate from a thin-tipped glass Pipette equipped with a rubber bulb. The number of drops removed for Slides were recorded on the vial's label as the numerator of a fraction, the denominator of which was the total number of drops in the vial. The fraction of the residue used on each slide was written on the slide label. Four slides were made of each residue, as follows. One drop of residue (in dilute HEC and phenol solution, as described above) was Placed on a 22 mm coverslip, and distributed as evenly as possible Over its entire surface. The liquid was allowed to evaporate, thus attaching the palynomorphs to the coverslip surface. Then the cover- 81ip was inverted over a drop of HSR (Harleco Synthetic Resin, made by Hartmn-Leddon Company, of Philadelphia) on a regular 1"x3" slide. C_ounting Procedure The sum of 500 palynomorphs was selected for counting from each sample used in this study. This sum was chosen by plotting a curve of new taxa encountered versus total palynomorphs counted for several samples which contained the most diverse assemblages in the study. In all of these samples, the sum of 500 fell well to the right of the point at which the curve exhibited a sharp change in slope and began to level off. Usually the curve began to level off at a count of 300 22 n3400, but 500 was chosen to be certain to collect all the significant information possible within a reasonable length of time and also for ease of computations. All samples contained a few more taxa than were included in the 500 sum; this would be true in most cases unless all the specimens on the: slides were counted. Therefore, after the initial 500 recorded anti categorized counts, 1,000 additional specimens were counted for each sample by use of a hand-tally. Only those taxa not previously encountered in the sample were recorded, with a statement that they were not included in the 500 sum. Such reporting of taxa present in very small relative amounts is useful for the purpose of accurately determining ranges of taxa, but is not statistically valid in a rigorous sense. Any taxa noted in addition to those in the 500 count aIui the 1,000 non-recorded count, such as may have been seen in prelim— ‘Lnary scanning, were also included as present but not in the 500 sum. The counting was carried out using basically the same system of traverses as used by Kidson (1971). The first six traverses were assigned certain definite distances (10 mm, 1 mm, 15 mm, 12 mm, 6 mm and 20 mm respectively) in from.the edge of the coverslip farthest from the investigator. This was to ensure that a sampling of most "geographical" areas of the coverslip would be made, and is admittedly non-random. The remainder of the traverses up to a total of 25, were drawn by lot from a total of 100 possible traverses (the original six were omitted from.the drawing, and the two outermost traverses per coverslip were omitted to eliminate a region of drying cracks which had developed near the edge in some samples). The same sequence of traverses was followed for each sample. 23 No more than 100 entities were counted per traverse. Upon reaching 100 counts on a traverse, the location and traversing direction were noted, in order to enable determination of number of palynomorphs per gram of sediment, if desired. In the event that 100 palynomorphs were counted before reaching the center of the coverslip, the count was extended above 100 until the center was reached, in order to overcome any bias due to a centering effect of certain sizes or types of palyno- morphs. In order to avoid possible biases from one slide of a residue to the next, at least two slides were studied for each sample. The sequence of traverses outlined above was followed on the first slide until either the whole 25 traverses were exhausted or until 250 palynomorphs were counted. The position of the 250th entity was recorded, and the next traverse in the regular sequence was begun on the second slide. Thus, at least six different traverses were counted, at least in part, per sample, and at least two slides per sample were examined. If 500 entities could not be counted in the 50 traverses of the first two slides, the third and, if necessary, the fourth slide per Sample were examined, using the same 25 traverses per slide. Not all the samples macerated contained sufficient well-preserved Palynomorphs to be useful. Before counting was begun, the slides from all the samples were subjectively judged to be useable or non-useable. Those judged useable were counted. Upon reaching a count of 100 (or fewer for Obviously very poor samples), the relative percentage of entities in unknown (unidentifiable to genus, see below) categories was calculated. If over 30% of the entities counted in a sample were unknowns, the sample was judged to be too poorly preserved to be 24 reliable, and no further counting was done. Samples were also regarded as unreliable if the Unknown Palynomorph (not identifiable even to division level) category exceeded 12%. In addition to the 214 palynomorph types identifiable to approxi- mately generic level, the following "unknown" categories were also included in the counts: unknown angiosperm (these had angiospermous wall structure but were too folded or corroded for further identifica- tion), unknown tricolpate, unknown triporate, unknown tricolporate, unknown bisaccate, unknown pollen (obviously pollen but not possible to distinguish positively whether gymnospermous or angiospermous, tricolpate or monosulcate, etc.), unknown trilete spore, unknown monolete spore, unknown spore, unknown land-derived (this was a rather subjective category, rarely used in cases where wall structure and other Characteristics did not seem to fit any microplankton group but it was impossible to tell for sure if the entity in question was a spore or a pollen grain; the same type of reasoning, but in a reverse direction, applies to the next category, unknown microplankton), unknown dinoflagellate, unknown hystrichosphere (chorate dinoflagellate cyst) and unknown acritarch. Even though other studies have excluded such unknowns from the Sum counted, I felt that to exclude them would eliminate the possi- bility of considering all potentially useful data inherent in the Samples. Their elimination also tends to minimize the restrictions imposed on the reliability of the data by poor preservation and other factors. Every complete or nearly complete palynomorph, regardless of its further identifiability, was counted, thus preserving all the data which could possibly be extracted from the samples, as well as building 25 an "index of reliability" or "index of preservation" into the data. (No quantitative index was attempted, but obviously a sample with a high percentage of unknown categories would indicate lower reliability of relative abundance figures and poorer preservation than one with a low percentage of unknowns. A high percentage of unknowns allows the possibility that certain palynomorph types were rendered unrecognizable more easily than others and that, therefore, all the relative abundance figures in such samples may be biased to a greater or lesser degree by this possibly selective degradation. This factor is not considered fully, if at all, by studies which exclude poorly preserved entities from counts.) In addition to giving an exact, potentially quantifiable idea of the preservation and reliability of the samples, counting in this manner may reveal that preservation varies with paleoenvironmental parameters such as distance from shore, water depth, salinity, tempera- ture, and presence of other organisms, if these parameters can be determined . ' o- " a .9. ... 1 cu...,_ ‘ G...._ av “. 4...._ s,. g._ .. o.‘_~' u ‘l 1. n.4_ p 3 SYSTEMATICS Taxonomic Listing Two-hundred fourteen separate kinds of palynomorphs, mostly of specific rank, are reported here. Initially, I had planned to classify the palynomorphs in this study according to their formal taxonomic position in a natural system. However, so many forms are of uncertain origin that I decided to merely list the land-derived forms in alpha- betical order under the following categories: TRILETE SPORES, MONOLETE SPORES, SPORES INCERTAE SEDIS, GYMNOSPERMOUS POLLEN (with the exception of monosulcate forms), NON-RETICULATE MONOSULCATE POLLEN (this category probably includes mostly gymnospermous forms, but may include some non- reticulate angiospermous pollen, such as palm pollen), and ANGIOSPERMOUS POLLEN (with the exception of any which may be unrecognized angiOSperms included in the preceding category). Clavatipollenites cf. 9, minutus Brenner is included with the non— reticulate monosulcates, even though it is more or less reticulate, because it shares the questionable status of many members of that group; i.e., it is not possible to say with certainty whether it shares Closest affinities with the gymnosperms or the angiosperms. GYMNOSPERMOUS POLLEN is separated into the sub-categories Bisaccate Pollen, Monosaccate Pollen, Perinate Pollen, Inaperturate Pollen, Polyplicate Pollen and Eucommiiditean Pollen. ANGIOSPERMOUS POLLEN is separated into the subcategories Inaper- turate Pollen, Reticulate Monosulcate Pollen, Tricolpate Pollen, 26 a.“ 't: .' . . Inn-n. 0-...- es r! u u: f n i.“ n o t “- \.::~.:. M“ 27 Aquilate Pollen, Tricolporate Pollen, Triporate Pollen and Polyporate Pollen. The microplankton was classified according to the artificial taxonomic system recommended by Downie, Evitt and Sarjeant (1963) and later extended and modified by these and other authors. As many forms were assigned to previously published species as possible. However, several were cited using question marks or the "cf." designation, and many forms were identified to the generic level, with species being designated, if at all, by the use of sp.-1, sp.-2, and so on. A few palynomorph types could not be assigned beyond a major heading, and are cited with the title of that heading, as for example Bisaccate-1, Unknown Dinoflagellate-4, and so on. The reasons for each of the varied citations above is given under the discussion of each species or, in some cases, in a conmentary section under a higher category. The most common reasons for not assigning these palynomorphs to recognized species were unavailability .of type materials for comparison, poor preservation (many specimens were corroded, punctured by pyrite crystals, or Obscured by adhering materials), and inadequacy of the original description and/or illustra- tion of a Species to allow confident assignment of Specimens to that Species. A few of the species reported here may never have been previously described, but it is my judgment that a disservice is done to the science of palynology by defining new species without having seen the type materials of all similar taxa; and I further believe that an international moratorium on the describing of new species should be declared until the complex synonymy and errors in taxonomy up to the , a .'.. v '...v...- . a; '2', u- ’I'.‘ ..-- a 4 .ov-o O - 0 II 0. 0‘ .- id p “J 9‘ A.‘ " "ec 1... g . ': n- .._ ': ll 1‘ .' ‘5. 5.4. 0.. ::~C"" VT“: t.‘ . u‘.r ' . h. ‘D u, 4 ‘- ~n D-w .l“, ‘41 ‘§ I! 28 present can be worked out monographically. Perhaps an exception could be made for taxa Obviously grossly different from any in the literature; such a taxon would not be validly published during the period of the moratorium unless approved by an international review board. Too many "new" species are so similar to already published forms as to be indistinguishable on the bases of descriptions and photographs. There is a need for many palynologists to turn to the difficult and lengthy task of correcting the deleterious effects of past taxonomic abuses by detailed, careful, thorough monographic revisions of all taxa of palynomorphs. Here again some type of international coordination would be desirable to set standards and avoid duplication of effort; the beginning of the work should not await the formation of such a body, however. Stratigraphic workers in new areas who discover apparently new taxa could report them as is done in the present study, or undertake to completely and carefully compare all similar type materials and essentially monograph the new taxon as it is first reported. Alterna- tively, number-letter combinations as proposed by Tschudy (1957) could be used for local stratigraphic work, or studies of depositional environments, with no necessity for cluttering the literature with "new" incompletely compared, illustrated and described formal taxa. Method g£_Description and Discussion 2£_Palynomorphs The palynomorphs reported herein are formally described only if they are not definitely referred to a published species. All reported species include the size range as observed in this study and the number of specimens measured, followed by an "occurrence" .-"' " I 3-v--' ....p IIIVI ‘9'. .a ‘5... ‘\- ' "*- ‘no. ‘-.__ \. - I n .. I I. a.‘ u.‘~ .0 29 section discussing the number of occurrences in the study, any trends observed in the distribution, and the stratigraphic range of the taxon as per the literature for those forms assigned to published species. Next, the suggested affinity is given (for land-derived forms), if known. Finally, a "discussion" section is given, including various topics such as reasons for the taxonomic placement of the species, characters which distinguish the species from similar forms, and comments on the affinities of the Species. The location of reference specimens is given in the plate descrip- tions. MicroscoPe coordinates are listed for each specimen illustrated. These coordinates are from.a Zeiss GFL Microscope. An "X" is scratched into the upper left-hand corner of each slide containing reference Specimens, with the coordinates of the center of the "X," as determined using the same microscope, being recorded on the slide label. This enables calculation of the position of the reference specimen for location of the specimen using other microscopes. The sample numbers referred to in the descriptions are the access numbers by which the slides and samples are filed in the paleobotany collection of Michigan State University. The paleoenvironmental conclusions regarding the probable deposi- tional environments of samples mentioned in discussing the palynomorphs ‘were arrived at by study of Land DerivedIMicroplankton ratio curves (see Figure 7) and relating this information to the lithology, and to the paleoenvironments determined by Masters (1965) in his study of the sedimentology of MancoséMesaverde sediments in northwestern Colorado. 1... I I - NI ”54 _- 'n "7; 'A— '~' ~;. '5 . :l “‘5- r.‘ -- .‘ - . g ‘ a._- , o. v '- i _a s“ N: hug M‘ VI .1- 1‘.‘ l.‘ .4 s 3O TRILETE SPORES Genus Acanthotriletes Naumova ex Potonie and Kremp, 1954 3115i Species: Acanthotriletes ciliatus Potonie and Kremp, 1954 Acanthotriletes cf. A, levidensis Balme, 1957 Plate 1, Figure l 1957 Acanthotriletes levidensis Balme, p. 18, pl. 1, figs. 18—19. Description: Trilete, 1aesurae indistinct, extending to equator; equatorial outline circular or rounded triangular; exine ornamented by spines ca. 1 micron long, Spaced 2 to 4 microns apart on distal surface; proximal side has a few spines near the equator, remainder of proximal side is unornamented. Size range: 19-27 microns; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Acanthotriletes levidensis has been reported from the Lower Cretaceous (Balme, 1957) to Upper Cretaceous (Norton and Hall, 1969) in various parts of the world. The species considered here is scattered throughout the sections of the present study (30 samples) in very low numbers (up to 0.8%) with no discernible pattern of distribution. A, levidensis has been reported from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos Shale in Utah by Kidson (1971). Suggested affinity: Selaginella? (Balme relates his specimens to the Selaginella subarborescens group of Knox (1950). Discussion: This species is tentatively assigned to A, levidensis because it has indistinct 1aesurae, which is not generally the case in A, levidensis, and also because the spines are sparser than on Balme's specimens. A, varispinosus Pocock, 1962, has much larger, longer Spines than this Species. _. .- a \ ... .. ”J .h. ‘. s4!- .‘. cl 9.. . 1": ,. n... __ s L . fl. , . “‘ Q... s v O" “s I - n ‘ 31 Genus Appendicisporites Weyland and Krieger, 1953 Type species: Appendicisporites tricuspidatus Weyland and Krieger, 1953 Appendicisporites potomacensis Brenner, 1963 Plate 1, Figure 2 1963 Appendicisporites potomacensis Brenner, p. 46, pl. 6, figs. 4—5. Sigg range: One specimen found, 50 microns diameter. Occurrence: Various Lower Cretaceous horizons in many areas. Reported from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos Shale by Kidson (1971). The only occurrence in the present study is a single Specimen, also on one of Kidson's Buck Tongue slides (sample Pb474la). Suggested affinity: Schizeaceae. Discussion: No attempt was made to trace the synonomy of this species because only one specimen was encountered, and because this genus is characterized by a proliferation of Species not clearly separated from each another. A monographic treatment is needed for this group, but is beyond the scope of this paper. See Brenner (1963, p. 46) for description, etc. Appendicisporites _p_. Plate 1, Figure 3 1971 Appendicisporites cf. A, dentimarginatus Brenner, 1963, in Stone, p. 83, pl. 11, fig. 63. Description: Trilete, 1aesurae reach margin; equatorial outline triangular; sides straight to slightly concave; ornamen- tation cicatricose; muri robust, 2-1/2 to 4 microns wide and high, with fairly rough, wavy appearance, extending beyond spore margin as separate projections from the apices; 5 to 6 muri per side of spore, 32 paralleling the equator; top 2 or 3 muri per side fuse at apices to form appendici whiCh extend 3-1/2 to 5 microns beyond margin. Size range: 40 to 55 microns, three specimens measured. Occurrence: Present in abundances of 0.4% or less in four marine shale samples irregularly distributed in the sections studied. Stone (1971) reports these spores from one sample in the Lower Almond Formation (Upper Cretaceous) of southwestern Wyoming. Clarke (1963) has reported a similar species (species A, p. 47) from the Upper Cretaceous of Fremont County, Colorado. Spggested affinity: Schizeaceae. Discussion: Stone (1971) considered these Spores as being similar to A, dentimagginatus Brenner except for their larger size. My specimens, which are prObably conspecific with Stone's, differ from Brenner's in equatorial outline and do not have an equatorial dentate zone, although the mnri often exhibit a rough, wavy appearance. As far as I was able to determine, this "species" is not described in the literature. However, because of the already Chaotic taxonomy of this group and because too few specimens were available for proper character- ization of a new species, no new species is erected for these forms here. Genus Camarozonosporites Pant ex. Potonie, emend. Klaus, 1960 Type species: Camarozonosporites cretaceous (Weyland and Krieger) Potonie, 1956 Camarozonosporites hamulatis (Krutzsch, 1959) Krutzsch, 1963 Plate 1, Figures 4-5 1959 Hamulatisporis hamulatis Krutzsch, p. 157, pl. 29, figs. 326-328. 33 1963 Lycopodiacidites cerniidites auct. non Ross: BRENNER, p. 43, pl. 5, fig. 2. 1963 Camarozonosporites (H,) hamulatis (Krutzsch, 1959) Krutzsch, p. 23. 1967 Camarozonosporites insignis Norris, p. 96-97, pl. 13, figs. 12-16. 1969 Perotriletes Sp., auct. non: LAMMONS, p. 115, pl. 4, fig. 3. Description: As given for Q, insigpis in Norris (1967, p. 97), with this exception: The interradial crassitudes are usually, but not always, present, and considerable variability is exhibited in their development, even from one interradial area to another on the same specimen. See discussion below. Size range: 26-35 microns diameter, several specimens measured (literature size range: 25-55 microns). Occurrence: Albian to M. Eocene (see Norris, 1967, Oltz, 1969, and Krutzsch, 1959). Irregularly distributed through the sections of the present study (22 samples); sample abundance of 0.8% or less. Other occurrences from the Upper Cretaceous of the western interior of the U. S. are reported in Thompson (1969), Stone (1971), Kidson (1971), and Lammons (1969, reported there as Perotriletes sp.). Suggested affinity: Lycopodiaceae. Discussion: The spores of this species (and genus) have been the subject of considerable confusion in the literature, so an attempt at clarification is in order. Krutzsch (1959) set up the genus Hamulatisporis for Camarozono— Sporites-like spores which lacked the apical thinning of the equatorial exine mentioned in Klaus' (1960) emendation of Camarozon05porites. Krutzsch (1959) recognized variability in this feature, however, as well as transitional forms between the two genera. Dettmann and Playford (1968, p. 79) report that Krutzsch later (1963) recognized 34 that his Hamulatisporis was synonymous with Camarozonosporites as emended by Klaus. Thus, the genus Hamulatisporis is invalid. It should be noted that variability in the "interradial crassi- tudes" of Camarozonosporites is allowed for by the fact that HamulatisPoris, originally set up for spores lacking such crassitudes, was combined with Camarozonosporites as a junior synonym. Indeed, careful reading of the original German in Klaus' emendation of Camarozonosporites reveals that Klaus does not say all spores of that genus must be thickened interradially. What Klaus says is that the spores characteristically have the exine thinner in the apical regions of the equator, which IN THOSE CASES WHERE THE EXINE IS SO THINNED, (my emphasis), creates an appearance in polar view of convexly arched equatorial interradial margins. It is, therefore, obvious that authors are not justified in describing Camarozonosporites as consisting of spores with prominent equatorial interradial crassitudes (as does, for instance, Singh (1971, p. 110). Dettmann and Playford (1968, p. 79) recognize this, as they assign to the genus spores which have only slight equatorial thicken— ings. This feature is variable, even from one interradial region to the next on the same specimen. (See Norris' illustrations of g, insigpis, for example; Norris, 1967, pl. 13, fig. 12—16.) The condi- tion may even be a folding or crushing phenomenon rather than an actual thinning or thickening. The generic description of Camarozonosporites should possibly be re-emended to make it clear to all that the equatorial thickening is variable and may even be absent. The species encountered in the present study fits the description of Camarozonosporites insignis Norris and Hamulatisporis hamulatis Krutzsch, which are essentially the same except for the fact that A, 35 hamulatis is supposed to lack the equatorial "crassitudes" exhibited by C, insigpis. Actually, Krutzsch's holotype of H, hamulatis shows a definite thinning of the exine at the apices in the equatorial region (see Krutzsch, 1959, pl. 29, fig. 326-328). Krutzsch mentions variability in this feature, and Norris' illustrations of Q, insigpis show some variability, as mentioned earlier. This variability was also observed in my specimens. Since the name Hamulatisporis is invalid as a generic name, these Specimens must be assigned to CamarozonOSporites, as Krutzsch (1963) did. The Specific epithet from H, hamulatis was retained because of priority; and g, insignis Norris becomes a junior synonym of C, hamulatis (Krutzsch, 1959) Krutzsch, 1963. Genus Chomotriletes (Naumova) ex. Naumova, 1953 Type species: Chomotriletes vedugensis Naumova, 1953 Chomotriletes fragilis Pocock, 1962 Plate 1, Figure 6 1962 Chomotriletes fragilis Pocock, p. 39, pl. 2, figs. 30-32. §l§§.£§2fi_: 19-23 microns, three Specimens. Occurrence: Lower Cretaceous (see Pocock) to Upper Cretaceous (present study). Found in two samples (one specimen in sample Pb674l, two specimens in sample Pb4972) from the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield. Suggested affinity: Possibly schizeaceous. Discussion: Lammons (1969, pl. 3, fig. 5) illustrates a similar form, from the Upper Cretaceous of northwestern Kansas, using the designation Chomotriletes cf. 9, fragilis Pocock. However, 36 Lamons' specimens are much larger than Pocock's. (Lammons' illustrated specimen is 41 x 49 microns, while Pocock's stated size range for g, fragilis is 23-27 microns.) Genus Cicatricosisporites Potonie and Gelletich, 1933 Type species: Cicatricosisporites dorogensis Potonie and Gelletich, 1933 Cicatricosisporites spp. Plate 1, Figure 7 Description: No description is given, as this category includes spores which probably represent several Species of Cicatricosisporites. For genetic description, see Potonie and Gelletidh, 1933, p. 522. §l§g_pgpgg: ca. 30 to ca. 55 microns diameter; several Specimens measured. Occurrence: Widespread in Upper Jurassic to Lower Tertiary deposits, worldwide. Occurs sparsely scattered throughout the present study in percentages of 0.6% or less. Suggested affinigy: Schizeaceae. Discussion: Initially, an attempt was made to separate the Species of Cicatricosisporites encountered, but it was later decided to combine them. This was done because of the poor preservation of most Specimens observed, the scarcity of the occurrences, and the notoriously confused state of the taxonomy of this group. The scarcity and poor quality of most specimens may indicate recycling from older deposits. 37 The Specimen illustrated, one of the best preserved examples found, may be a representative of Cicatricosisporites potomacensis Brenner, 1963. Genus Cingulatisporites Pflug, emend. Potonie, 1956 Type Species: Cingulatisporites levispeciosus Pflug, 1953 Cingulatisporites dakotaensis Stanley, 1965 Plate 1, Figures 8-9 1965 Cingglatisporites dakotaensis Stanley, p. 243-244, pl. 30, figs. 1-8 0 1969 Cingulatisporites pierrensis Lammons, manuscript name, p. 96—97, pl. 3, fig. 4. Sipg.£§pgg: 25-32 microns diameter, including cingulum; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Uppermost Cretaceous and lowest Paleocene, western interior of North America (Stanley, 1965, and Snead, 1969). Scattered through the present study (12 samples) in sample percentages of 0.6% or less, no discernible pattern of distribution. Other Upper Cretaceous occurrences reported by Lammons (1969) from northwestern Kansas (see synonomy above) and by Stone (1971) from southwestern Wyoming. Suggested affinity: Selaginella? Bryophyta? Discussion: Stanley assigns these Spores tentatively to Selaginella. However, these spores also resemble Spores of the genus Stereisporites, which are usually referred to the Bryophyta. One of Stanley's figured specimens (figure 5, plate 30, Stanley, 1965) may be a specimen of Stereisporites antiqgasporites. I observed many Spores of the latter species during the course of work in the summer of 1971 for Amoco Production Company in Tulsa, Oklahoma, as well as during the present study. A feature resembling the distal "Y"-mark of g, 38 dakotaensis is often present, which, coupled with the equatorial stereozone, create a strong resemblance to C. dakotaensis. Thus, these two species may sometimes have been confused in the literature, and they may have been produced by similar plants. In any case, no strong statement can be made as to their botanical position. Griggs (1970, pl. 7, fig. 11) illustrates a spore designated as S, antiquasporites, which strongly resembles, and may indeed be, a representative of g, dakotaensis. Q, radiatus Stanley can be differentiated from C. dakotaensis by its striate cingulum, but it is otherwise quite similar. Genus Cyathidites Couper, 1953 Type Species: Cyathidites australis Couper, 1953 Cyathidites minor Couper, 1953 Plate 1, Figure 10 1953 Cyathidites minor Couper, p. 28, pl. 2, fig. 13. Size range: 23-32 microns, several specimens measured. Occurrence: Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks of diverse areas of the world (see Couper, 1953 and 1958, Hedlund, 1966, etc.). Found in a high percentage of the samples of this study (43 samples) in low relative frequency (highest: 1.4%), with no discernible pattern. Another western interior Upper Cretaceous occurrence is reported in Griggs (1970). Stone (1971, pl. 10, fig. 52) illustrates a specimen which fits into 9, minor, using the name Deltoidospora diaphana Wilson and Webster, 1946. Stone's photograph Shows longer rays than normal for D, diaphana, and the size range (28-48 microns) is much broader than Wilson and webster's (42-46 microns). 39 Suggested affinity: Filicinae. Couper (1958) relates these Spores to the Cyathaceae and Dicksoniaceae. Hedlund (1966) relates them to the Schizeaceous genus Lygodium. Some members of the Gleicheniaceae are also similar. Discussion: Species Similar to 9, minor Couper are C, australis Couper, Deltoidospora diaphana Wilson and Webster, 1946, and Cardioangplina diaphana (Wilson and webster) Stanley, 1965. E, australis has a mean diameter roughly 25 microns greater than the mean for E, pippp, though there is some overlap. Q, diaphana has Shorter rays (roughly 1/2 Spore radius vs. over 2/3) than 9, pippp, Wilson and Webster (1946) gave a size range of 42-46 microns for Q, diaphana, while 9, pipp£_has a range of 26—56 microns (Couper, 1958, p. 139). Stanley (1965, p. 248), in transferring D, diaphana to the genus Cardioangplina, also markedly extended the size range of the species in a downward direction, giving a range of 25-40 microns for Cardio- Angplina diaphana, while Wilson and webster (1946) gave a Size range of 42-46 microns (as already mentioned). Thus, since Stanley's specimens were of markedly differing size and don't even include the Size range of the type material for the species, Stanley may have been unjustified in placing his Specimens in the same species as Wilson and Webster's, and in so changing the size range of that Species. AS g, diaphana now stands, the only difference between it and Cyathidites minor is a slight and not always constant difference in the length of the rays. Thus, there is a certain amount of overlap between these two Species, creating potential confusion in identification, especially where specimens are not plentiful. This prdblem merits more study in 40 order to more clearly establish exactly how many truly different groups are involved. Genus Dictyophyllidites Couper, 1958 Type Species: Dictyophyllidites harrisii Couper, 1958 Dictyophyllidites? Sp. Plate 1, Figure 11 Description: Trilete Spores 1aesurae almost reaching margin; 1aesurae bounded for their entire length by thickenings 2-3 microns thick, which may be interpreted as a wide margo, or as tori; outline in polar view triangular with straight to Slightly concave sides; exine smooth, dense, ca. 1/2-1 micron thick. §$EE.£§EE_F 20-23 microns; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 16 marine shale samples scattered through the sections studied. Sample percentage never over 0.6%. Spggested affinity: Couper relates Dicgyophyllidites tentatively to the Cheiropleuriaceae; however, these Specimens also resemble members of the Gleicheniaceae. Discussion: These Specimens somewhat resemble a spore illustrated as Dictyophyllites Sp. in Brenner (1963, pl. 12, fig. 4). Couper (1958, p. 140) defines that genus as having a margo, although his illustrations of the type species, 2, harrisii (ibid, pl. 21, fig. 5-6), shows what would better be referred to as tori rather than a margo. The specimens found in this study possess thickenings which strain the definition of the term "margo," but could be regarded as tori. It is not certain whether these Specimens should be regarded as belonging to Dictyophyllidites, although they fit the definition of 41 the genus fairly well. They also resemble certain variant spores produced in the same sporangia as typical Gleicheniidites senonicus Spores, and Should perhaps be regarded as belonging to that Species (see Skarby, 1964). Genus Foraminisporis Krutzsch, 1959 Type species: Foraminisporis foraminis Krutzsch, 1959 Foraminisporis wonthaggiensis (Cookson and Dettmann) Dettmann, 1963 Plate 1, Figures 12-13 1963 Foraminisporis wonthaggiensis (Cookson and Dettmann) Dettmann, P. 71-72, P10 14, figs. 19-230 1971 Foraminisporis undulatus Leffingwell, p. 25, pl. 4, fig. 5. 1971 Conbaculatisporites undulatus (Leffingwell) Stone, manuscript name, p. 80-81, pl. 11, figs. 58-59. §A§§_£§ngg; 38—45 microns, five Specimens. Occurrence: Barremian to Maestrichtian strata, widespread localities (see Dettmann, 1963, and Leffingwell, 1971). This Species is scattered throughout the sections of the present study (21 samples, up to 0.8% per sample) and was reported from the Upper Cretaceous Almond formation of southwestern wyoming by Stone (1971). SuggeSted affinity: Dettmann notes its similarity to the living anthocerotid liverwort Notothylas, but it is also Similar to several types of osmundaceous Spores (see discussion below). Discussion: Leffingwell gives the following diagnosis as a basis for distinguishing his Specimens from those of Dettmann: "This species is distinguished from Foraminisporis wonthaggiensis Dettmann, 1963, in having less densely Spaced spines on its proximal surface and larger sculptured elements on its distal surface." 42 However, comparison of Leffingwell's and Dettmann's photographs of their respective taxa does not reveal any Obvious differences of sufficient magnitude to allow consistent differentiation of the two. It is my opinion that these slight, rather subjective differences are not sufficient nor consistent enough to justify addition of another new taxon to the palynological literature, and Leffingwell's Species is here regarded as a junior synonym of F, wonthaggiensis. F, foraminis Krutzsch differs in that the rays of the 1aesurae split into two branches as they approach the equator. Baculatisporites comaumensis (Cookson) Potonie, 1956, differs in having more abundant and closely spaced baculae. As to the affinities of this species, in addition to its resemblance to the liverwort Notothylas, Dettman mentions its Simil- arity to several fern spore taxa. It also has gross Similarities to other osmundaceous Spores, and may indeed be a fern spore. It is found in this study in samples presumed to be far from shore as well as in near-Shore samples. The "taxon" Unknown Trilete Spore-1, of unknown but possibly hepatic affinities, is restricted to coals, which may indicate that liverwort Spores don't travel far. If this is the case, it argues against E, wonthaggiensis' being a liverwort spore. However, both taxa occur in such low numbers that it is unwise to derive definite conclusions based on their distributions. Genus Gleicheniidites Ross ex. Delcourt and Sprumont, 1955 Type Species: Gleicheniidites senonicus Ross, 1949 Gleicheniidites senonicus Ross, 1949 Plate 1, Figures 14-15 43 1949 Gleicheniidites senonicus Ross. 1964 Gleicheniidites senonicus Ross in Skarby, pp. 60-77, pls. 1—3. Size range: 19—32 microns, many specimens. Occurrence: Widespread in Jurassic and Cretaceous strate, worlddwide. Found in most samples (52 samples) of the present study in widely varying abundance, up to 3.2%. Suggested affinity: Gleicheniaceae. Discussion: Skarby (1964) gives an excellent account of the extensive synonymy of this species. She shows, by study of sporangia of fossil ferns producing the G, senonicus type of Spores, that what had been previously regarded as being several different species and even genera of spores could all be found within a single sporangium. Much of the literature regarding this Species and similar forms shows confusion and inconsistent identification, both before and after Skarby's work appeared. Genus Klukisporites Couper, 1958 Type species: Klukisporites variegatus Couper, 1958 Klukisporites pseudoreticulatus Couper, 1958 Plate 1, Figure 16 1958 Klukisporites pseudoreticulatus Couper, p. 138, pl. 19, figs. 8-10. 1962 Dictyotriletes pseudoreticulatus (Couper) Pocock, p. 6, pl. 3, figs. 46-47. Size range: 33-35 microns, two Specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs once in each of eight samples with no recognizable pattern of distribution. Reported from Jurassic and Cretaceous formations of diverse areas. 44 Suggested affinigy: Couper set up the genus for Spores of the type produced by the Jurassic schizeaceous ferns Klukia exilis and Stachypteris hallii. Discussion: I apologize for the poor quality of the photograph of this Species. All specimens were poorly preserved, and no better picture was available at the time the plates were completed. Pocock (1962) assigned this species to Dictyotriletes without citing his reasons. The generic diagnosis for Dictyotriletes, as it appears in Pocock (1962, p. 41), says spores of that genus have smooth to scabrate proximal sculpture. Couper (1958, p. 138) describes the proximal surface of K, pseudoreticulatus as "smooth around 1aesurae, distal sculpture encroaches on to the proximal surface between arms of the triradiate scar." This would seem to exclude it from the genus Dictyotriletes. Also, the latter genus is supposed to have low, flattened muri. I consider the mori of K, pseudoreticulatus to be fairly robust and not particularly flattened. Pocock's Specimens seem to be the same as the ones considered here. Griggs (1970, pl. 4, fig. 10) illustrates a spore which he calls K, pseudoreticulatus, but which appears to be different from Couper's species, and should more likely be assigned to Corrugatisporites solidus (Potonie) Pflug, 1953. This Species is very similar to Ischyosporites punctatus Dettmann, 1963; the main difference being the presence of apical valvae in the latter, which are not always well developed. The Sparse occurrence and poor condition of these spores and the normal range for the genus being older may indicate reworking. 45 Genus Kgylisporites Potonie, 1956 Type Species: Kuylisporites waterbolki Potonie, 1956 Kuylisporites scutatus Newman, 1965 Plate 2, Figures 1-2 1965 prlisporites scutatus Newman, p. 9-10, pl. 1, fig. 1. 1971 Camarozonosporites insignis auct. non Norris: KIDSON, p. 59, pl. 1, fig. 9. Size range: 24-30 microns; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Was found once in each of three samples from the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. Suggested affinity: Hemitelia. Discussion: The Spore Kidson (1971, pl. 1, fig. 9) illustrates as Camarozonosporites insignis Norris is a Specimen of Kuylisporites scutatus which is unusually rugulate. The prominent interradial scutulae clearly identify it as a member of K, scutatus, however, and Newman (1965, p. 10) allows for a rugulate distal surface in the description of K, scutatus. Kidson appears to have mistaken the scutulae for the interradial crassitudes mentioned in the specific description of g, insignis Norris (see also Camarozonosporites hamulatis (Krutzsch) Krutzsch, 1963, above, for discussion of the "interradial crassitudes" of that species). Lammons (1969, pl. 3, fig. 3) illustrates a Spore which he calls Kuylisporites waterbolki Potonie, but which is probably K, scutatus. Hemitelites laevis Romanovskaya, 1960, which is an invalid name since no generic description has been published, is similar to K, scutatus, but has a smoother surface and Shorter 1aesurae (see Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 16, p. 62). 46 Genus Leiotriletes Naumova ex Potonie and Kremp, 1954 Type species: Leiotriletes sphaerotriangulus (Loose) Potonie and Kremp, 1954 Leiotriletes varius Bolkhovitina, 1953 Plate 2, Figure 3 1953 Leiotriletes varius Bolkhovitina, in Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 8, p. 5. §1§g_£§ngg: 26-28 microns diameter; two specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in three samples in percentages up to 0.2% per sample. One is a coal sample (Pb8929-31), and another (Pb5591) is a carbonaceous Shale. The third occurrence (Pb5578) is in a marine Shale parting in the Corcoran Sandstone. Bolkhovitina's Specimens are from the Lower Cretaceous of the U.S.S.R. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: I decided to ally these Specimens with K, varius rather than the similar Deltoidgspora casCadenSis Miner, 1935, mainly because they are slightly below the size range of 30—41 microns which Miner gave for his Specimens. The two Species, as described and. illustrated by their respective authors, are essentially the same except for the size range. However, the Size range of K, varius, given by Bolkhovitina as 15-25-31-35 microns, seems to have been based on only four Specimens and may, thus, not represent the full range of the species. It is not known how many specimens were measured in determin— ation of the size range of Q, cascadensis. The two species may be synonymous, in which case the older name, Deltoidospora cascadensis Miner, 1935, would apply. However, comparison of type material and examination of more specimens is needed in order to resolve the problem. 47 AS it stands now, it would seem that populations of these spores with a mean diameter of substantially over 30 microns Should be assigned to K, cascadensis and those with a mean diameter of substantially below 30 microns be assigned to K, varius. This would, however, still leave an unresolvable "twilight zone" of situations in which the mean fell close to 30 microns, or where single specimens are found. Another related problem is the fact that many, perhaps over 50%, of occurrences of Deltoidospora hallii Miner reported in the literature actually represent occurrences of K, cascadensis or Leiotriletes varius. An example of this is K, hallii Miner as reported in Hedlund (1966, pl. 1, fig. 4). This Spore plainly has convex Sides, and following the rough guideline of size range described above, it should be assigned to K, cascadensis. A quick search of the literature will reveal many more examples, by diverse authors. These erroneous assignments are due to the common mistake of assigning Spores with convex equatorial outlines to K, hallii Miner. Miner (1935, p. 618) clearly states that the Spores of K, hallii have ' no exception is made to "sides straight or slightly curved inwards;' allow for specimens with convex sides in that species, but on the very same page, Miner describes K, cascadensis as having "sides rounded." Possibly Miner was amiss in defining two species separated by such a small and possibly variable difference. The type materials Should be compared, and perhaps K, hallii should be retained as the only name for the group if it were combined, Since that name has by far the wider usage. However, until such a combination is effected, there is no justification for continuing to use the name K, hallii for specimens with convex sides. 48 Genus Osmundacidites Couper, 1953 Type Species:’ Osmundacidites wellmanii Couper, 1953 Osmundacidites wellmanii Couper, 1953 Plate 2, Figure 4 1953 Osmundacidites wellmanii Couper, p. 20, pl. 1, fig. 5. 1953 Triletes comaumensis Cookson, in Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 15, p. 50. 1957 Osmunda-Sporites elongatus Rouse, p. 362, pl. 3, figs. 59-60. 1956 BaculatiSporites comaumensis (Cookson) Potonie, p. 23. 1957 Osmundacidites comaumensis (Cookson) Balme, p. 25, pl. 4, figs. 54—56. 1962 Osmundacidites wellmanii Couper, in Pocock, p. 35, pl. 1, fig. 15. 1963 Osmundacidites wellmanii Couper, in Dettmann, p. 32, pl. III, fig. 22, 23. 1965 Osmunda comaumensis (Cookson) Stanley. Size range: ca. 40 to ca. 55 microns in diameter, five specimens measured. (Measurements approximate because all specimens observed were somewhat crushed.) Occurrence: Reported from many Jurassic and Cretaceous horizons from many areas of the earth. Found in nine samples scattered through all the sections of the present study with no recognizable pattern of distribution, and in very low abundance (not exceeding 0.4% of any sample). Suggested affinipy: Osmondaceae. Couper (1958, p. 134) states that this species is "a good example of the 'broadness' of spore Species compared with most plant macrofossil species. They are comparable with the spores of the Greenland Liassic Species Osmundopsis plectophora Harris and Todites hartzi Harris, and with the spores of Todites undans from the Yorkshire Jurassic." 49 Discussion: I have followed the species concept of Q, wellmanii as put forth in Pocock (1962), who combined Osmundacidites comaumensis Cookson (Baculatisporites comaumensis (Cookson) Potonie, 1956) and similar forms as synonymous with Q, wellmanii Couper. However, Since Dettmann (1963) in a rather important paper chose not to follow Pocock and re-separated the species, I feel that an expanded justification for combining the two Species is necessary. The reason these other species are usually excluded from Q, wellmanii seems to be that Couper, in his original description of the Species, used the unusual term "granulate—papillate" to describe the ornamentation, whereas Baculatisporites comaumensis is described as baculate. (Actually, Cookson's first description of the latter species, as Triletes comaumensis Cookson, 1953, described the ornamen- tation as "blunt rodlike processes, about 1.2 microns long.") Couper (1958, p. 102) in a "glossary of terminology" as used by him, describes papillate projections as not less than 1 micron in height and with "apex more or less rounded to truncate, trunk not markedly tapering.‘ This is essentially the same condition as Cookson described for I, comaumensis. In a description of 9, wellmanii, Couper (1958, p. 134) describes the projections as being "up to 1.5 microns above general surface." Thompson and Pflug (1953) use the term "baculate" in their descriptions, which they define (ibid, p. 22) as "rodlet sculpture." Thus, the "papillae" of Couper and the "baculae" of other authors as applied to this Species seem to be the same type of sculptural element. 50 Dettman (1963, p. 33-35) ignores the papillae mentioned by Couper and describes Q, wellmanii as granulate. She then describes K, comaumensis as "covered with short, equidimensional bacula together with a few setae and clavae. Sculpture elements 1-1.5 microns long and l-l.5 microns in diameter." However, an "equidimensional" baculum ca. 1 micron in diameter and height is a granum (see Kremp's Morpho- logic Encyclopedia of Palynology); thus, we have the granulate—papillate ornamentation of Couper and the baculate ornamentation of Dettmann and others differing mainly because of a difference in wording rather than because of actual difference in form. A connotation seems to have developed of Q, wellmanii as being less robustly ornamented than K, comaumensis, but actually there is a continuum between the less highly ornamented forms and the more densely ornamented, robust forms. This realization was a product of my own experience, partly in summer work for Amoco Production Company in Tulsa, Oklahoma, in which many of these Spores from all parts of the continuum were Observed; partly in the present study; and partly from extensive review of occurrences of both Species as reported in the literature. Pocock (1962) obviously reached a similar conclusion which led him to combine several formerly separate species as Q, wellmanii. Thus, Since much of the difference in descriptions of the two Species in question can be attributed to usage of different technical terminology and to the presence of a continuum of ornamentation, as described above, there does not seem to be room for more than one name for this group. There are prObably several natural species included here, but until a method is found of consistently separating them (as is not now the case) it seems prudent to combine them all under the name of Q, wellmanii. 51 Osmunda-sporites elongatus Rouse seems to be conspecific with Q, wellmanii as used here (see Pocock, 1962, p. 35). The Specimen of Monosulcites Sp. illustrated in Norton and Hall (1969, p. 35, pl. 3, fig. 7) may also be a specimen of 9, wellmanii. Besides the forms considered here, Krutzsch (1959) names several new species of BaculatiSporites from the Tertiary of Germany which appear to be possibly conspecific with.9, wellmanii. More study needs to be done in order to determine for sure whether or not this is the case . Genus Perotrilites Couper, 1953 Type Species: Perotrilites granulatus Couper, 1953 Perotrilites Sp. Plate 2, Figures 5-6 Description: Trilete spore; 1aesurae : indistinct, simple, extend ca. 2/3 Spore radius; exine smooth, thickness indeterminate, enclosed in perisporium; perisporium reticulate, with the luminae ca. 2 microns across in the equatorial regions, decreasing in Size toward poles, with only scattered microfoveolae in the polar regions; equatorial outline rounded triangular. §A£g_£pngg: 18-22 microns; four specimens measured. Occurrence: See Discussion below. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: One Specimen was found in sample Pb8929-31, from the lower bench of the Trout Creek Coal at the top of the Rifle Gap section. The sample of the Shale parting between the two coals (sample Pb8932) contained 2.6% of this Species. The calcareous shale (sample 52 Pb8934), also in the parting, just above Pb8932, contained none of these Spores. Both shale samples were from brackish lagoonal environ- ments, as deduced from the well-developed land plant palynoflora in these samples, plus the presence of a very few presumably marine microplankton. Thus, this Spore seems to have been produced by a plant which lived near (but possibly not actually in) coal swamps along low coast lines. Possibly the sea had re—invaded slightly by the time sample Pb8934 was deposited thus eliminating the plant's habitat, or pushing it shoreward beyond the range of transport of the spores. The upper bench of the Trout Creek Coal was not examined, and above it is a sandstone, which was not sampled, which marked the top of the section, so further trends could not be observed. Genus Retitriletes Pierce, 1961 Type species: Retitriletes globosus Pierce, 1961 Retitriletes cenomanianus Agasie, 1969 Plate 2, Figure 7 1969 Retitriletes cenomanianus Agasie, p. 24-26, pl. 3, figs. 9—10. Size rangg: 33—40 microns; four specimens measured. This is below the lower size limit of 42 microns given by Agasie, but many of the spores and pollen in this study are smaller than normal. (Kidson, 1971, p. 28, also notes this small size phenomenon, but has no explanation for it.) Occurrence: Upper Cretaceous. Agasie's report is from the Dakota formation of northeastern Arizona. Griggs (1970) reports this species from the Frontier formation of northwestern wyoming. In 53 the present study, this form occurs in abundances of 0.4% or less in samples sparsely scattered throughout the sections studied; no trends Observed. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: This Species may be the same as LycopodiumSporites novomexicanum Anderson, 1960. The description of K, cenomanianus does not diagnose the difference or even mention the similarity. The Size ranges given by the two authors matches almost exactly. The reticula are very similar, but K, novomexicanum is supposed to be bordered by a thin non—staining equatorial flange ‘which is not in evidence on the specimens considered here or on Agasie's. VAgasie does not say whether his specimens are ornamented on both Sides or not. My specimens are reticulate on one side only, as are Anderson's. Agasie's appear to be ornamented on only one Side also. The type material of the two Species should prObably be compared in order to ascertain if they are indeed different, and if so, the description of K, cenomanianus should be expanded to reflect these differences. K, pluricellulus Pierce is very similar also, but much larger. Genus SestrOSporites Dettmann, 1963 Type species: Sestrosporites irregulatus (Couper) Dettmann, 1963 Sestrosporites pseudoalveolatus (Couper) Dettmann, 1963 Plate 2, Figure 8 1958 Cingplatisporites pseudoalveolatus Couper, p. 147, pl. 25, figs. 5-6. 1963 Sestrosporites pseudoalveolatus (Couper) Dettmann, p. 66-67, pl. 13, 54 1964 Hymenozonotriletes pseudoalveolatus (Couper) Singh, p. 83, pl. 10, figs. 1-3. 1965 Foveosporites cyclicus Stanley, p. 241, pl. 28, figs. 6—10. 1966 Foveotriletes Subtriangularis auct. non Brenner: BURGER, D., pp. 246-247, pl. 14, fig. 1. 1970 quuitriradites ornatus auct. non Upshaw: GRIGGS, P., p. 45, pl. 2, fig. 5. Size range: 37-40 microns; two specimens. Published range. Occurrence: Total known range is Wealden (Burger, 1966) to Paleocene (Stanley, 1965). This species was found only in the Palisade Coal sample in this study; three specimens were observed, only one of which was included in the 500 sum. Other Upper Cretaceous occurrences of this form are reported in Kidson (1971, pl. 2, fig. 1, reported as Cingulatispprites cf. K, pseudoalveolatus Couper) and Griggs (1970, pl. 2, fig. 5, reported as Aequitriradites ornatus Upshaw, 1963, which is an incorrect application of Upshaw's Species name). Suggested affinity: Lycppodium. Discussion: See Dettmann (1963) for description. Singh (1971) recog- nized that his Hymenozonotriletes pseudoalveolatus (Couper) published in 1964 is a junior synonym of K, pseudoalveolatus (Couper) Dettmann, 1963. Examination of Stanley's illustrations of his Foveotriletes cyclicus confirm that it also is a junior synonym of K, pseudoalveolus. Foveotriletes Subtriangularis Brenner, 1963, has larger foramina, and has no interradial crassitudes. Burger's specimens as well as his description of them do not fit the description of Brenner's species, but the illustration and, in general, the description fit K, pseudoalveolatus. 55 Aequitriradites ornatus Upshaw, 1963, is ornamented by projecting elements, not by foveolae, and the 1aesurae extend to the outer margins of the zona. Neither of these features are indicated by Grigg's illus- tration, which does, however, match the illustrations of K, pseudoalveo- latus in Dettmann (1963) and in Singh (1964). The Spore reported by Burger (1966, pl. 21, fig. 1) as Vallizono- sporites vallifoveatus Doring, 1965, also appears to be a K, pseudo- alveolatus, but its large size of 70-85 microns is above the size range of the latter Species as reported in the other publications already cited. Doring's publication was not available for comparison. MiCroreticulatisporites diatretus Norris, 1969, is similar, but lacks interradial crassitudes. K, pseudoalveolatus may have been produced by a coastal coal swamp plant whose spores did not travel far, since they are found only in one coal sample. However, any environmental conclusions made on the basis of a form.which occurs so rarely (0.2% of one sample) could not be made with much confidence. Genus Stereisporites Pflug, 1953 Type species: Stereisporites stereoides (Potonie and Venitz) Pflug, 1953 Stereisporites antiquasporites (Wilson and Webster) Dettmann, 1963 Plate 2, Figures 9—10 1946 Sphagpnm,antiqpasporites Wilson and Webster, p. 273, fig. 2. 1953 cf. Sphagnites australis (Cookson) f. parva Cookson (pars), p. 464, pl. 2, fig. 26. 1956 Sphagnumsporites antiquasporites (Wilson and Webster) Potonie, p. 17. 56 1957 Sphagnites australis Cookson: Balme (pars), p. 15, pl. 1, figs. 1’ 2. 1962 Sphagnumspprites antiquasporites (Wilson and Webster) Pocock (pars), p. 32, pl. 1, figs. 1-3. 1963 Stereisporites antiquasporites (Wilson and webster) Dettmann, p. 25, pl. 1, figs. 20, 21. KK§g_£§pgg: 18-30 microns, several Specimens measured. Occurrence: Widespread in Jurassic, Cretaceous and Tertiary rocks in many parts of the world. Scattered throughout the sections of the present study in low numbers. Suggested affinity: Sphagnum. Discussion: The synonomy above is as given by Dettmann (1963), with one minor exception. Dettmann cites figures 25 and 26 of cf. Sphagpites australis (Cookson) f. parva Cookson, 1953, as synonomous with K, antiquasporites. Since Cookson's figure 25 appears to have a quite ornamented, non-psilate exine, it should be excluded. The presence of Sphagpumrtype spores indicates that wet, poorly- drained, low-lying terrain was a part of the thesis area in Late Cretaceous time. This terrain need not have been extensive, however, in view of the low percentages of this taxon encountered. (The low numbers may also be an indication that moss plants produce spores at lower rates than higher plants, and/or that the spores are not dispersed far from their parent plants.) Genus StyK Norton in Norton and Hall, 1967 Type species: Styx minor Norton in Norton and Hall, 1967 StyK minor Norton Plate 2, Figure 11 1967 StyK minor Norton in Norton and Hall, p. 104, pl. IC. 57 Size range: 43-58 microns diameter, exclusive of perispore; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Oltz (1969) and Norton and Hall (1967, 1969) report K, ' pinp£_from Upper Cretaceous and lowest Paleocene strata of ZMontana. Stone (1971) reports this species from the Almond Formation (Upper Cretaceous) of southwestern Wyoming. In this study, two specimens ‘were found in each of two samples, 20 feet and 100 feet, reSpectively, below the Palisade Coal in the Mount Garfield section, and once (not in the 500 sum) in a sample (Pb5720) near the top of the Rifle Gap section. Suggested affinity: Filicinae. Discussion: This form resembles some Spores of the genus Balmeisporites, but is much smaller. The genus Thecaspora Elsik, 1966, would prObably accommodate these Spores and, perhaps, they should be transferred there after further study. The species 2, spinosa Elsik, 1966, somewhat resembles KKy§_ méppg, but the Spines seem to be longer and finer. Ghoshispora scollardiana Srivastava, 1967, is very similar to Styx minor, and type materials Should be compared to determine if the two Species are synonymous. Genus Todigporites Couper, 1958 Type species: Todisporites major Couper, 1958 Todisporites minor Couper, 1958 Plate 2, Figure 12 1958 TodiSporiteS minor Couper, p. 135, pl. 16, figs. 9-10. Size range: 30-36 microns; two specimens measured. 58 Occurrence: Rare occurrences throughout sections studied with no discernible pattern. Sample percentage never over 0.4%. Couper's specimens were Middle Jurassic, but this Species is widely reported in Jurassic and Cretaceous sediments from various areas. Other Upper Cretaceous occurrences reported by Griggs (1970) and Kidson (1971). Discussion: The specimens found in this study were all poorly preserved, and this fact, coupled with their scarcity and sporadic distribution, may mean that these spores were reworked from older strata. These smooth, round spores with long 1aesurae are fairly straight- forward, as has been the treatment of them in the literature. Suggested affinity: Osmundaceae. Couper mentions its Similarity to the spores of the Jurassic Osmundaceous fern Todites princeps. Tod13porites Sp. Plate 2, Figure 13 Description: Trilete Spores; 1aesurae simple, often indistinct, 2/3 spore radius or longer, sometimes approaching equator; equatorial outline circular to subcircular; exine very thin, ca. 1/4 to 1/2 micron (note: Illustration appears to have thicker wall because of phase contrast; note true thickness where corners are bent upwards. These upward bends at the apices were not present on other specimens, and unfortunately, simulate pores, which they are not. Exine smooth, very fragile-appearing, transparent, stains only faintly with Safranin-O. Size range: 27-32 microns diameter; four specimens measured. Occurrence: This Spore makes up 2.0% of the Palisade Coal composite sample, and is found in percentages of 0.2% or less in a 59 few samples above or near this horizon in the Grand Junction, Rifle Gap, and Wilson Ranch sections. It is interpreted to indicate swampy condi- tions since it is strongly represented in the Palisade Coal (Two percent can be interpreted as strong representation for a trilete spore, since most of them never attain that figure in this study). Suggested affinigy: Unknown. Couper intended the genus TodiSporiteS to be used "for the reception of fossil spores of the type met with in Todites williamsonii and K, princeps," but the spores considered here are assigned to the genus on purely morphological grounds, and it is not known for certain that they are fern Spores. In View of the indistinct 1aesurae on many specimens, they could even possibly be bryOphyte spores. Discussion: This species was separated from.K, prp£_because of its very thin, transparent, very faintly-staining wall. Genus Toroisporis Krutzsch, 1958 Type species: Toroigporis torus (Pflug) Krutzsch, 1958 Toroisporis (Toroisporis) longitorus? Krutzsch, 1959 Plate 2, Figure 14 1959 Toroisporis (Toroisporis) longitorus Krutzsch, in Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 19, p. 133. 1969 "Undifferentiated large, smooth trilete Spores" (pars) in Thompson, pl. 14, fig. 10 only. 1970 DeltoidOspora psilastoma auct. non Rouse: GRIGGS, P., p. 54, pl. 5, fig. 13. Description: Trilete spores; 1aesurae distinct, 2/3—3/4 spore radius, but sometimes almost reaching equator; 1aesurae bounded by tori 3—5 microns wide; equatorial outline rounded triangular in majority of Specimens, with about 20% showing :_straight or slightly 60 concave sides; exine psilate, dense-appearing, ca. 1.5 microns thick; ‘wall structure not clearly visible, but indications of layering are visible in a few Specimens. Size range: 40-52 microns, eight Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in several samples scattered through the sections studied with no apparent pattern; sample percentage less than 1%. Other Upper Cretaceous occurrences noted in Thompson (1969) and Griggs (1970) (see synonymy). Couper (1958) reports the Similar and probably related Dictyophyllidites harrisii from the Jurassic of England. Suggested affinity: Filicinae? Couper (1958) provisionally relates the similar Dictyophyllidites harrisii to the Cheiropleuriaceae. Discussion: 3, longitorus Krutzsch matches most of the Spores found here, but the name is here used preceded by a question mark because some of these spores have straight to concave Sides, but are, in every other way, the same as the rest of the population. Also, Krutzsch's Species is supposed to show three-layered walls (although his own illustrations do not reveal the layering well). Some of the spores considered here Show a tendency to have layered walls, but most structure has been obliterated (by fossilization or maceration?) or, at any rate, is not visible. Dictyophyllidites harrisii Couper, 1958, is very similar to these spores. What Couper describes as a margo in the description of K, harrisii is probably tori, as found on the spores considered here, and on Krutzsch's specimens (see Couper, 1958, pl. 2, fig. 5, 6). Thus, the only real differences between Couper's species and mine are: 61 Couper's specimens have slightly longer 1aesurae, and are 80% concave- sided, with 20% straight to convex, while the reverse situation is true of the Spores considered here. I feel that Spores of Toroisporis longitorus Krutzsch and Dictyophyllidites harrisii and my own Specimens were produced by closely related plants. The morphology described for my Specimens is intermediate between the Jurassic forms of Couper and the Eocene forms of Krutzsch. Thus, these Upper Cretaceous Spores may well represent a Stage in evolution :_midway between Couper's and Krutzsch's species, which might better be accommodated in the same genus. (Note: I realize these are only form taxa, but I feel that probable close biological relationships merit close taxonomic proximity wherever this is feasible.) Griggs (1970) mistakenly assigned Spores of this type to Deltoido— spera psilastoma Rouse, 1959. Rouse's Species, however, does not possess tori, which are clearly shown by Griggs' pl. 5, fig. 13. ToroiSporis Sp. Plate 2, Figure 15 Description: Trilete spores; 1aesurae 1/2—2/3 spore radius, bounded by short, often faint, tori; 1aesurae usually gaping, equatorial outline rounded triangular to almost circular; exine ca. 1 micron thick, dense-appearing, dark-staining, psilate. KK§g_£Apgg: 42-48 microns; two Specimens measured. OCcurrence: Occurs in Palisade Coal sample only, 0.4% of sample. Suggested affinigy: Filicinae? Discussion: This species somewhat resembles Toroisporis arealis Krutzsch, 1959, and Toroisporis major (Pflug) Stanley, 1965. The latter two Species strongly resemble each other and are 62 prObably conSpecific. The specimens considered here, however, have Slightly shorter 1aesurae, which usually gape, as well as a thinner wall; the tori are often fainter than on Krutzsch's or Stanley's Specimens. The 1aesurae and tori on Toroisporis longitorus Krutzsch and Dictyophyllidites harrisii Couper are distinctly longer than on this species. Unknown Trilete Spore-3 includes similar forms, but they lack tori and generally possess longer 1aesurae. Genus Triletes Cookson ex Couper, 1958 Type Species: Triletes tuberculiformis Cookson, 1947 Triletes verrucatus Couper, 1953 Plate 3, Figure 1 1953 Triletes verrucatus Couper, p. 31, pl. 3, figs. 26-27. Size range: 38 microns diameter, one specimen. Occurrence: Jurassic and Cretaceous. Occurs in two samples of the present study from.the Mancos Shale in the lower part of the Mbunt Garfield section in amounts of less than 0.2% of each sample (i.e., not noted within the 500 quantitative sum). Suggested affinity: Filicales? Discussion: This Species fits Couper's description, but many other described Spores are very similar and may be synonymous. In view of the plethora of Similar Species and the scarcity with which these Spores occur in this study, no attempt was made to trace the synonomy of this species. 63 Genus Triplanisporites Pflug, 1953 Type Species: Triplanisporites sinuosus (Pflug) Pflug, 1953 Triplanipporites Sp. Plate 3, Figure 2 Description: Trilete Spores, equatorial View; outline ovaloid; maximum equatorial diameter greater than polar axis, or approxi- mately the same length; distal Side bulges prominently, often pointed; proximal Side bulges somewhat, but is flattened relative to the distal side; exine fairly thick, ca. 1-1/2—2 microns, dense-appearing, usually dark-staining, psilate. §$§E.E§ESEF Maximum equatorial diameter 27-37 microns; several speci- mens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in low percentages (up to 1.2%) in a majority of the samples studied (44 samples). Kidson (1971) reported it as Triplanisporites sinuosus Pflug, as did Thompson (1969). Kidson (1971, p. 76) noted that these spores were more common in the coarser sediments (and, thus, nearer shore), but that this trend was "not readily discernible." In the present study, such an effect was not noted. However, there was a slight tendency for the Species to be more common in samples of high CaCO3 content; i.e., in calcareous shales, limestones and shales with calcareous concretions. Coupled with Kidson's findings, this ppy_indicate that these calcareous zones represent nearer shore or lagoonal conditions in this Shallow epeiric sea, rather than being an indication of far offshore conditions as in the classical relationship of deeper water sediments in which limestone is supposed to be found further from shore than shale. Indeed, a sample with a higher percentage of this spore than any in this study 64 was collected a few miles from the Rifle Gap section, at Newcastle (Pb8873). This is from a limestone which lies directly atop a sandstone (with no evidence of disconformity), thus indicating fairly nearshore conditions. These observations are based on too few samples and Speci- mens to be regarded as a definite correlation of high sample percentage of this spore with nearshore conditions, however. Suggested affinity: Stanley (1965) questionably assigns Triplanispor- ites to the Schizeaceae. However, the spores considered here might possibly represent equatorial views of spores which, if seen in polar view, would have been assigned to Cyathidites, Toroisporis, Dictyophyllidites, etc. and, thus, several different fern families. Discussion: Kidson's (1971) and Thompson's (1969) reports of Triplani- sporites sinuosus do not fit that Species as described in Stanley (1965) because their polar axes are not longer than the equa- torial diameter. Kidson's spores are the same as reported here, but Thompson's pl. 14, fig. 7, Shows a spore which seems to be different than any included in Triplanisporites Sp. of the present study in that it has quite acute apices in equatorial view and, thus, does not have an "ovaloid outline." Unknown Trilete Spore-1 Plate 3, Figure 3 Description: Trilete spore; 1aesurae indistinct, always over 1/2 Spore radius, often extending approximately to edge of Spore body; exine ca. 1/2 micron thick, psilate, fragile-appearing, transparent, stains only faintly with Safranin-O, equatorial outline 65 rounded triangular; thin, membraneous zona l to 5 microns wide surrounds spore at equator. Size range: 28-36 microns, including zona; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in most coal samples in amounts of 0.2% or less. One anomolous occurrence is in the lower part of Mbunt Garfield section in sample Pb674l, a shale sample. Suggested affinity: Unknown. The genus Aequitriradites, which these spores somewhat resemble, has suggested affinities as diverse as Hepaticae and Selaginella (see Dettmann, 1963, p. 92). Discussion: This Spore shows a definite correlation with coals. The one Shale occurrence may indicate that a coal swamp was nearby. The Species considered here somewhat resembles Aequitriradites in its indistinct 1aesurae and zonate condition. Lack of a distal hilum, as well as other differences, exclude it from assignment to Aeguitri- radites, however. Unknown Trilete Spore-2 Plate 3, Figure 4 Description: Trilete Spore; 1aesurae slightly raised, extending two- thirds of Spore radius (one ray appears to reach equator and form a slight curvatura, but preservation of specimen is too poor to verify this); equatorial contour rounded triangular; exine psilate; distal(?) side bears a thickened rim parallel to the equator, about 1/3 spore radius in from the equator; rim is 2.5-3 microns wide. Size range: One Specimen 47 microns in diameter. OcCurrence: Occurs in five samples randomly scattered throughout the sections of this study; sample percentage never over 0.4%. 66 A spore from the Upper Cretaceous Pierre Shale of northwestern Kansas, which is very similar to and perhaps conspecific with this type, is figured in Lammons (1969, pl. 4, fig. 10), as Cingulatisporites levispeciOSuS Pflug, 1953. This name is incorrectly applied, as Lammon's specimen has laesurae which reach the equator and appear to form Slight curvature, whereas Pflug (1953, p. 58) specifically states that the Ydmark does not reach the equator. Kpggested affinity: Unknown. DiSCussion: This spore most nearly fits the description of the genus Distalanulispprites Klaus, 1960. The type species of the _ genus is from the Triassic of the Alps. Lammons' species is almost certainly a representative of this genus. The Species figured in the present work is more doubtful, since the nature of the ends of the laesurae was not clearly determinable because of the poor preservation of the specimens observed. These spores may have been reworked from Triassic or older deposits. Unknown Trilete Spore-3 Plate 3, Figures 5-6 Description: Undifferentiated trilete spores, rounded triangular to almost circular in equatorial outline; laesurae always at least 2/3 spore radius, sometimes reaching equator; exine usually fairly thick, range 1-2 microns, dense-appearing, dark—staining, psilate. Size range: 37-64 microns; 10 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 34 samples, representing all sections of this study; up to 0.6% per sample. Thompson (1969, pl. 14, fig. 5, 13) lists "Undifferentiated large smooth trilete spores," some 67 of which are probably the same as those considered here (Thompson's pl. 14, fig. 10 is discussed with ?Toroisporis (Toroisporis) longitorus Krutzsch, see p. of the present study). Various Species of wide occurrence and long range are probably included here (see Discussion). SuggeSted affinity: Filicinae? Discussion: Several genera of Mesozoic and Tertiary spores include members which fit the general description given above, or are at least Similar. These include Leiotriletes, Matonisporites, Cyathidites, Todisporites. Deltoidospora psilostoma Rouse, 1959, almost certainly has some representatives included in this group, also. Unknown Trilete Spore—4 Plate 3, Figures 7-8 Description: Trilete Spore; laesurae undulose, extending approximately to apices; equatorial outline triangular with strongly concave sides, rounded apices; an arcuate fold or thickening is developed perpendicularly across each apex midway between the center of the spare and the extremity of the apex; exine psilate to chagrenate, dense, dark-staining, fairly thick but exact thickness not determinable. Size range: 18-23 microns; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in nine samples; no discernible pattern; sample percentage never over 0.4%. Suggested affinity: Filicinae? Discussion: I was unable to find any descriptions in the literature which would fit these small spores.” Gleicheniidites apilObatus Brenner, 1963, is similar, but the Sides are not as concave, and the laesurae less undulose in that species; its wall also appears to be thinner. A spore Similar to Brenner's and perhaps conspecific 68 with it is Deltoidospora juncta (KoraéMurza) Singh, 1964, but it does not fit the Spores encountered here for the same reasons Brenner's do not fit. Concavisporites juriensis Balme (1957) and K. rugulatus Pflug (1953) are also different from the species considered here. In view of their small Size, unusual apices, and undulose laesurae, these spores may be immature Specimens of a described species, possibly of Gleicheniidites senonicug, which always occurs in the same samples in which the Spores in question are found. (This "correlation" between this species and K, senonicus was also noted in a study done by Gerald Waanders and me at Amoco Production Company Research Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma, during the summer of 1971. Couper (1958, p. 111, pl. 16, fig. 11—13) describes and illustrates wide morphological differences among Spores from the same modern fern sorus due to stage of maturity. These spores had undulose laesurae in early stages, but straight 1aesurae at maturity. Unknown Trilete Spore-5 Plate 3, Figure 9 Description: Trilete spore; 1aesurae distinct, simple, 2/3 Spore radius in length; equatorial outline subcircular or sub- triangular; exine dense, dark—staining, ca. 2 microns thick; proximal hemisphere unornamented; distal hemisphere covered with low, flattened ridges 2—3 microns wide, which branch but do not form a true reticulum. §$£E.EEE£EF 39 microns (one specimen only). Occurrence: One specimen found outside the 500 sum in sample Pb6746, from the Mancos Shale from the lower half of the Mount Garfield section. Suggested affinity: Unknown. 69 Discussion: This Spore fits the generic diagnosis from Dictyotriletes (Naumova) Potonie and Kremp, as given in Pocock (1962, p. 41) except for the fact that its muri (ridges) don't anastomose to form a true reticulum as they do in Dictyotriletes. MONOLETE SPORES Genus Laevigatosporites (Ibraham) Schopf, Wilson and Bentall, 1944 Type species:' Laevigatosporites vulgaris (Ibraham) Ibraham, 1933 LaevigatOSporites haardtii (Potonie and Venitz) Thomson and Pflug, 1953 Plate 3, Figure 10 1934 Sporites haardti Potonie and Venitz, p. 13-14, pl. 1, fig. 13. 1946 Laevigatosporites gracilis Wilson and webster, p. 273, fig. 4. 1947 Monolites minor Cookson, p. 135-136, pl. 15, fig. 57. 1953 Laevigatosporites haardti (Potonie and Venitz) Thomson and Pflug, p. 59, pl. 3, fig. 57. Size range: 28-36 microns long, 12 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 52 samples, representing all sections studied; abundance up to 4.4% per sample. Widespread in Upper Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary rocks. Potonie and Venitz (1934) report this species from the Oligocene/Miocene of Germany. Other U. S. Upper Cretaceous reports include Kidson (1971) and Griggs (1970). Suggested affinity: Polypodiaceae. Distussion: This species is less globose and has a shorter 1aesura than Laevigatosporites—sp. 1 and 2. The synonomy given here follows Stanley (1965, p. 252). 7O Laevigatosporites sp.—1 Plate 3, Figure 11 Description: MOnolete Spores; 1aesura simple, often gaping, 1/4-1/3 of Spore length; exine smooth, thin, ca. 1/2 micron thick; outline in lateral equatorial View ovaloid; proximal polar margin straight to slightly convex. Size range: 30-35 x 42-50 microns, five specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 49 samples; no pattern discernible in the distri- bution; sample percentage up to 1.4%. Suggested affinity: Polypodiaceae. Discussion: These Spores could possibly have been assigned to Laevigatosporites ovatus Wilson and webster, but they had shorter 1aesurae and thinner walls than are described for that Species. Laevigatosporites sp.-2 Plate 3, Figure 12 Description: Mbnolete Spores; laesurae about half Spore length, simple or with very slight lips, non-gaping; exine smooth, thin, ca. 1/2 micron thick, commonly folded, usually stains only faintly; outline in lateral equatorial view ovaloid; proximal polar margin Slightly to markedly convex, occasionally with a faint punctation surrounding the 1aesura. §E£E.£§EEEF 16—26 x 24-34 microns; five Specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in 25 samples; percentage up to 1.2% per sample. Suggested affinity: Polypodiaceae. Discussion: This species differs from sp.—l (above) in its smaller size, commonly folded wall and longer 1aesura. 71 Genus Polypodiisporites (Potonie) Potonie, 1934 Type species: Polypodiisporites favus (Potonie) Potonie, 1934 Polypodiisporites favus (Potonie) Potonie, 1934 Plate 3, Figures 13-14 1931 Polypodii(?)-Sporonites favus Potonie, p. 556, fig. 3. 1934 Polypodiisporites favus (Potonie) Potonie, p. 38, pl. 1, figs. 19 -20 o 1938 Polypodiumsporites favus (Potonie) Thiergart, p. 295, pl. 22, fig. 14. 1953 Verrucatosporites favus (Potonie) Thomson and Pflug, p. 60, pl. 3, figs. 52-55, pl. 4, figs. 1-40 1957 Polypodiaceae-sporites favus (Potonie) Thiergart: ROUSE, p. 364, p1. III, fig. 70-72. 1968 Reticuloidosporites pseudomurii Elsik, p. 290, pl. 7, fig. 2. 1969 Reticuloidosporites dentatus Pflug, 1953: LAMMONS, p. 124, pl. 5, fig 0 10-12 0 1971 Polypodiites senonicus auct. non Ross: KIDSON, p. 81, pl. 4, fig. 23. Size range: 32-50 microns long; 20 specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in 36 samples; abundance up to 1.2%. Highest percentages are found in coal samples, but in one coal, Pb8957-60, in the Wilson Ranch section, only one Specimen was found, outside the 500 quantitative sum. This species has been widely reported from rocks and coals of Late Cretaceous and Tertiary age. Suggested affinipy: Polypodiaceae. Discussion: In addition to the synonymy above, Reticuloidosporites dentatus Pflug in Thomson and Pflug, 1953, appears to be very similar to the spores considered here (see Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 3, p. 34). However, that species is described 72 as echinate, with the individual sculptural elements described as "little teeth;" thus, the ornamentation appears to be "sharper" than in K, Kgypg. Unfortunately, comparisons of type specimens are not possible, as they have been destroyed by war. Different authors seem.to have interpreted the same species as having the sculptural elements arranged in a reticulum, or not so. None of the illustrations in the literature demonstrate a clear, definite reticulum, and the Specimens which I have seen do not appear to be reticulate, although there are holes (foveolae) between the sculptural elements. It is my opinion that all the forms mentioned in the synonymy have basically the same morphology, incuding arrange- ment of sculptural elements, and the differences between them are "paper" differences due to the different languages, writing styles and interpretations used by various authors, and a failure to search the literature and adequately compare "new" species with previously described forms. There are minor, variable differences in size range and height of sculptural elements among different reports of this Species, but these factors are so variable, minor, inconsistent and subject to misinter— pretation that they do not allow consistent separation of the different subtypes by later authors and, thus, are not a valid basis for the erection of new taxa. The forms here considered may have been produced by several different "natural" species, but such is often the case with form Species, and the main aim.of paleopalynological taxonomy should be the consistent recognition of taxa by most workers in the field, not the recording by means of a formal taxonomic designation of every minor deviation or variation from an established taxon. Creation of myriads 73 of slightly different taxa, or taxa which vary on paper only, for a group such as considered here can only lead to confusion among the taxa, I with many "misassignments,' and an end result worse than if they had all been left as one taxon. Rouse (1957) was incorrect in using the genus name Polypodiaceae- Sporites Thiergart for these spores, as that genus is for laevigate Spores. Lammons (1969) reports K, favus under the name of Reticuloidospor- ites dentatus Pflug, which may possibly be a truly different species (see above). Although Kidson (1971, p. 81) says the spores he calls Polypodiites senonicus Ross are the same "in every detail" as Ross', comparison of Kidson's and Ross' photographs do not bear this out (see Kidson, 1971, pl. 4, fig. 23, and Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 1, p. 126). Ross' species has a much longer 1aesura than Kidson's, and the sculp- tural elements on Ross' Species are much larger than on Kidson's and are non-uniform in size, whereas Kidson's photograph Shows verrucae all nearly the same size. I examined five of Kidson's samples, including three of which Kidson reported to contain K, senoniCus, but the only verrucate monolete spores noted were of the type here reported as K, ' favus. Genus Umbosporites Newman, 1965 Type species: Umbosp0rites callosus Newman, 1965 Umbosporites gallosus Newman, 1965 Plate 3, Figures 15-16 1965 Umbogporites callosus Newman, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 2. 74 Size range: 37-47 microns in length; five specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in eight samples from the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield, and one sample from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos at West Salt Creek; sample percentage 0.4% or less. Other occurrences of this species in Upper Cretaceous rocks of the U. S. western interior besides the present study (and Newman's) are reported in Lammons (1969) and Kidson (1971). This Species seems to be restricted to lower and middle Campanian strata. Suggested affinity: Polypodiaceae? Discussion: This species is one of the most restricted in time range of any occurring in this study. SPORES INCERTAE SEDIS Genus Schizosporis Cookson and Dettmann, 1959 Type Species: Schizosporis reticulatus Cookson and Dettmann, 1959 Schizosporis cooksoni Pocock, 1962 Plate 4, Figure 1 1962 Schizosporis cooksoni Pocock, p. 76, pl. 13, figs. 197-198. §i52_ggggg: Longest dimension 25-45 microns; shortest dimension 20-28 microns; 10 specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in a majority of the samples (42 samples), less than 0.2% to 11.8%, usually 0.4% to 1.0%. No definite trends were noted. The sample with 11.8%, which far exceeded the percentage found in any other sample, was a coal in the middle of the Rifle Gap section, number Pb8898. However, other coals did not Show higher percentages than the surrounding shales and often lower percent- ages were found in coals than in bracketing shales. Pb8898 also 75 included high percentages of other Schizosporis species, but the others are not so anomalous as this species. Perhaps a sporangium(?) was macerated, or this sample represents a particularly favorable local habitat within the coal swamp for the plant responsible for these Spores. Known range Upper Jurassic to Campanian (see Stone, 1971, p. 75). Suggested affinity: Unknown. DiScusSion: This species is similar to S, parvus Cookson and Dettmann, but is smaller and has a thinner wall. Pocock (1962, pl. 13, fig. 197) gives as the holotype of this species a specimen which is probably a member of the Inaperturopollenites hiatus-K, dubius complex (see Inaperturopollenites spp., p. , Plate 6, Figures 2-4, this thesis). Pocock's figure 198 (op.cit.) should be designated as the new type specimen, or an even better Specimen could perhaps be designated. Schizosporis scabratus Stanley, 1965 Plate 4, Figures 2-3 1965 Schizosporis scabratus Stanley, p. 269—270, pl. 35, figs. lO-l7. Sigg'gangg: 23-32 microns; 10 specimens measured. Occurrence: CompanianAMaestrichtian, western North America. Found in 49 samples in percentages up to 10%, with the highest percentages occurring in coal samples. Thus, these Spores (pollen?) must have been produced by plants with high moisture requirements (or tolerance), well-adapted to coal swamp conditions. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: This species was included in the counts and computations of this study as a Spore. Stanley (1965, p. 269) tenta- tively considered the specimens to be pollen grains. 76 Stone (1971, p. 91, pl. 15, figs. 80, 81) gives a recombination of S, scabratus Stanley as Monosulcites scabratus (Stanley). If Stone has correctly interpreted his specimens as being "monosulcate with occasional flaring at the ends" of the sulcus, they must not be the same as the specimens considered here and in Stanley (1965), which do indeed have a zone of splitting, of variable length, which divides the grain into two hemispheres when it extends all the way around. In most cases the split extends about 3/4 of the way around the Specimen, creating the appearance of a split open tennis ball. Many Specimens were Observed in the course of this study, and the writer is certain that this grain is not monosulcate. No flaring was observed at the ends of the split, as Stone mentions as being present at the ends of the sulci of his Specimens. It is not possible to tell for sure from Stone's photographs if his species is truly the same, but certainly his placing of Stanley's species in the genus Monosulcites is unjustified. Schizosporis cf. S, spriggi Cookson and Dettman, 1959 Plate 4, Figure 4 1959 Schizosporis spriggi_Cookson and Dettmann, p. 216, pl. 1, figs. 10-14 0 Description: Alete sporomorph; spheroidal to ellipsoidal; a zone of splitting separates the spore around the middle, usually almost completely separating the two halves; exine psilate, 1/2 micron to slightly over 1 micron thick. Sig; EEEE.‘ 45-67 microns maximum diameter; five specimens measured. ’ Occurrence: Occurs in 14 samples sparsely scattered throughout the sections studied; in sample percentages up to 1%; no pattern discernible. 77 Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: This Species is cited with the cf. designation because it is smaller than the usual size range of 67-111 microns (see Dettmann, 1963, p. 108). Schizosporis sp.—2 Plate 4, Figures 5-6 Description: Alete sporomorph; Spheroidal Shape; a Split extends at least half way around the Spore, isolated hemiSphereS are sometimes found; exine smooth, thin, ca. 1/2 micron or less in thickness. §1£E.E§EE_F 14—19 microns; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 25 samples in percentages up to 5.2%. The highest percentages occur in coals, but coal sample Pb8929-31, the top coal in the Rifle Gap section, has only 0.6% of this Species. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: This species may represent a plant especially adapted to coal swamps but tolerant of drier areas as well, or its presence in offshore samples may be related to high tranSportability and high resistance of its spores and, thus, not correlated with growth environment factors. Schizosporis—2 is smaller and smoother than other Species reported here. It is different from Spheripollenites psilatus Couper in its thinner wall and smaller Size. The designation SchiZosporis sp.-2 is adapted from the original code used in counting: schizo-Z. 78 Schizosporis sp.-6 Plate 4, Figures 7-8 Description: Alete spores(?), shape circular to elliptical in polar view; seem to be flattened ellipsoids which often separate at the equator into two saucer-shaped sections; exine :_ regulate or imperfectly reticulate, layering not discernible. §i§e_£§§ge: 45-50 microns maximum diameter; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in seven samples--four were coals, one a shale associated with a coal, the other two were marine shales. Abundance 6.0% in coal sample Pb8898 from the Rifle Gap section, 0.2% in all other occurrences. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Possibly Chlorophyceae; possibly Tracheophyta. Discussion: Pocock (1962, p. 76-77, pl. 13, figs. 203-204) reported a fossil which he called Schizosporis rugulatus Cookson and Dettmann, but which Dettmann (1963, p. 108) says is not assignable to that species. Pocock's species is virtually identical to Schizosporis sp.-6 except for its larger size (60-87 microns vs. 45-50 microns). They may be conspecific. Singh (1971, p. 426-427, pl. 79, figs. 5—10, pl. 80, fig. 1) reports a similar form under the name Lecaniella foveata Singh. His species has slightly more delicate—appearing ornamentation than Pocock's and S, sp.-6, but is otherwise the same and may also be conspecific with the latter two forms. The size range of Singh’s species is 41-78 microns. Singh's species is classified as an Acritarch, thus as a micro- planktonic form. Pocock lists his Species under pollen grains, incertae sedis. K, sp.-6 is classified as a Spore and counted as such. 79 The similar morphology of these forms makes it seem to this writer that they must all be related, and type materials should be compared in order to determine how many species are actually present. These fossils Should probably all be included in the same higher category, not scattered from pollen to acritarchs as is now the case. My species occurred in greatest abundance in coal samples, so it seems likely to have been indigenous to the coal swamp environment. It need not represent a land plant, however, and may possibly represent a fresh water or coal—swamp alga or other aquatic form. It was counted with spores Since it seems to be referrable to Schizosporis which was called a Spore genus by Cookson and Dettmann (1959), and also since its high abundance in coals may mean it is a land plant entity, or at least a non-marine entity. Its inclusion under Acritarcha would have carried a possible connotation of its being marine microplankton, as most acritarchs appear to be. Schizosporis Sp.-8 Plate 4, Figures 9-10 Description: Alete sporomorph; a short, almost spherical ellipsoid; equa- torial split separates Spore into two equal halves which sometimes remain joined but often are found as isolated hemisPheres; exine ca. 1/2 micron thick, ornamented with radially directed striae or thickenings 1/2 - 1-1/2 microns wide emanating from the poles and reaching the vicinity of the equator; exine smooth between striae. §$EE.E£E£EF 14-20 microns maximum diameter; five specimens measured. Occurrence: Rare, seven samples. Occurs in some coals and shales near coals. The highest percentage, 1%, is in coal sample 80 Pb8957-60 in the Wilson Ranch section. A few minor occurrences are from shales not associated with coals. No occurrences were noted below the Palisade Coal, so this may be a useful "guide fossil" except for its low percentage occurrence. Spggested affinity: Unknown; possibly a coal swamp plant. Discussion: This species differs from other species of Schizosporis by its unique sculpture and small size. The designation Schizosporis Sp.—8 is adapted from the original code used in counting: Schizo-8. GYMNOSPERMOUS POLLEN (with the exception of monosulcate forms) Bisaccate Pollen Bisaccate-l Plate 4, Figure 11 Description: Bisaccate pollen as found in the genera Picea and Abies (and possibly a few as in Kipgg); bladders large, about same length as central body, which they usually cover distally except for a narrow zone in the center; bladders reticulate; body scabrate. §i§e_tgpge: 45-100 microns long; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in 36 samples, in amounts up to 1.4% per sample; most frequent occurrence and highest percentages are found in the Mancos Shale in the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. Suggested affinity: Picea, Abies and (2) some species of Pinus, or their fossil equivalents. 81 Discussion: Most of the pollen included here probably was produced by plants of the genus Picea (or an ancestral relative), although Abies-like plants probably also contributed some of them. Bisaccate—5 Plate 4, Figure 12 Description: Bisaccate pollen; very broad in relation to height (ratio on figured specimen 3:1); bladders widely separated, low and flattened. §i§e_£apge: Figured Specimen 72 microns broad, body 22 microns deep, bladders 18—20 microns deep by 31 microns broad. Occurrence: Very sparse. Found in three samples from the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield; up to 0.6% per sample. Suggested affinity: Coniferales. Discussion: This is probably a heterogenous taxon. All specimens were rather poorly preserved. Designation Bisaccate-5 reflects the original designation used in counting: V2—5. Bisaccate-6 Plate 5, Figure 1 Description: Bisaccate pollen; bladders distally pendant, not constricted at base, or only slightly so, divergent, quite small in relation to body size, reticulate; central body elliptical, broader than long, finely reticulate. Sige_tapge: Length of body 40-45 microns, length of bladders 27-30 microns; three Specimens measured. Occurrence: One specimen was found in each of two samples in the Mancos Shale of the Mbunt Garfield section; and one outside the 500 sum in sample Pb89l6 in the Rifle Gap section. 82 Suggested affinity: Pinaceae. Discussion: This species is very similar to Pityosporites alatipollen- ites (Rouse) Singh, 1964, and probably could have been assigned there. However, the specimens considered here differ from K, alatipollenites in having possibly less constriction at the bases of the bladders, and a wider separation between them. Some Specimens of Pinus rugosina Stanley, 1965 (see Stanley, 1965, pl. 39, fig. 3, 4) also resemble this Species, but usually the bladders are larger on Stanley's species. Genus Pinus (Tourn.) Linnaeus, 1753 Pinus semicircularis Stanley, 1965 Plate 5, Figures 2-3 1965 Pinus semicircularis Stanley, p. 277-278, pl. 39, figs. 8-10, pl. 40, figs. 1-7. §i§e_£§§ge: 38—45 microns long; four Specimens measured. Occurrence: Stanley reports this Species from the lowest Paleocene of northwestern South Dakota. It occurs in the present study five samples of the Mancos Shale in the upper part of the Mount Garfield section, and in one sample in the lower part of the Rifle Gap section. Sample percentages up to 0.4%. Suggested affinity: Pinus? Discussion: While I have reservations about assigning this form to an extant genus, it appears to be the same as that so assigned by Stanley (1965, p. 277). This Species differs from Alisporites thomasii (Couper) Pocock, 1962 (a synonym of which is A, bilateralis Rouse, 1959) only in the definite presence of a central body. (Alisporites is characterized by 83 not having a clearly identifiable central body to which the bladders are attached). Some of Stanley's specimens (see Stanley, 1965, pl. 39, figs. 8—10 and pl. 40, figs. 1-7) Show variability in the visibility of the central body, at least in the photographs. Some of my specimens could have been assigned to A, thomasii, but were regarded as the same Species as those which had a.more clearly defined central body; thus, all were called Pinus semicircularis. I feel these two Species are probably synonymous. Pocock (1962, p. 62) in his description of A, thomasii mentions a central body, but calls it "ill-defined." (Singh, 1971, p. 169, establishes the synonomy of Pocock's Species with A, bilateralis Rouse, 1959.) AS mentioned above, Stanley's specimens, as well as mine, also have bodies which could be described as "ill defined." All other features of the two species are essentially the same. Before establishing synonymy as proven, however, further study Should be done and type materials compared. If there is truly a more well—defined central body in Stanley's specimens, it may reflect evolutionary development of the modern genus Pinus from an ancestor which produced more typical Alisporites-type pollen. My Specimens may have Slightly less well defined bodies than Stanley's, but seem to fit his description. Thus, if there are indeed two different taxa in this complex, it may be that the middle to upper Campanian time represented by my specimens was a critical time in the evolution of the modern genus Pinus. Genus Podocarpidites Cookson, 1947, ex. Couper, 1953 Type Species: Podocarpidites ellipticus Cookson, 1947 84 Podocarpidites spp. Plate 5, Figure 4 Description: Bisaccate; central body :_circular; bladders variable, but fitting generic description (see Singh, 1964, p. 115), reticulate, with some indication of radial ornamentation. Includes at least two Species of the genus Podocarpidites. §i§e_t§pge: Length of central body 24-30; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Reported from rocks of Jurassic through Tertiary age world- wide. Occurs rarely (six samples) in the present study in amounts of 0.4% or less; no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Podocarpaceae. Discussion: This pollen was all poorly preserved, indicating either long distance water transportation, low preservability, or reworking, none of which can be ruled out as a possiblity without knowledge of how modern Podocatpus pollen behaves. Genus Rugpbivesiculites Pierce, 1961 Type species: Rugubivesiculites convolutus Pierce, 1961 Rugubivesiculites Spp. Plate 5, Figures 5-6 Description: This group is comprised of about equal representation of K, reductus Pierce, 1961, and K, rugosus Pierce, 1961. See Pierce (1961, p. 40, 41) for descriptions of those Species. §i§e_tepge: Maximum breadth of central body 40-50 microns; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Literature range Albian to Paleocene (see Singh, 1971, p. 167). Occurs in this study rarely (eight samples), 85 amounts of 0.4% or less per sample; most frequent occurrence in Mancos Shale in lower part of Mount Garfield section, but also occurs in shales and coals in other sections. Spggested affinity: Pierce relates these Species to the Podocarpaceae. Discussion: Singh (1971, p. 167) lists a range of Late Albian and Cenomanian for K, rugosus, so the presence of that species in the Campanian rocks of the present study would seem to extend the range of the species. However, it is possible that these Specimens were recycled from older deposits in view of their sparse, random occurrence. Such occurrence could also be the result of long-range wind transportation, however. Genus Vitreisporites Leschik, 1955, emend. Jansonius, 1962 Type species: Vitreisporites signatus Leschik, 1955 Vitreisporites pallidus (Reissinger) Nilsson, 1958 Plate 5, Figure 7 1938 Pityoeporites pallidus Reissinger, p. 14. 1955 Pollen of Masculostrobus E'Carp. in Delcourt and Sprumont, pl. 1, fig. 6. 1958 Caytonipollenites pallidus (Reissinger) Couper, p. 150, pl. 26, figs 0 7-8 0 1958 Vitreisporites pallidus (Reissinger) Nilsson, p. 77, pl. 7, figs. 12‘14 o §l£2.£§2£§5 14-16 x 19—23 microns, three Specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs rarely (17 samples) in amounts of 0.4% or less; no pattern discernible. Widespread in Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks. Suggested affinity: Caytoniaceae. 86 Discussion: The sparse occurrence in rocks from varying distance off- shore may indicate long distance wind transportation. Monosaccate Pollen Genus Tsugaepollenites Potonie and Venitz emend. Potonie, 1958 Type species: Tsugaepollenties igpiculus (Potonie) Potonie and Venitz, 1934 TsugaepolleniteS?—sp. Plate 5, Figure 8 Description: Difficult to interpret morphology, but appears to be a monosaccate pollen grain.with a delicate, frilly saccus which covers the entire grain but is best develOped equatorially; central body is obscured and of indeterminate nature because of envelop- ing saccus; saccus is delicately rugulate to KLreticulate. §$EEHEEE£_5 Maximum diameter, including saccus, is 28-31 microns; two Specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs once in each of four samples of'Mancos Shale in lower portion of Mount Garfield section; two lowest occurrences are not within the 500 quantitative sum. Spggested affinity: Kppgpfl? Discussion: These specimens are of very uncertain origin, and may not even be pollen grains. They were included as gymnosperms in the counting, however. Perinate Pollen Genus Cancentrisporites wall, 1965, emend. Pocock, 1970 Type species:' Concentrisporites hallei (Nilsson) Wall, 1965 87 Concentrisporites pseudosulcatus (Briche, Danze-Corzin and Laveine) Pocock, 1970 Plate 5, Figure 9 1958 Equisetosporites hallei Nilsson, pl. 5, fig. 20, non fig. 21. 1962 Monosulcites minimum Cookson in Pocock, pl. 13, figs. 207—208, non fig. 206. 1963 Perinopollenites pseudosulcatus Briche, Danze-Corzin and Laveine, p. 90, pl. 8, fig. 8. 1970 Concentrisporites pseudosulcatus (Briche, Danze-Corzin and Laveine) Pocock, p. 106-107, pl. 26, figs. 5-9. Size range: 32 microns maximum diameter; one specimen measured. Occurrence: Occurs in 11 samples from the Grand Junction area; abundance of 0.6% or less. Most common in the Mancos Shale of the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. Suggested affinity: Cycadophytean? See Pocock, 1970, p. 107. Nilsson mentioned similarity to Spores of Equisetites (see Wall, 1965, p. 166). Discussion: Isolated central bodies of this species would be indistin- yguishable from "taxodiaceous pollen" as described herein, and may have inflated the percentages of that category slightly. Pocock's species is similar to g, hallei (Nilsson) Wall. Pocock describes the central body of his species as splitting in such a manner that the edges fold back and simulate the appearance of a monosulcate grain. g, hallei as illustrated in Wall (1965, pl. 9, fig. 13) shows a slight tendency to do this, although such a characteristic is not mentioned in the description. Type materials should be compared to determine whether or not the two species are indeed different. The species reported here has the folded-back edges mentioned by Pocock, so his species name was used. The synonymy given above is from Pocock (1970). 88 Genus Perinopollenites Couper, 1958 Type species: Perinopollenites elatoides Couper, 1958 PerinopolleniteS?-sp. Plate 5, Figure 10 Description: Perinate pollen grains; no pore or other aperture visible; central body circular to subtriangular, psilate, stains darker than perinium; thin, transparent perinium loosely surrounds central body, has "Splotchy" appearance Q:_infrascabrate). §i§e_£§pge: 16-21 microns diameter, central body; overall diameter 21-26 microns, six specimens measured. Occurrence: Very rare; occurs in Six samples scattered through the sections studied in amounts of 0.2% or less. There may be a slight correlation with coal and lagoonal samples, but too few specimens were found to make any firm statements. Suggested affinity: Coniferales? Discussion: This species resembles Perinopollenites elatoides Couper, but is smaller, and no pore was observed. Simplicesporites virgatus Leschik, 1955, is similar also, but is also larger. Gymnospermous Inaperturate Pollen Genus Araucariacites Cookson ex. Couper, 1953 Type species: Araucariacites australis Cookson, 1947 Araucariacites spp. Plate 5, Figure 11, Plate 6, Figure 1 Description: This category contains araucarion pollen of two species, ‘ Araucariacites australis Cookson and A, limbatus Balme, 89 in about equal amounts. See Balme, 1957, p. 31, and Couper, 1958, p. 151, for descriptions of these two species. §i§e_tepge: 60-70 microns maximum diameter; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 44 samples, in amounts up to 1.0%, no discernible pattern. Suggested affinity: Araucariaceae. Discussion: There seems to be a gradation between A, australis and A, limbatus. There did not seem to be any advantage as far as this study goes in having two slightly different species with many intermediates to resolve, so it was decided to combine the two Species. Genus Ipeperturopollenites Thomson and Pflug, 1953 Type species: Inaperturopollenites dubius (Potonie and Venitz) Thomson and Pflug, 1953 Inaperturopollenites Spp. Plate 6, Figures 2-4 Description: This category includes small, scabrate to almost smooth, inaperturate pollen grains with no ligula; grains split open or unbroken. At least two species, InaperturOpollenites dubius (Potonie and Venitz) Thomson and Pflug, 1953, and Thuja? hiatus (Potonie) Stanley, 1965, are represented. Sige_tppge: 21-40 microns, usually 24-32 microns; many specimens measured. Occurrence: Jurassic, Cretaceous and Tertiary, world wide. Pollen of this type is present in all samples studied, being the dominant palynomorph in many. Sample percentage ranges from 0.2% to 27%. Coal samples generally have lower percentages than adjacent shales. Marine shales have the highest percentages, but samples with very high . . "J 2; “MW Q. “I.- '5'. to HI 90 microplankton percentages have low percentages of all land derived palynomorphs, including Inaperturopollenites spp. Spggested affinity: Cupressaceae, probably some Taxodiaceae; see discussion below. Discussion: The two Species mentioned in the description above were combined because many transitional forms were found and there did not appear to be any way to separate them consistently, even though the end members are somewhat different. No ligula was identified with certainty on any of the specimens. A very few had a structure or fold which could questionably have been a ligula; these latter forms were extremely rare, however. The pollen considered here is usually referred to the Taxodiaceae, usually to Taxodium. Stanley (1965, p. 272-274) considers most pollen of the Taxodiaceae and Cupressaceae to possess a ligula (see Stanley, 1965, p. 272-274). The ligula of this pollen is quite variable, however. Dr. Ralph Taggart, Assistant Professor of Botany at Michigan State University, related to me the results of an unpublished study which he completed in 1966, in southern Illinois, in which sediment samples from modern Taxodium swamps were macerated for palynomorphs. The Taxodium pollen so obtained consisted of 10-20% with ligula, while in the remainder no ligula was observed. Thus, the lack of a ligula in the specimens found in this study need not rule them out as being possibly members of the Taxodiaceae. In a study currently in progress, of the megafossils of the Black- hEWR.Formation in Utah, a deposit which is just slightly older than the rocks of the present study, Lee R. Parker of the Botany Department of M'ifilhigan State University, reports the presence of Sequoia (Taxodiaceae) 91 in abundance in the Blackhawk, as well as Brachyphyllum in abundance in the middle Blackhawk (oral communication, February, 1972). Brachy- phyllum is a form genus of fossil plants with foliage more or less like that found in the Cupressaceae, one member of which is thje, No Taxodium megafossils were noted. Dr. Gary Thompson (1969, p. 57) reports the pollen described here as abundant from the Mancos Shale of southwestern Colorado, a marine deposit which includes the time equivalents of the Blackhawk to the west. He uses the designation Inaperturopollenites Sp. 1. The abundant presence of non-ligulate, supposedly Taxodiaceous pollen in marine sediments adjacent to land areas where the only Taxodiaceous plants found are from types whose modern counterparts (Sequoia) produce pollen with a fairly high percentage of ligulate grains indicates that either fossil Sequoia did not produce ligulate pollen or that this pollen is not the pollen of Sequoia. This pollen could have been produced by some Cupressaceous plant type or types, possibly certain members of the form genus Brachyphyllum. ”(Brachyphyllum is also listed as producing Classopollis pollen, but Brachyphyllum is a genus for leaves of the type produced by several types of plants, probably largely of the Cupressaceae.) The fact that Brachyphyllum.was found in abundance only in the middle Blackhawk by Parker (see above) does not mean that Brachyphyllum did not live in places other than those sampled in the rest of the formation. Plant megafossils, such as these conifer shoots, were not distributed far from their life environ- ment, but pollen is often much more widely dispersed. The absence of true ligulate Sequoia-type pollen in this study and in Thompson's (1971) is hard to explain. Perhaps Sequoia is not a good 92 name for the megafossils. Perhaps the pollen of Sequoia, Metasequoia, etc., does not travel far from its place of production. It creates a considerably different paleo-environmental picture to interpret this pollen as being from upland conifers such as Sequoia or thie, etc., rather than from swamp-dwelling Taxodium, as it has often been inter- preted (see Stone, 1971, p. 89, Thompson, 1969, p. 101, Hedlund, 1966, p. 25, 36-38). In view of the very different ecological requirements of the plants reputed to produce this type of pollen, no firm statement of onshore environmental conditions in Upper Cretaceous time in the study area can be made at this time based on this pollen, even though it is often dominant. It probably does npt_represent Taxodium swamp vegeta- tion in this study, though, based on the reasoning in the above paragraphs and coupled with the fact of its low representation in coal samples relative to marine shale samples. Norton (in Norton and Hall, 1969, p. 26, pl. 3, fig. 5) erroneously describes Inaperturopollenites hiatus as a "new species", Monosulcites crescentus. The holotype is unquestionably an inaperturate pollen grain of the type just discussed. Genus Psilainaperturites Pierce, 1961 Type Species: Psilainaperturites psilatus Pierce, 1961 Psilainaperturites psilatus Pierce, 1961 Plate 6, Figure 5 1961 Psilainaperturites psilatus Pierce, p. 44, pl. 3, fig. 76. 1966 Inaperturopollenites cf. K, magnus (Potonie) Thomson and Pflug, 1953, ip_Hedlund, p. 24, pl. 7, fig. 4. 93 §i§e_£epge: 40-70 microns, but usually ca. 50 microns; 12 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 39 samples; abundance up to 1.4%. Occurrences and highest abundances are not correlated with lithology, suggesting that this pollen is wind-distributed and was produced by upland plants. The range of this species in the literature is Cenomanian, but similar forms have been reported from rocks of various ages (see references in synonymy above). Suggested affinity: Hedlund mentioned Araucariaceae as a possible affinity; Pierce mentions Pinaceae(?), cf. Pseudotsuga; Equisetaceae(?); also similar to Larix (but smaller); similar to some marine leiospheres. Discussion: This species could possibly represent aquatic leiospheres, but is allied with gymnospermous pollen because of its apparent conspecificity with the forms listed above. It is possible that these entities represent aquatic organisms, but if so, they are not restricted to the marine environment. These forms are distinguished from.Leiosphaeridia Sp.-l by their thicker walls and larger size, and from K, sp.-6 by their thinner walls and larger size. Genus Quadripollis Drugg, 1967 Type species:’ Quadripollis krempii Drugg, 1967 Quadripollis krempii Drugg, 1967 Plate 6, Figure 6 1967 Quadripollis krempii Drugg, p. 62, pl. 8, figs. 55-56. AV.— 4-4- :1. 94 Size range: 38-50 microns, total diameter of tetrad; three Specimens measured. Occurrence: Sparsely scattered throughout the sections studied; in 10 samples; in abundances up to 0.4%; no pattern discernible. Range Santonian to Maestrichtian (see Griggs, 1970, p. 68, Tetrahedra- 'epora dyscrita (Manuscript name) Upshaw; see also Drugg, 1967, p. 62). So far reported only from.western U.S. Suggested affinity: Gymnospermous? Discussion: Upshaw (1959, unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Missouri) reports this Species as Tetrahedraspora dyscrita (Manuscript name), which he regarded as a trilete Spore tetrad. This form is included with gymnospermous pollen here because of the resemblance to Inaperturopollenites limbatus Balme, as noted also by Drugg (1967). It does not appear to be a trilete Spore. Monoporate Pollen Genus Circulina.Ma1yavkina, 1949, ex Klaus, 1960 Type species: Circulina meyeriana Klaus, 1960 Circulina parva Brenner, 1963 Plate 6, Figure 7 1963 Circulina parva Brenner, p. 84, pl. 34, figs. 2—3. Size range: 17-24 microns diameter; four Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 10 samples of Mancos Shale from the lower part of the Mount Garfield section; abundance up to 0.8%. Suggested affinity: Coniferales Incertae sedis. 95 Discussion: The major difference between this species and Classopollis classoides (see below) is the lack of the concentric annular equatorial thickenings of that Species. Genus Classopollis Pflug, 1953, emend. Pocock and Jansonius, 1961 Type Species: Classopollis classoides Pflug, emend. Pocock and Jansonius, 1961 Classppollis classoides Pflug, emend. Pocock and Jansonius, 1961 Plate 6, Figure 8 1950 "Conifer pollen," Reissinger, p. 114, pl. 14, figs. 15-16. 1953 Classopollis classoides Pflug, p. 91, pl. 16, figs. 29-31. 1961 Classopollis classoides Pflug, emend. Pocock and Jansonius, p. 443-444 , P1 0 1., figs 0 1-9 0 §1§E.EEEEEF 19-23 microns in diameter; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 37 samples; most frequent occurrence is in the Mancos Shale of the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. Sample abundance up to 3.0%. Reported in the literature from Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks worldwide. Suggested affinity: The genus Classopollis consists of pollen of the type produced by the Mesozoic conifers Cheirolepis, Pagiophyllum and Brachyphyllum. Discussion: Couper (1958, p. 156-157) emended the genus Classopollis Pflug, and put 9, classoides Pflug in synonymy with Pollenites torosus Reissinger, which he redesignated ClaSSOpollis toroSus and set up as the type species of Classopollis. Pocock and Jansonius (1961, p. 441-442) have shown these actions of Couper's to have been unjustified; g, classoides is not synonymous with g, torosus. Pocock and Jansonius (1961, p. 445-446) say that Classopollis grains are most abundant in nearshore marine sediments, indicating a C33 to _ . 9 fl 9 nnwil ...n .I IA 1).. ale 3. at; .\U A.Iv 96 coastal environment since, in their opinion, the pollen is not suited to long distance transport. Polyplicate Pollen Genus Equisetosporites Daugherty, 1941, emend. Singh, 1964 Type species:‘ Equisetosporites chinleana Daugherty, 1941 ‘ Equisetosporites multicostatus (Brenner) Norris, 1967 Plate 6, Figure 9 1963 Ephedripites multicostatus Brenner, p. 90, pl. 38, figs. 1-2. 1967 Equisetoeporites multicostatus (Brenner) Norris, p. 105, pl. 16, fig. 15. §ipe_t§pge: 31-36 microns; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Barremian to Campanian, including present study; see Norris (1967, p. 105) and Griggs (1970, p. 77-78). Occurs in 11 samples scattered throughout the present study, in percentages of 0.2% or less. Suggested affinity: Ephedra. Discussion: This Species must be included in the genus Equisetosporites even though it is now recognized to be ephedran pollen because Eqpisetosporites has priority. Eqpisetoeporites Sp.-l Plate 6, Figure 10 Description: Ephedran pollen, polyplicate; outline elliptical, with slight knobs at ends; sculpture of five or six straight longitudinal ribs ca. 1 micron wide and ca. 3 microns high, with wide grooves between; ribs fuse at ends of grains, where the thickened knobs appear. 97 §i3e_tapge: 10-12 microns wide, 15-20 microns long; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 23 samples scattered through the study; sample percentage up to 1.0%. Most common in the Mancos Shale of the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. SuggeSted affinity: Ephedra. Discussion: This species resembles K, patapscoensis Brenner, but is much smaller, and the ends are more pointed. EquiSetosporites Sp.-2 Plate 6, Figures 11-12 Description: Ephedralean pollen, polyplicate; outline elliptical, ends more blunt than in K, sp.-l; sculpture of about five straight longitudinal ribs 5-8 microns wide with grooves 2-5 microns wide between them; very subdued knobs at ends of some grains. §$£E.EEE£L5 13-20 microns wide, 24-30 microns long; six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in Pb4927 (0.2%), Pb6745 (0.4%), Pb6746 (0.6%), and Pb6747 (0.2%); these samples are near the bottom of the Mount Garfield section, in the Mancos Shale. Suggested affinity: Ephedralean, Ephedra? ' Discussion: The distribution of these grains, with its sudden termina- tion, may indicate that they are at the end of their time range, because similar lithology and palynomorph assemblages are found above sample Pb6747, but no more specimens of this species. Samples Pb6745-47 may represent a last "burst of activity" of this form before it became extinct in this area. 98 These grains somewhat resemble K, patapscoensis Brenner, but none of them reaches the minimum length (31 microns) of Brenner's specimens. It is possible that they are K, patepscoensis, however, as many species in this study are smaller than usual, as noted elsewhere in this work. They differ from K, Sp.-l in their larger size and blunted ends. Eucommiiditean Pollen Genus Eucommiidites Erdtman, 1948, emend. Hughes, 1961 Type species: Eucommiidites troedssonii Erdtman, 1948 Eucommiidites couperi Anderson, 1960 Plate 6, Figure 13 1960 Eucommiidites copperi Anderson, p. 21, pl. 11, figs. 7-8. Kite_tepge: 23-28 microns long, 14-19 microns wide; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 27 samples, in amounts up to 0.4%. Most common in Mancos Shale of lower part of Mount Garfield section. Also reported by Stone (1971) and Thompson (1969). Suggested affinity: Unknown gymnosperm. Discussion: These grains are slightly larger than normal for Anderson's, but are morphologically the same. K, debilis Groot and Groot, 1962, is very similar to K, couperi, and further study should be done to determine if they are indeed different. ' Eucommiidites troedssonii Erdtman, 1948 Plate 6, Figure 14 1948 Tricolpites (Eucommiidites) troedssonii Erdtman, ip_Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 9, p. 151. 99 1958 Eucommiidites troedssonii Erdtman in Couper, p. 60, pl. 31, figs. 23—27. 1961 Eucommiidites troedssonii Erdtman in Hughes, p. 292, pl. 37, figs. 1-6. Kite_tepge: 20-28 microns long, 15-23 microns wide; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Widely reported from Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks. Occurs in 41 samples in this study, in abundance up to 2.6%. Suggested affinity: Unknown gymnosperm. Discussion: This species is quite similar to K, minor Groot and Penny, 1960. The latter species, however, is more nearly isodiametric. Eucommiidites? sp.-l Plate 6, Figure 15 Description: Pollen with three grooves as Eucommiidites, but which may be all on one face as in Trifossapollenites Rouse; ellipsoidal outline; median groove straight, about same length as lateral grooves (or ring furrow?); lateral grooves slightly geniculate medianally; exine psilate to Slightly scabrate, ca. 1 micron thick. §$EE.EEEE_‘ 18-20 microns long, 15-16 microns wide; two specimens measured. Occurrence: Only once in 500 sum of sample Pb6778; one specimen each outside of 500 sum found in two samples in the lower part of the Mount Garfield section; 0.4% of sample Pb8932, uppermost sample of Rifle Gap section. Suggested affinity: Unknown gymnosperm. Discussion: These specimens may be referrable to the genus Trifossa- pollenites Rouse, since the grooves appear to be all on the 100 same Side on some specimens. Not enough well preserved specimens were found to resolve this question, so they were questionably assigned to the more common genus Eucommiidites. EuCommiidites sp.-2 Plate 6, Figure 16 Description: Small eucommiiditean pollen; round to rounded elliptical outline, main furrow and open parts of ring furrow about equal length; exine smooth, of indeterminable thickness. §i5e_tenge: 9-13 microns long, 7-1/2 to 12-1/2 microns wide; two Specimens measured. Occurrence: Scattered throughout study (18 samples); sample percentage 0.2-0.4%; no discernible pattern. Suggested affinity: Unknown gymnosPerm. Discussion: This species is distinguished by its nearly isodiametric shape and very small size. Eucommiidites? sp.-3 Plate 6, Figures 17-18 Description: Eucommiiditean pollen; elongate ellipsoidal shape, ends rounded or bluntly pointed; main furrow Straight or sometimes with a fold or geniculus in the center; ring furrows about same length.as main furrow; it is often not clear whether the furrows are on the same side or nOt (see discussion); exine psilate to sometimes faintly scabrate, ca. 1/2 micron thick. §$EE;£§EEEF 12-16 microns long, 8-10 microns wide; many specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in most samples examined; abundance up to 3.8%.. 101 Suggested affinity: Unknown gymnOSperm? Discussion: This species is assigned questionably to Eucommiidites because on some grains the furrows appear to be all on one side. This may be due to crushing of their thin exines, however, since the grains showing such condition are the same in other ways as grains which have furrows on both sides. These grains do not fit into Trifossapollenites Rouse because the main furrow is not longer than the lateral furrows, and because they are much smaller than the lower size limit for the genus (35 microns) as given by Rouse (1957, p. 372). Eucommiidites? Sp.-4 Plate 6, Figures 19-20 Description: Eucommiiditean? pollen; outline elliptical; main furrow and lateral furrows approximately same length or main furrow is slightly shorter; furrows often ragged, or wavy, especially main furrow; lateral furrows often have raised edges which sometimes give the grains the simulated appearance of monosulcate grains with pronounced wide margos; exine smooth, ca. 1/2 micron thick. Kipe_t§pg_: Total range 16—24 microns long, 9-15 microns wide; typi- cally 19-20 microns long by 12-13 microns wide. Many Specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in 51 samples; highest abundances in coals. Sample percentages up to 6.0%. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Gymnospermous? Discussion: This species was counted with the Non-reticulate Monosulcate category, but was later transferred questionably to the gymnospermous category Eucommiiditean pollen because there do indeed 102 appear to be three furrows on the grains, even though the raised edges on the lateral furrows often closely resemble the margo of a monosulcate grain. Thus, those grains were not included in the gymnosperm counts, and a certain amount of doubt still remains about their true position, but they seem to fit Eucommiidites more closely than any other genus. The plants producing these grains were tolerant of, or required, high moisture conditions, as can be seen by the high percentages of this grain in most of the coal samples. NON-RETICULATE MONOSULCATE POLLEN Genus Clavatipollenites Couper, 1958 Type species: Clavatipollenites hughesii Couper, 1958 Clavatipollenites cf. 9, minutus Brenner, 1963 Plate 6, Figures 21-22 1963 Clavatippllenites minutus Brenner, p. 95, pl. 41, figs. 8-9. Description: See Brenner (1963, p. 95) for description of K, minutus. The specimens considered here differ from Brenner's in that some grains show a margo bordering the sulcus, which is not mentioned or illustrated by Brenner. Also, the reticulate pattern often is not apparent in surface views of these Specimens, although the pilae Show very well in optical section. For these reasons, the cf. designation was used rather than a definite assignment to K, minutus. §$EE.£EEEEP 9-18 microns long, 6-13 microns wide; 11 specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs in most samples (60 samples) in amounts up to 3.0%. No pronounced trends were noted in its distribution, which Show wide fluctuations not related to the land-derived/microplankton curve or to the lithology. This in itself may indicate that the plants 103 producing this pollen lived far from the influence of the fluctuating sea and.were not affected by it or by factors in the basin of deposi- tion. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: Couper (1958) felt that Clavatipollenites pollen could have been produced by angiospermous plants, but Brenner (1963) indicated it could have been produced by an extinct type of gymnosperm. Genus Confertisulcites Anderson, 1960 Type Species: Confertisulcites knowltoni Anderson, 1960 Confertisulcites sp.-l Plate 6, Figure 23 Description: Monosulcate pollen; elongate elliptical outline; furrow extends to ends of grain, or nearly so, and is bordered by thin lips which overlap and obscure sulcus for most of its length; lips ca. 2-3 microns high; wall thin, 1/2 micron or less, psilate to scabrate. §$§E.£§EBEF 27 microns long, 13 microns wide; one specimen measured. Occurrence: Found in three samples, 0.2% in two Shale samples, one in the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield, one in the Rifle Gap section. A coal near the middle of the Rifle Gap section, Pb8898, had 0.6%, the highest percentage observed for this Species. Thus, the plant producing this pollen may have required or been tolerant of high moisture conditions in view of its pollen having its maximum abundance in a coal sample. Suggested affinity: Unknown, possibly gymnospermous. 104 Discussion: The genus Confertisulcites is described as having a "closed furrow in contact throughout length or broadly overlapping" (see Anderson, 1960, p. 27), so the grains considered here are referred to it, although they appear to have the sulcus margins extended into definite membraneous lips, a feature not Specifically mentioned in the generic description. Confertisulcites Sp.-2 Plate 6, Figure 24 Description: Monosulcate pollen; outline elongate elliptical with pointed ends; furrow reaches ends of grain, which extend to an often rather sharp point; furrow tightly closed, or overlapping; wall psilate, very thin, less than 1/2 micron, folds easily. Kite_tenge: 23-28 microns long, 11-16 microns wide; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 44 samples, a majority of the samples studied, representing all sections; abundance up to 2.0%. No pattern was discernible in the distribution. Kpggested affinity: Unknown, possibly gymnospermous or palmaceous. Discussion: This species fits the generic description of Confertisul- eiteg, and is thus so assigned; however, it also fits the more broadly defined genus Monosulcites, being very similar to K, epakros Brenner, which is reported below. It differs from M, epakros in being less elongate and less pointed at the ends. This species is similar to K, knowltoni Anderson, which Anderson (1960, p. 27) suggests might have palmaceous affinity. K, knowltoni is significantly larger, however, and has more rounded ends. 105 Genus Cycadopites Wodehouse, 1933, ex Wilson and Webster, 1946 Type species: Cycadopites follicularis Wilson and Webster, 1946, designated by Potonie, 1958 Cycadopites sp. Plate 6, Figures 25-26 Description: Monosulcate pollen; ellipsoidal outline, often with some- what pointed ends; sulcus extends to ends of grains and widens slightly at the ends, often closed in middle by overlapping or nearly overlapping edges; exine fairly firm, ca. 1/2 micron thick, psilate. Kite_tepge: 13-21 microns long, 9-12 microns wide; 12 grains measured. Occurrence: Found in 58 samples representing all sections; up to 2.6% per sample. Highest percentages in nearshore and ?fresh water shales and siltstones. Kpggested affinity: Possibly Cycadales or Bennettitales. Discussion: This form resembles Monosulcites minimus Cookson, but is usually smaller, and has a thinner exine. It is smaller than other species of Cycadopites. I believe that it is insufficiently different from similar smooth monosulcate pollen to justify erection of a new species for it. Genus Monosulcites Cookson, 1947 ex Couper, 1953 Type species: Monosulcites minimus Cookson, 1947 Monosulcites epakros Brenner, 1963 Plate 6, Figure 27 1963 MonOSulcites epakros Brenner, p. 75, pl. 25, figs. 5-6. Size range: 24-30 microns long, 10-13 microns wide; eight Specimens measured. 106 Occurrence: Found in 19 samples of the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield in Colorado, and in one sample of Buck Tongue Mancos in Utah, as well as the Trout Creek Coal (lower bench) at the top of the Rifle Gap section (coal occurrence 0.2% of sample Pb8929-31). Abundance ranged from 0.2% to 1.4% per sample. Kpggested affinity: Brenner (1963, p. 74;“75) assigns this Species to his "Cycadales-Bennettitales-Ginkgoales Complex." Discussion: The Specimens assigned here fit Brenner's description, but all were rather poorly preserved, and may possibly be altered Specimens of some other Species. To my knowledge this Species has been reported previously only from the Lower Cretaceous; thus the poor specimens reported here may represent reworked grains. This species is distinguished by its sharply pointed ends. Monosulcites Sp.-l Plate 7, Figure 1 Description: Monosulcate pollen, ellipsoidal outline, rounded ends; sulcus extends almost to ends of grain, is narrow and usually closed, sometimes overlapping; exine firm, thickness not determineable because of ornamentation; ornamentation granulate, with a few blunt short coni, sculpture elements sometimes united at bases. §i5e_t§pg_: 30-33 microns long, 19-22 microns wide; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 11 samples, including marine very nearshore shales and siltstones, ?fresh.water shales and siltstones, and coals; highest percentages in coals. Abundance up to 8.6% per sample. Earliest stratigraphic occurrence is Pb6775, a brackish or possibly fresh water sample from just below the Palisade Coal at the top of the Mount Garfield section. 107 Kpggested affinity: Unknown. See discussion below. Discussion: This species is similar in general appearance to photo- graphs of Calamuspollenites pertusus Elsik, ip_Stover, Elsik and FairChild (1966, pl. 1, figs. 1-2) and in Elsik (1968, pl. 14, figs. 12-13). That Species is described as being punctate, however, which the forms considered here are not. Elsik's species is reported from the Rockdale Lignite, of Lower Eocene age, of Texas, and is cited as being possibly allied with the Palmae or Magnoliaceae. Since the specimens in this study are more abundant in some coals than in other lithologies, and appear to have morphology somewhat Similar to Elsik's species, it is possible that they may also be allied with the Palmae or Magnoliaceae; however, this is only a possibility and no real proof exists for such an alliance. Monosulcites sp.-2 Plate 7, Figure 2 Description: Monosulcate pollen; small; boat-shaped outline; sulcus narrow, reaches ends of grains, which are extended into points; exine ca. 1/2 micron thick, densely and evenly scabrate (microgranulate). Kipe_tppge: 17 microns long, 9 microns wide (type specimen). Occurrence: Sparsely distributed (five samples) in the Rifle Gap section; also found in sample Pb8953 from the Wilson Ranch section. Sample abundance up to 0.8%. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: The restriction of this form to the sandier sections indicates that it is not transported far out to sea; 108 except for its sparse occurrence and rather nondescript nature, it might be a useful near-Shore indicator. Monosulcites? sp.-3 Plate 7, Figure 3 Description: Monosulcate? pollen; elongate ellipsoidal shape, rounded ends; narrow sulcus almost reaches ends of grain, is bounded by a wide margo? or possibly by two lateral grooves as in Trifossapollenites Rouse; exine dense, firm, psilate. Occurs singly or in masses. §$E§.EEEEE‘ 21-23 microns long, 9-12 microns wide; eight Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in seven shale and siltstone samples scattered through the sections studied; abundance 0.2% to 0.6% per sample. Suggested affinity: Unknown, possibly gymnospermous. Discussion: These Specimens are difficult to interpret. They perhaps Should have been questionably assigned to Trifossapollenites Rouse, but it was not possible to tell for sure if the features bounding the sulcus represented lateral grooves or simply the edges of a wide margo. In view of this uncertainty it seemed most prudent to assign them questionably to the broadly defined form genus Monosulcites Cookson ex Couper, rather than to the more narrowly defined genus Trifossa- pollenites Rouse. Monosulcites Spp. Plate 7, Figure 4 Description: This category includes all non-reticulate monosulcate pollen not assignable to the above categories. Much 109 of this pollen is nondescript and poorly preserved, but it fits the broadly defined genus Monosulcites Cookson ex Couper. See Couper(l953, p. 65) for generic description. Ornamentation of the grains reported here is psilate or scabrate. Kite_tepge: ca. 14-24 microns long, variable width. Occurrence: Found in 45 samples, a majority of the samples of all sec- tions; abundance up to 2.6%, but usually less than 1.0%. Suggested affinity: Unknown. Discussion: This mixed category is useless in itself, but was recorded for the purpose of determining total non-reticulate monosulcate pollen representation in the palynoflora, found by adding those in this category to the total of those above. ANGIOSPERMOUS POLLEN (with the exception of any non-reticulate monosulcate forms) Angiospermous Inaperturate Pollen Unknown Inaperturate Angiosperm—l Plate 7, Figure 5 Description: Inaperturate pollen; spherical; exine two-layered, inner smooth layer bears a tectate reticulum which makes up the outer layer; reticulum often damaged or incomplete, revealing the inner layer in irregular patches; occasionally, holes penetrate both layers, but are presumably the result of corrosion ratherthan being ulci. Kite EEESSF 20-24 microns diameter; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Eighteen scattered occurrences in the Mount Garfield and Rifle Gap sections; no pattern discernible in its distrib- ution. Abundance 0.2% to 0.8%. 110 Kpggested affinity: Angiospermous. See discussion below. Discussion: Taggart (1971, pl. 10, figs. 5 and 10) illustrates two pollen grains which are Similar to these. His pl. 10, fig. 5 is Potamogeton sp., an inaperturate form somewhat larger than those considered here. His pl. 10, fig. 10 is IXEE§.SP., which is mono- ulcerate, but nearer the size of these grains, which sometimes have holes which are interpreted as due to corrosion, but might possibly be ulci. Both Potamogeton and Typha are water plants, but it is not possible to say whether or not Unknown Inaperturate Angiosperm-l also represents a water plant. Reticulate Monosulcate Pollen Genus Arecipites Wodehouse, 1933, ex. Anderson, 1960 Type species: Arecipites punctatus Wodehouse, 1933, ex. Anderson, 1960. Arecipites reticulatus (van der Hammen) Anderson, 1960 Plate 7, Figure 6 1954 Monocolpites reticulatus Van der Hammen, p. 89. 1954 Pollenites reticulatus Van der Hammen, p. 96. 1960 Arecipites reticulatus (Van der Hammen) Anderson, p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 19, pl. 7, fig. 6, pl. 8, fig. 3, pl. 10, fig. 7. Kite_tepge: 19-23 microns long, 12-15 microns wide; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 33 samples erratically scattered through all sections studied; abundance 0.2% to 1.6% per sample. No pattern observed. 111 Also reported from this general region and time by Stone (1971). Range Campanian--Paleocene. Suggested affinity: Monocotyledenae? Palmae? Discussion: Stone (1971, p. 97) lists Pseudotricolpites reticulatus Stanley, 1965, as a synonym of Arecipites reticulatus. I do not agree, since the description and photographs of Stanley's species differ markedly from those in Anderson (1960) and from the Specimens considered here. Stone's Specimens may actually represent another species of Arecipites. Arecipites tenuiexinus Leffingwell, 1971 Plate 7, Figures 7-8 1971 Arecipites tenuiexinus Leffingwell, p. 41, pl. 5, figs. 8-9. §i§e_tepge: 26-32 microns long, 16-24 microns wide; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 28 samples, representing all sections studied. Abundance 0.2% to 0.8% per sample; no pattern discernible in its distribution. Leffingwell's specimens were from the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in eastern wyoming. Suggested affinity: Angiospermous. Monocotyledonous? Palmae? Discussion: The only clear distinction between this species and A, reticulatus is Size; A, tenuiexinus is the larger of the Genus Liliacidites Couper, 1953 Type species:‘ Liliacidites kaitangataensis Couper, 1953 112 Liliacidites complexus (Stanley) Leffingwell, 1971 Plate 7, Figures 9-10 1965 Schizpsporis complexus Stanley, p. 267-268, pl. 36, figs. 7-17. 1971 Liliacidites complexus (Stanley) Leffingwell, p. 41, pl. 6, fig. 3. §i5e_tepge: 30-40 microns long, 19-40 microns wide; 10 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 49 samples, representing all sections; abundance up to 2.4%. Highest abundances are in coals, but “Ot.§ll coals have high abundance of this form. Literature range Campanian to lowest Paleocene (see Stanley, 1965, Stone, 1971). Suggested affinity: Angiospermous. Discussion: This form is regarded as conspecific with Stanley's specimens, even though most of my apecimens do not Show the structural details of Stanley's better preserved specimens. Some of the difference may be due to variation between this population and Stanley's simply due to geographical separation--i.e., even if there was no barrier separating the two populations, regional varieties, etc., could develop. The differences are too subtle and subjective to be expressed as a formally described variety, however, and as noted above, may simply be due to preservational differences. Some of the specimens reported here (i.e., Plate 7, Figure 10) are very similar to those illustrated by Stanley, and by Leffingwell (see synonomy for references), but some (i.e., Plate 7, Figure 9) although non-separable from the others and obviously of the same species, were closer in appearance to Liliacidites leei (see Anderson, 1960, p. 18-19, pl. 1, figs. 9-10, pl. 5, fig. 10, pl. 7, fig. 7, pl. 8, fig. 4-5). Every gradation existed between these two "end members." (One of U) 113 Stanley's specimens, pl. 36, figs. 15-17 also resembles K, KeeK somewhat.) Anderson's specimens are all obviously poorly preserved, and it appears as if they may be conspecific with K, complexus, but that this fact has been overlooked by workers using better preserved material. In the present study, preservation is poorer, and the poorest Specimens resemble K, leei; enough well-preserved specimens (definitely of the same species) were found, however, to definitely ally all of the specimens considered here with K, cogplexus. The type material of K, leei Should be compared with that of K, copplexus in order to determine for certain if the two Species are indeed different. Liliacidites reticulatus (Brenner) Singh, 1971 Plate 7, Figure 11 1963 Peromonolites reticulatus Brenner, p. 94, pl. 41, figs. 3-4. 1971 Liliacidites reticulatus (Brenner) Singh, p. 189-190, pl. 28, Kite_tapge: Central body 22 microns long, 13 microns wide (illustrated specimen). Occurrence: Found in nine samples scattered through the Mount Garfield and Rifle Gap sections; no pattern noted. Abundance 0.4% or less. The literature range of this species is Barremian through Albian (see Singh, 1971, p. 189). The specimens considered here may be reworked, although it is difficult to visualize the delicate reticulum surviving the reworking process. SuggeSted affinity: Angiospermae? Monocotyledonae? Discussion: This Species is distinguished from the very Similar K, peroreticulatus (Brenner) Singh by its slightly larger size and slightly more fragile muri, as well as a usually more elongate 114 shape. The luminae on K, reticulatus are larger than those of K, dividuus (Pierce) Brenner, 1963, thus distinguishing it from that Species. Liliacidites cf. K, variegatus Couper, 1953 Plate 7, Figure 12 1953 Liliacidites variegetus Couper, p. 56, pl. 7, figs. 98-99. Description: Monosulcate pollen; outline elliptical with rounded ends; furrow reaches ends of grain, or almost, is rounded at ends, often overlaps or is closed, except at rounded ends, due to shrinkage; exine reticulate; muri narrow, ca. 1/2 micron or less; luminae up to 2 microns across, usually ca. 1 micron across. §lfi£.£§£fi§‘ 23-24 microns long, 16-17 microns wide; three Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in eight samples, mostly ?fresh water or near-shore shales and associated coals; abundance up to 1.4%. Suggested affinity: Monocotyledonae? This pollen seems definitely to have been produced by a coal-swamp plant. Discussion: These forms are referred to Couper's species with the cf. designation because they fall below the minimum size range of K, variegatus and because the sulcus is rarely seen in the open position, so it is not possible to tell if it is "broad," as Couper (1953, p. 56) describes the sulcus of K, variegatus. Liliacidites sp.-l Plate 7, Figure 13 Description: Monosulcate pollen; outline roughly circular to rounded ellipsoidal; furrow straight, Simple, sometimes slightly 115 overlapping, reaches ends of grain; exine ca. 1 micron thick, coarsely reticulate with low, broad muri (1 micron wide, less high); luminae up to 2 microns across, some open into sulcus. Ktpehtapge: 20-24 microns long, 15-22 microns wide; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Similar distribution to that of K, cf. K, variegatus, described above, but even more restricted to the vicinity of coals. Occasionally not as abundant in coals as in associated shales. Abundance 0.2% to 1.0%. Kpggested affinity: Angiospermae. Menocotyledonae? Discussion: This Species is distinguished from others by its very robust-appearing, often almost foveolate reticulum and its often circular or subcircular Shape. Liliacidites Spp. Plate 7, Figures 14-15 Description: This category includes all reticulate pollen of the genus Liliacidites which is not assignable to any of the above species due to poor preservation, etc. Details of morphology and size widely variable. See Couper (1953, p. 56) for description of the genus Liliacidites. §i§e_tepge: Variable. Occurrence: Found in 10 samples, including lagoonal shales and silt- stones usually associated with coals, as well as in the coals themselves. Seems to have been from coal-swamp plants. Abundance up to 1.0%. Suggested affinity: Angiospermae. 116 Discussion: This category is useful even though broadly defined and "polyphyletic" for the same reasons as discussed under Monosulcites spp., above. Tricolpate Pollen Genus Ericaceoipollenites Potonie, 1960 Type Species: Ericaceoipollenites roboreus (Potonie) Potonie, 1960 Ericaceoipollenites rallus Stanley, 1965 Plate 7, Figure 16 1965 Ericaceoipollenites rallus Stanley, p. 296-297, pl. 44, figs. 15-18. §lEE.EEEBEF 30-40 microns diameter of tetrad, 21-29 microns diameter of individual grains; Six tetrads measured. Occurrence: Found in 11 samples scattered through the study; abundance 0.2% or less (very rare); no pattern discernible. Litera- ture range Campanian-Paleocene (Stone, 1971, p. 105, Stanley, 1965, p. 297). Suggested affinity: Ericaceae? Kalmia? Discussion: Stanley mentions the similarity of this form to the pollen of the extant Kalmia latifolia, the mountain-laurel. A mountain habitat (plus possibly insect pollination?) could explain this pollen's rare, erratic distribution in this study. This pollen is included with tricolpate pollen because Stanley described it as basically tricolpate, with weak colpi, even though it is usually inaperturate. No definite Colpi were observed on the Specimens noted in this study. 117 Genus Fraxinoipollenites Potonie, 1960 Type Species: Fraxinoipollenites pudicus (Potonie) Potonie, 1960 Fraxinoipollenites cf. K, variabilis Stanley, 1965 Plate 7, Figures 17-18 1965 Fraxinoipollenites variabilis Stanley, p. 306, p. 45, figs. 29-35. Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate to subspheroidal; colpi fairly long, often with an incipient pore or a geniculus in the center, or i_sinuous; clavate-microreticulate with luminae ca. 1/2 micron across; clavae up to 1 micron long, usually Slightly less; total thickness of exine ca. 1 micron. Kite_tepge: 15-24 microns long, 14-21 microns diameter; 28 Specimens measured. Occurrence: Stanley's Specimens were from the Paleocene of South Dakota. Stone (1971, pl. 18, figs. 116-117) reports forms, which appear to be conSpecific with those considered here, from the Upper Campanian of wyoming, using the name K, variabilis Stanley. In the present study, this species is found in 56 samples; highest abundance 5.2%. Not found in certain very nearshore or fresh-water shales and siltstones and some coals, and not found in the sample with the lowest Land Derived/Microplankton ratio, number Pb4983. Most abun- dant in normal marine shales of the Mancos Shale in the Mbunt Garfield and West Salt Creek sections. Suggested affinity: Stanley gives the affinity of K, variabilis as Fraxinus? I see no good reason why this generalized tricolpate form should be allied with Fraxinus or any other genus in the absence of much more comparative work, and suggest the affinities are 118 dicotyledonous, no more. The name Fraxinoipollenites is here regarded as purely a form genus. Discussion: This form is referred to K, variabilis Stanley using the cf. citation because the mean Size of these grains is slightly smaller than Stanley's and because Stanley makes no mention of the bend or incipient pore in the colpi of most specimens. (His illustrations do Show a tendency toward this feature, however.) There does not appear to be a great deal of difference between this form and Tricolpites parvus Stanley (1965, p. 322, pl. 47, figs. 28-31), but Stanley calls the latter oblate since it is a polar view species. TricolpOpollenites micromunus Groot and Penny apparently has larger lumina, as it is described as "relatively coarsely reticulate" (Groot and Penny, 1960, p. 232, pl. 2, figs. 6-7). The rather poor illustration of this species does not indicate a very coarse reticulum, however, and the two forms may be conspecific, although K, micromunus is possibly more Spheroidal than Stanley's TricOlpiteS parvus or my specimens here tentatively assigned to K. variabilis. Type materials should be compared. Retitricolpites foveoloides Pierce, 1961, is very similar to the grains described here, but on my grains there does not seem to be a tendency for the reticulum to grade into foveolae near the colpi, as it does in Pierce's species. Perhaps the type materials of that species should be compared with my Specimens before a connection is ruled out. Stone (1971, p. 47, pl. 18, figs. 102-103) cites a form similar to specimens studied in this thesis, which may be conspecific, using the name TricolpOpollenites microreticulatus Norton, 1969; Stone's 119 photographs are too poor for true comparison of appearance, but the description given in Norton and Hall (1969, p. 47) does not preclude assigning a conspecific status to K, microreticulatus and my species. Stone also puts Tricolpopollenites tersus Oltz into synonymy with K, microreticulatus, with which I concur. Tricolpopollenites retiformis Pflug and Thomson has larger luminae than do these Specimens. Genus Ilexpollenites (Potonie, 1931) Thiergart, 1937 Type species: Ilexpollenites iliacus (Potonie, 1931) Thiergart, 1937 Ilexpollenites Sp. Plate 7, Figures 21-22 1967 Pollen Forma B, Drugg, p. 63, pl. 8, fig. 59. 1969 Ilexpollenites sp., Lammons, pl. 7, figs. 8 and 10. 1971 Pistillipollenites sp. A, Stone, p. 104-105, pl. 18, figs. 120-121. Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate to sub-spheroidal; colpi fairly long, exact length indeterminable because of dense ornamentation, colpi often completely obscured; ornamentation of quite densely packed pilae and gemmae covering entire surface and often obscuring colpi; exine thickness indeterminable. §$EE.E§E£EF 18-25 microns polar axis, 14-17 microns equatorial dia- meter; six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 21 samples scattered through the sections studied; abundance 0.4% or less. Occurrences are more frequent in the younger, nearer Shore sediments of the Price River, Iles and Mesa- verde formations, but this form was also found in the oldest samples studied, the marine Mancos Shale of the lower part of the Mount Garfield 120 section. Drugg's specimens were of Maestrichtian age, Stone's were Upper-Campanian-Maestrichtian; Lammons does not discuss his Specimens, but the age range of his thesis material is Campanian-Maestrichtian (for references see synonymy above). Kpggested affinity: Gentianaceae?, Aquifoliaceae? (see discussion). Discussion: This pollen resembles KKeK pollen, but pollen of ‘ Rusbyanthus cinchonifolius in the Gentianaceae also has pollen of this general type (see Erdtman, 1952, p. 85, fig. 109B).' K, cindhonifolius is tricolporate whereas the species considered here appears to be tricolpate. However, Erdtman (1952, p. 55, fig. 18C) describes pollen of Ilex canariensis as "tricolporoidate," and he describes Sphenostamon, in the same family, as tricolporate. Thus, there does not seem to be much difference in the apertures of the Aquifoliaceae and of Ruspyaenthus (Gentianaceae). Therefore, the pollen described here may have affinities with either the Aquifoliaceae or the Gentianaceae, and the connotation of relationship to Ilex indicated by the genus name Ilexpollenites may be misleading. The latter name is validly applied to this pollen, however, regardless of suth possibly misleading connotations; therefore, Stone's (1971) Species, assigned by him to Pistillipollenites Rouse, is transferred to KKeg- pollenites Since it seems to be conspecific with my specimens. Because of the wording of the description of Pistillipollenites Rouse (Rouse, 1962, p. 206), the grains reported here could also be accommodated in that genus. However, since the name Ilexpollenites also applies, and has priority, it is improper to assign these grains to Pistillipollenites. 121 Genus Myocolpopollenites Elsik, 1966 Type species: MyocOlpopollenites reticulatus Elsik, 1966 Myocolp0pollenites cf. K, reticulatus Elsik, 1966 Plate 7, Figures 19-20 1966 Myocolpopollenites reticulatus Elsik, in Stover, Elsik and Fairchild, p. 4-5, p1. II, figs. 1-2 (equatorial views). 1968 Myocolpppollenites reticulatus Elsik in Elsik, p. 622, pl. 23, fig. 1 (polar view). Description: Tricolpate pollen; Spheroidal; exine two-layered; inner layer consisting of a reticulum which may be supported by baculae only on the colpi margins and "triradiate crests," (see Elsik, 1966, p. 10-11, for description of triradiate crests); loose- appearing on remainder of grain; colpi margins extend to poles, simulat- ing syncolpi; margins can be seen, on the part of the illustrated grain which has lost its reticulum, to bear rows of projections which are apparently the broken baculae which once supported the reticulum. These do not appear on the remainder of the inner layer exposed by the loss of the reticulum; inner layer ca. 1/2 to 1 micron thick, reticulum extends up to 3 microns above inner layer where it is normally attadhed, higher where partially detached; muri ca. 1/2 to 1 micron wide; lumina from less than 1 micron up to 3 microns in maximum dimension. §K5e_tepge: 31-38 microns maximum diameter; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Elsik's species was found rarely in a Paleocene lignite from Texas. The specimens considered here were found in seven samples, with abundance up to 0.6%. The highest abundance was in coal sample Pb8957-60 from the Wilson Ranch section, next highest abundance in sample Pb8932 associated with the Trout Creek coal at the 122 top of the Rifle Gap section. Also found in other lithologies, including traces in the marine Mancos Shale. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: These specimens may be conspecific with Elsik's but are usually smaller, and the lumina do not attain the Size of those on Elsik's specimens; therefore, the cf. designation was used. They are certainly closely related to Elsik's species, if not conspecific with it. The loose nature of the reticulum and the possibility of its detachment are not mentioned by Elsik, but his 1968 publication, pl. 23, fig. 1, shows rows of what could be either granulae or broken baculae(?) the same as seen on the specimen illustrated herein. Genus guercus Linnaeus uerCus? cf. 0. explanata Anderson, 1960 Plate 7, Figures 23-24 1960 Quercus explanata Anderson, p. 19, pl. 5, figs. 15-20. Description: Tricolpate? pollen; prolate; long colpi extend to poles, have incipient pore or poorly developed pore in many specimens, or colpi bulge and gape in the center; scrobiculate sculp- ture (densely packed small round holes less than 1 micron across). Size range: 31-32 microns long, 22-23 microns across; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in four samples from the Rifle Gap section, including one coal sample (Pb8920, 0.4%). Abundance 0.2% to 0.8%; also one occurrence outside the 500 sum in sample Pb4958 from the Mancos Shale from the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. 123 Kpggested affinity: Dicotyledonae; Fagaceae? uercus? Discussion: Anderson (1960, pl. 5, figs. 15—19) illustrated several specimens, of similar appearance, as g, explanata. However, on the same plate, fig. 20, also supposed to represent g, e§planata, is quite strikingly different in appearance from figs. 15-19. The exine is thicker and apparently firmer, with a much stronger tendency to be thinner adjacent to the colpi than are the exines of the other figures. Anderson's figure 20 does not match his description (ibid, p. 19), being reticulate rather than having "the appearance of scabrate sculp- ture;" i.e., the scale of the ornamentation is larger on fig. 20. I thus assume that Anderson's pl. 5, fig. 20, does not qualify for inclu- sion in the species Quercus explanata Anderson in view of its deviation from the description of Q, egplanata Anderson and Since it differs quite obviously from the five other illustrations of g, explanata given by Anderson on the same plate. Drugg (1967, p. 49, pl. 7, fig. 29) illustrates a specimen resem- bling Anderson's (1960) pl. 5, fig. 20, but which is even more pronouncedly reticulate; he calls this form Tricolpites explanata (Anderson) n. comb. Drugg's description of this species is signifi- cantly different from that given in Anderson for g, explanata. Drugg describes his species as reticulate, with a much wider size range than Anderson's, and he makes no mention of the occasional gaping of the middle of the furrows mentioned by Anderson and does not illustrate an equatorial view of his species (all three of the equatorial views Shown by Anderson, pl. 5, figs. 15-17, Show this gaping). Thus, it may be that Drugg was unduly influenced by fig. 20 of Anderson when he assigned 124 his specimens to Anderson's Quercus etplanata, and re-combined it as Tricolpites explanata. I am not certain that Anderson was correct in assigning his Paleocene species to the extant genus Quercus, although it does appear to be similar to modern oak pollen. No changes in the name will be undertaken here, however. The specimens considered here are referred to Anderson's Species using the cf. designation because they are somewhat smaller than Anderson's, and are scrobiculate rather than having "the appearance of scabrate sculpture" as do Anderson's. However, Anderson's specimens appear to have sculpture similar to those considered here; Anderson Simply didn't use the same terminology to describe it. Elsik (1968, p. 628, pl. 33, figs. 4—7) recombines g, explanata Anderson as Tricolporopollenites explanata (Anderson) n. comb., basing the name on Anderson's pl. 5, figs. 15 and 16 only. Thus, in my mind, the status of K, egplanata (Anderson) Elsik, 1968, is unclear, and the origial name, g, e§p1anata Anderson seems to be the best alternative until this species is studied and revised in detail and the various type materials compared. Genus Retitricolpites Van der Hammen, 1956 Type Species:' Retitricolpites ornatus Van der Hammen, 1956 Retitricolpites minutus Pierce, 1961 Plate 7, Figures 25-27. 1961 Retitricolpites minutus Pierce, p. 52, pl. 111, figs. 109-110. Size range: 12-16 microns long, 9-16 microns wide; nine specimens measured. 125 Occurrence: Pierce's specimens are from the Cenomanian of Minnesota. In the present study this Species is found in all samples except for the two samples, Pb4974 and Pb4983, with the lowest Land Derived/Microplankton ratio (thus farthest from share); these two samples are from the Mancos Shale of the middle of the Mount Garfield section. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Very similar to Tricolpopollenites micromunus Groot and Penny, but that species appears to have larger luminae than do these specimens. K, micromunus, as reported in Kidson (1971, pl. 8, fig. 29), appears to be the same Species as reported here, and is thus not K, micromunus in my opinion. Tricolpopollenites minutus Brenner, 1963, may be Similar to K, minutus, but is smaller; also, its photographs do not Show a trace of the baculae or reticulum mentioned in the description (see Brenner, 1963, p. 93, pl. 40, figs. 5-6), so the species seems to be invalid since it does not comply with Article 38 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN), 1966, requiring all new fossil plant taxa to be illustrated with a figure or illustration "showing the essential characters" of the taxon in order for it to be validly published. This species is somewhat similar to Fraxinoipollenites cf. K, variabilis above but is usually smaller; also, the latter species usually has smaller luminae. Retitricolpites sp.—l Plate 7, Figures 28-29 126 Description: Tricolpate pollen; spheroidal; circular in polar view; colpi long, gaping open; ornamentation distinctly reticu- late, with the reticulum rising markedly above the general surface of the mesocolpia in optical section, height of reticulum decreases toward colpi; colpi margins sometimes smooth; polar area is reticulate, but lumina are slightly smaller than in mesocolpia; lumina less than 1 micron up to 1-1/2 microns across; muri ca. 1 micron high in mesocolpia. KKte_tapge: 17-20 microns polar diameter; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Occurs rarely (eight samples) in the upper half of the Mount Garfield section and in the Rifle Gap section; one grain not in the 500 sum was noted in the coal in the Wilson Ranch section, sample Pb8957-60. Abundance 0.4% or less. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This species is similar to Tricolpopollenites cf. K, variofoveatus described below, but is more often circular, and the reticulum is distinctly higher in the mesocolpia than in the former Species. Also, this Species has larger lumina and a more distinct reticulum, and the polar area is more highly ornamented. Kidson (1971, p. 106-107, pl. 8, fig. 11) reports a form as Retitricolpites Sp. which is prdbably conspecific with the species described here. Retitricolpites sp.-2 Plate 7, Figure 30 Qeecription: Tricolpate pollen; prolate; colpi long, reaching poles, often geniculate at equator; ornamentation microreticu- late in equatorial mesocolpia, psilate on colpi margins and polar 127 areas; reticulum irregular, lumina small, less than 1 micron across; equatorial views only. §K§e_tepge: 16-21 microns long, 11-14 microns wide; five specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in half of the samples studied, in abundance up to 0.8%; no clear pattern of distribution, but not found in those samples with the highest microplankton percentages. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This Species is not regarded as the equatorial view of Tricolpopollenites cf. K, variofoveatus or Retitricolpites Sp.-l above, since it is too small in diameter, and the other Species mentioned do not seem to be nearly so prolate as does this species. Also, the reticulum is different from K, sp.-l. Retitricolpites sp.-3 Plate 8, Figures 1-2 Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate to sub-Spheroidal; colpi long, reaching poles, narrow; ornamentation reticulate, lumina sinuous, vermiform, closed; exine ca. 1 to 1-1/2 microns thick. §K2e_tang_: 15-22 microns long, 11-16 microns diameter; seven specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 35 samples representing all types of sediments in all sections, but highest percentages occur in the Palisade coal and a coal in the Rifle Gap section (sample number Pb8920). Abundance up to 1.4%. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Brenner's species Retitricolpites vermimurus (1963, p. 92, pl. 39, figs. 2-3) is somewhat Similar to this form, but 128 it is difficult to tell the exact nature of the lumina from Brenner's photographs; also, the muri are higher. Snead shows the form he calls Salixipollenites Sp. A (Snead, 1969, p. 34, pl. 6, figs. 10-11) which has a tendency toward vermiform lumina, but not to the degree found on the Species reported here. Also, Snead's form is larger, with wider, deeper colpi. Retitricolpites sp.-4 Plate 8, Figure 3 1968 Tricolpopollenites hians auct. non (Stanley, 1965): Elsik, p. 622 and 624, pl. 23, figs. 16-19 only, pl. 24, figs. 1-14. Description: Tricolpate pollen; spheroidal to Slightly prolate; colpi long, gaping, notch like in polar view; ornamentation reticulate, lumina 1/2-1 micron across, muri fine, 1/2 micron wide or less; exine ca. 1 micron total thickness. §$EE.E§EBEF 20-22 microns diameter; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 10 samples of various lithologies from the Mount Garfield and Rifle Gap sections. All samples but one had abundances of 0.4% or less. Coal sample Pb8898 from the middle of the Rifle Gap section had 1.8%. Elsik's (1968) specimens are from a Paleocene lignite from Texas. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Elsik's species (see synonymy above) is broadly defined, including small, very prolate forms (Elsik, 1968, pl. 23, figs. 13-15) as well as larger, less prolate forms such as found in this study. The small, very prolate forms are not considered to be conspecific with the forms considered here, and are omitted from the synonymy and from further discussion. 129 The name Tricolpopollenites hians, used by Elsik (a re-combination of Tricolpites hians Stanley, 1965), is not correctly used according to Stanley's original description and illustrations of K, KKep§_(See Stanley, 1965, p. 321-322, pl. 47, figs. 24-27). Stanley's Species has much smaller lumina (0.2-O.3 microns) and Should be described as scrobiculate or tectate-perforate rather than reticulate in view of the small size of the lumina. Elsik's illustrated specimens are all clearly reticulate, much coarser than Stanley's. Retitricolpites vulgaris Pierce (1961, p. 50, pl. III, figs. 101- 102) is smaller, but the colpi do not gape as much as they do on K, sp.-4. Also, Pierce's species is Spherical, while K, Sp.-4 is often somewhat prolate. Pierce's description is rather incomplete and does not describe the nature of the reticulum, but the lumina appear to be smaller in relation to the muri than is normal for K, Sp.-4. Retitricolpites sp.-ll Plate 8, Figure 4 Description: Tricolpate pollen; spheroidal, polar and oblique views common; colpi long, gaping, notch-like in polar view; ornamentation reticulate; lumina largest in polar areas, grades into scrobiculate pattern near colpi; mesocolpia sometimes reticulate, sometimes scrobiculate; lumina up to l—l/2 microns across in polar regions, muri 1/2-1 micron wide; exine ca. 1 micron thick. §K5e_tepge: 15-21 microns diameter; seven Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in four samples in the upper part of the Grand Junction area sections (including one near the top of the Mancos Shale on Mount Garfield); in three samples from the Rifle Gap 130 section, and from one sample from the upper part of the Buck Tongue of the Mancos Shale at West Salt Creek. Abundance up to 0.4% per sample. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Some of the forms included here are difficult to interpret Oblique views which may possibly belong to Tricolpites cf. K, variofoveatus McIntyre, described below. The designation Retitricolpites sp.-ll is derived from the designa- tion, C3r-ll, used in the original counts. Retitricolpites sp.-l4 Plate 8, Figures 5-6 1971 Tricolpites anguloluminosus auct. non Anderson: KIDSON, p. 107, pl. 8, fig. 37. Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate; colpi fairly long, reaching vicinity of poles, sometimes Show geniculae or incipient poroid structures in the equatorial region, have narrow margo; exine dense, dark-staining, coarsely reticulate to foveolate, 1 to 1-1/2 microns thick; muri 1-2 microns wide, lumina 1/2 to 1-1/2 microns across, sometimes vermiculate near equator. KKKe_tApge: 24-28 microns long, 19-21 microns diameter; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Scattered through the sections studied (25 samples) in low abundance, up to 0.6%, no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Kidson's species (see synonymy above) is as described above (at least his illustrated specimen is) and is not K, anguloluminosus Anderson (see description of the latter species below). K, anguloluminosus is not prolate, has larger lumina and finer muri. 131 Fraxinoipollenites pachyexinous Leffingwell, 1971, is similar to this species, but is somewhat smaller, and apparently does not have vermiculate lumina (the latter feature is only occasionally present on the forms considered here, however). The two Species may be conspeci- fic but type materials need to be compared before making such a determination. The designation Retitricolpites sp.-14 is derived from the code designation C3r-l4, used for this form in the counting process. Retitricolpites Sp.-l7 Plate 8, Figure 7 Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate; colpi Short, ca. 1/3 length of polar axis, tightly closed; ornamentation reticulate; lumina very small, ca. 1/2 micron across, over most of grain, grading to Slightly over 1 micron in the polar areas; exine structure baculate, baculae ca. 1.75 microns high at equator, grading to ca. 1.25 microns high at poles. §3EE.EEE£EF 36 microns long, 25 microns diameter; one Specimen measured. Occurrence: Found in eight near-Shore to on-shore shales, siltstones and coals from the Grand Junction area and Rifle Gap sections; abundance up to 0.6%. This pollen is not transported far from its point of origin, apparently. It does not appear to be restricted to a coal swamp environment because its highest abundance was in sedi- ments associated with coals rather than in the coals themselves. Kpggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This pollen type is very distinctive. It is distinguished from other forms by its very short colpi and by its reticulum which is largest at the poles. No pollen of this type has 132 been described in the literature, to my knowledge. However, there were insufficient numbers of well-preserved, well-oriented Specimens found on which to base a new formal Species, in my opinion. The designation Retitricolpites sp.-l7 is taken from the code designation C3r-l7, used in the counting process. Retitricolpites spp. Plate 8, Figures 8-9 Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate; reticulate; all specimens of such pollen which could not be assigned to any of the above species due to poor preservation or orientation, etc., are assigned here. §K5e_tepge: Variable. Occurrence: Present in 41 samples, up to 2.0% per sample; most common in marine Mancos Shale. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This category was recorded mainly for the purpose of determining total tricolpate pollen and has little useful- ness apart from this. Genus Striatopollis Krutzsch, 1959 Type species: Striatopollis sarstedtensis Krutzsch, 1959 Striatopollis Sp.—1 Plate 8, Figures 10-11 Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate to rhomboidal; colpi long, reach poles; ornamented with striae which run at an angle to the polar axis, not parallel to it; exine ca. 1/2 micron thick. 133 §EEE.EEE£L5 16-18 microns long, 12-17 microns diameter; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Scattered through the study in 19 samples of various lithologies from coal to marine shale. Abundance up to 0.6%, highest in fresh water or lagoonal samples (samples with very high Land Derived/Microplankton ratios). Kpggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Striatopollis paraneus (Norris) Singh, 1971, is similar but is striatoreticulate. Striatopollis sp.-2 Plate 8, Figures 12-13 Description: As in K, Sp.-l, but the striae are more nearly parallel to the polar axis than in that species, and are somewhat fainter. KKte_tepge: 30 microns long, 18 microns diameter; one specimen measured. Occurrence: Found in seven samples, all from the Mancos Shale except for one grain in sample Pb8886x, a siltstone in a sandy zone near the base of the Rifle Gap section. Abundance 0.2% or less. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This species is distinguished from.§, Sp.-l mainly by its larger size and more parallel striations. Genus Tricolpites Cookson, 1947, ex Couper, 1953 Type species: Tricolpites reticulatus Cookson, 1947 Comments: Cookson (1947, p. 134) uses the name Tricolpites for two new species, Tricolpites (Tubifloridites) antipodica and K, 134 reticulata, but did not give a generic description or designate a type species. Couper (1953, p. 61) described the genus as "Free, isopolar, tricolpate. Exine variable in thickness and sculpture. Size variable." He also designated K, reticulus Cookson, 1947, as the type Species. (Tricolpites (Tubifloridites) antipodica is apparently pollen of a Composite and, thus, is probably tricolporate and should, thus, not be included in Tricolpites.) Couper did not have any specimens of K, reticulatus and did not illustrate it, but merely designated it as the genotype of Tricolpites Cookson ex Couper. The original illustration of K, reticulata in Cookson (1947, pl. 15, fig. 45), as reproduced in the Catalog pt_Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 15, p. 15, does not Show the finely reticulate condition she describes as a characteristic of the species. Also, the description does not describe the nature or size of the muri and lumina, etc. The species is probably invalid, as it does not satisfy Article 38 of the ICBN requiring that an illustration be provided which shows the essential characters of the Species. However, Since I did not have access to an original copy of Cookson's publication in order to check the original photographic illustration, no "formal" invalidation of the type Species is undertaken here. However, as additional proof of the difficulty in interpretation of K, reticulatus, probably resulting from the poor original illustration of that species, the following reports of this species should be mentioned. These widely varying forms all bear the name of K, reticulatus Cookson:‘ K, reticulatus Cookson as reported in Srivastava, 1967, p1. IIIP; K, retiCulatus Cookson as reported in Norton and Hall, 1969, pl. 7, fig. 1, and K, cf. K, 135 reticulatus Cookson as reported in Hedlund, 1966, pl. 9, fig. 3. The overall outline and the size and nature of the reticulum varies so widely among those forms that it seems plain that this species is insufficiently described and illustrated in the original publication to allow different workers to use the name consistently. K, reticulatus Cookson, 1947 Should either be re-illustrated and re-described by the original author or Should be invalidated and a new type species desig- nated for the genus Tricolpites Cookson ex Couper, 1953; the new type species might be one of those described by Couper, although it would be better, in my opinion, if the new type species were illustrated with a photograph in addition to the original drawings in Couper, 1953. Another weakness of the original publication of K, reticulatus Cookson, 1947, was that the publication was apparently never very widely distributed, in view of the trouble I had in unsuccessfully trying to obtain a copy in time to incorporate ideas derived from Observation of the original photograph into this thesis. Tricolpites anguloluminosus Anderson, 1960 Plate 8, Figures 14-15 1960 Tricolpites anguloluminosus Anderson, p. 26, pl. 6, figs. 15-17, pl. 8, figs. 17-18. 1965 Tricolpites bathyreticulatus Stanley, p. 320-321, pl. 47, figs. 18-23 I 1969 Salixipollenites Sp. cf. Tricolpites bathyreticulatus Stanley, in Snead, p. 34, pl. 1, fig. 8. §K5e_tepge: 19-26 microns diameter (polar view, eight specimens measured); polar axiS‘meSSured'Zl and 22 microns on two Specimens in equatorial.view, Occurrence: Campanian to lower Paleocene. Found in this study in 50 samples; most common and most abundant in the marine 136 ‘Mancos Shale of the lower part of the Mount Garfield section, but not found in those samples with very high percentages of microplankton. Abundance up to 2.0%. Kpggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Has been said to resemble Fraxinus and Bucklandia (see Stanley, 1965, p. 321) and Salix (see Snead, 1969, p. 34). Discussion: Anderson's and Stanley's descriptions and photographs match so closely that there is no justification for the retention of two Species names; therefore, Stanley's K, bathyreticulatus is rejected as a junior synonym of K, anguloluminosus Anderson, 1960. The Species illustrated by Stone (1971, pl. 18, figs. 114-115) as Tricolpites cf. K, anguloluminosus Anderson is a more robust, larger, more prolate form than Anderson's, and should not be allied with it. Thompson (1969, pl. 18, fig. 16) illustrates a large, rObust grain with a partially detached reticulum as Tricolpites cf. K, bathyreticu- latus; this specimen is difficult to interpret, but is prObably of a different species. Thompson's pl. 18, fig. 18, Tricolpites cf. K, anguloluminosus is conspecific with the forms considered here; it very much resembles the illustrations by Stanley, 1965. Elsik (1968, p. 624, pl. 24, figs. 15-16, pl. 25, fig. 1) combines K, angeloluminOsus Anderson, Tricolpopollenites platyreticulatus Groot, Penny and Groot, and Tricolpites bathyreticulatus Stanley under the name Tricolpopollenites anguloluminosus (Anderson) comb. nov., without giving any reasons or justification for so doing. I do not agree that K, platyreticulatus Groot, Penny and Groot, 1961, is synonymous with K, angploluminosus. The former species has a wider size range of lumina than doele,'anguloluminosus (and K, bathyreticulatus). K, platyreticulatus 137 is slightly prolate, while the other species is spherical to oblate. K, platyreticulatus is also smaller than the other Species considered, and is widely separated from them stratigraphically. I thus feel that to use the synonymy of K, anguloluminosus as given by Elsik would result in too broad a concept of the species, would negate its strati- graphic usefulness, and would reduce it to the status of a "waste basket" taxon; such usage is in this case unjustified, unnecessary, and to be avoided. However, the specimens illustrated by Elsik do appear to belong to K, anguloluminosus, but are slightly smaller (ca. 19 microns diameter). Tricolpites interangulus Newman, 1965 Plate 8, Figures 16-18 1965 Tricolpites interangulus Newman, p. 10-11, pl. 1, fig. 3. 1965 Tricolpites micrOreticulatus Belsky, Boltenhagen and Potonie, p. 75, pl. 12, figs. 8-9. 1967 Tricolpites reticulatus Cookson in Norton and Hall, p. 105-106, pl. 1, fig. E. 1969 Tricolpites sp. B, Snead, p. 51, pl. 5, fig. 13. 1969 Tricolpites reticulatus Cookson in Oltz, p. 141-142, pl. 41, fig. 103. 1971 Gunnera microreticulata (Bel., Boltenh. and Pot.) Leffingwell, p. 37 and 40, pl. 7, figs. 7-8. 1971 Tricolpites reticulatus Cookson in Stone, p. 102, pl. 18, fig. 112. Description: See Newman (1965, p. 10-11) for description. Size range: 21-28 microns diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Senonian to lowest Paleocene. Found in 35 samples; abundance up to 7.0%. Occurrences were extremely rare in the marine Mancos Shale of the lower half of the Mbunt Garfield 138 seetion. The highest abundance occurred in sample number Pb6775, a shale just below the Palisade Coal at the top of the Mount Garfield 8e cation. W affinity: Gunneraceae . Selling (1947, p. 167, pl. 12, figs. 231-234), is Gunnera petaloidea, illustrated by ve r3, similar to K. interangulus, but it is somewhat larger. W: Gunnera microreticulata (Bel., Boltenh. and Pot.) Leffingwell, 1971, is regarded as a junior synonym of K. gteragulus Newman, 1965, in spite of Leffingwell's statement that his Specimens have a smaller reticulum than K. interangulus, for these re asons: l) Leffingwell puts K. microreticulatus in synonymy with his sI>ecimens, and the former Species has at least as large a reticulum as does K. interangulus Newman, maybe even Slightly larger; thus Leffing- wal's Species could not at the same time be a synonym of K. microreticu- m and have a smaller reticulum than K. interangulus unless all three S‘Pecies are the same, as they are here regarded. 2) My specimens Show InRich variation in size of lumina, with no clear lines to be drawn between large and small end members. There is a continuum, and all of the reticula, even the largest, have lumina 1/2 micron or less in diameter. Therefore, 3) the size differences are so small (minute fle‘actions of a micron) and so variable that they do not constitute a Valid basis for distinguishing two Species. There may be incompletely differentiated geographical races, but not two species. The polar thickening mentioned by Leffingwell is also a variable feature. This species appears to be very similar to, perhaps conspecific With, K. reticulatus Cookson, 1947, but is not placed in synonymy with 139 that Species because the illustration given in Cookson, 1947, is inade- Quate for comparison. Tricolpites mutabilis Leffingwell, 1971 Plate 8, Figures 19-20 19 68 Tricolpopollenites Sp. in Elsik, p. 624 and 626, pl. 23, figs. 2 and 4—7 only. 3—9 7 l Tricolpites erugatus auct. non Hedlund: KIDSON, p. 108, pl. 8, l9 71 Tricolpites mutabilis Leffingwell, p. 44-45, pl. 8, figs. 1-3. m rang : 10-17 microns diameter; 10 Specimens measured. ‘Occurrence: Campanian to Paleocene. Found in all samples except for two which had very low Land Derived/Microplankton ratios (Samples Pb4980 and 4983); abundance up to 5.2% per sample. Highest percentage was found in a coal sample, but not all coal samples had high percentages of this species. S\uggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. D\1scussion: Kidson's Species (see synonymy above) appears to be conspecific with K. mutabilis. The species K. erugatus I‘ledlund is more circular in polar view and is also prolate, while the IE Oms considered here are i Spherical to oblate. ' Tricolpites cf. K, psilascabratus Norton, 1969 Plate 8, Figure 21 \D.escription: Tricolpate pollen; oblate to Spherical, : circular in polar view; colpi long, reaching poles, gaping, with thin lTagged edges; exine psilate to chagrenate or to very slightly scabrate, ca. 3/4 micron thick. §¥g 33289.: 18—24 microns; 10 specimens measured. 140 Occurrence: Found in 34 samples; abundance up to 0.8%; no pattern Observed. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This Species is cited using the cf. designation because my Specimens are often chagrenate when viewed using oil immer- sion and only rarely scabrate. Norton's species is described as being scabrate when viewed under oil immersion. Tricolpites cf. Tricolporites traversei Anderson Plate 8, Figures 22-23 1960 Tricolporites traversei Anderson, p. 26, pl. 2, fig. 20. 1969 Tricolporites traversei Anderson in Thompson, p. 64, pl. 18, fig. 5. 1971 Eucommiidites(?) Sp. in Kidson, p. 87-88, pl. 6, fig. 11 only. Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate to rhomboidal; colpi long, with geniculus or constriction in center; grain often with bulges and folds in the equatorial region; exine psilate, 1/2 to 1 micron thick. §K£e_t§pge: 10-12 microns long, 8-11 microns diameter, 15 Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in all samples studied except for sample Pb4983 from the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield. This sample had the lowest Land Derived/Microplankton ratio of any sample studied and, thus, presumably represents conditions very far from shore. The abundance of this species was up to 10.4%, one of the most abundant palynomorphs of the entire study. The highest percentages were found in coal samples, but not all coals had high percentages of this form, and high percentages were also noted in lagoonal shales and siltstones associated with the coals. 141 Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This species is very Similar to Anderson's and may be conspecific with it. The cf. designation was used because Anderson's illustrated specimen (see synonymy above) is more prolate than the forms encountered here, and because these Specimens do not appear to be tricolporate, as Anderson says his are. (However, Anderson says of his species that the pore is "not distinctly visible but mani- fested in a bow-Shaped furrow;" thus, his Species probably has colpi as found on the Specimens considered here.) Thompson's Species (see synonymy) is conspecific with the Species reported here. Kidson (1971, pl. 6, fig. 11-12) gives two illustrations as Eucommiidites(?) sp. His fig. 11 appears to be conspecific with the species reported here, but his fig. 12 appears to indeed illustrate a representative of the genus Eucommiidites. Tricolporopollenites minor Takahashi, 1961, is quite similar except for its larger Size and clearly defined pores. Tricolpites sp.-l Plate 8, Figure 24 Description: Tricolpate pollen; spheroidal to Slightly prolate or Oblate; colpi of moderate length, not quite reaching poles, edges often ragged-appearing, gaping open; exine tectate-perforate, (giving a scrobiculate appearance in surface view, ca. 1 micron thick. §$§g.t§pge: 13-15 microns long, 11-15 microns diameter; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 33 samples, about half the samples studied; abundance up to 2.6%. Mbst common and most abundant in 142 the normal marine Mancos Shale, but not found in samples furthest from shore. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This species is very similar to K, parvus Stanley, 1965, which is Significantly larger, however. This species differs from Fraxinoipollenites cf. K, variabilis Stanley in having smaller luminae and in its usually smaller Size. Tricolpites sp.-2 Plate 8, Figure 25 Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate; colpi long, reaching vicinity of poles; baculate (pilate?) exine, intectate, gives scabrate surface view; exine ca. 1/2 micron thick. KKte_tepge: 13-16 microns long, 9-12 microns diameter; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 23 samples scattered through the sections of the present study, but it is the most abundant in the marine Mancos Shale of the lower half of the Mount Garfield section. Abundance 0.2% to 0.4%. Kpggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. ’ Discussion: Structural elements are further apart than on K, sp.-l above; this Species is also more prolate than K, sp.-1. Tricolpites sp.-3 Plate 8, Figures 26-27 Description: Tricolpate; prolate; very small; colpi long, usually closed; ornamentation of Short baculae, giving a micro- granulate or scabrate appearance in surface view; exine ca. 3/4 micron thick. 143 §$EEH£§EE_5 10-12 microns long, 6-8 microns diameter; six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 54 samples of varied lithologies; rarest in coals, otherwise no pattern noted. Abundance up to 5.6% per sample. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Distinguished from similar forms by its very small size. Tricolpites sp.-4 Plate 8, Figures 28-29 Description: Tricolpate pollen; almost exclusively oblique and distorted views seen, Shape uncertain, probably ilequidimensional; colpi have thin, smooth margo; exine tectate-perforate, giving a scrob- iculate appearance in surface view; exine apparently quite flexible, as it is always folded and distorted, ca. 1 micron thick. §K§e_tepge: 22-30 microns maximum measurement; four Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 16 samples; most common in the Mancos Shale of the lower part of the MOunt Garfield section. Abundance up to 1.2%. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Despite their distorted condition and consequent difficulty of identification, these grains prObably represent a single Species. ‘ TricOlpiteS sp.-5 Plate 8, Figure 30 Description: Tricolpate pollen; spherical, with circular outline in polar view; colpi long, gaping, with thin, 144 usually : ragged edges; exine psilate, very thin (ca. 1/2 micron or less). Size rang : 14-17 microns diameter; four specimens measured. (Occurrence: Found in 39 samples; abundance up to 1.4%. No pattern discernible in the distribution. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Inscussion: This Species is Similar to Tricolpites psilascabratus Norton, 1969, but is smaller, thinner-walled, and smoother. It differs from K, mutabilis Leffingwell in being more circular in polar view, and thinner-walled. Some confusion is possible with K, nmtabilis, however, and intermediate forms exist. K, erugatus Hedlund, 1966, is :_prolate, and has a thicker wall. Tricolpites sp.-6 Plate 8, Figure 31 Description: Tricolpate pollen; spheroidal, mostly Oblique views; colpi long, sometimes gaping, with smooth margins; exine psilate to slightly scabrate, ca. 1 micron thick. Size range: l7-21 microns diameter; three Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 12 samples of varying lithology, but attains greatest abundance in coal samples. Abundance up to 3.2%. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae, prObably a coal-swamp plant. Discussion: This species differs from K, sp.-5 in its thicker wall and usually larger Size, and from.K, cf. K, psilascabratus by having more well-defined colpi with smoother edges. The differences between this form and K, mutabilis are determined rather subjectively, and some specimens of each of these two Species may have been included in counts of the other. The two species may be 145 the same, but the Oblique views recorded here could not be related with certainty to K, mutabilis. K, sp.-6 is usually larger than K, mutabilis. Tricolpites sp.-7 Plate 8, Figure 32 Description: Tricolpate pollen; :_Spherical, circular in polar view; colpi long, reaching poles, margins somewhat ragged; exine scabrate, l to 1-1/2 microns thick. Size range: l4-20 microns diameter; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 23 samples, in amounts up to 1.6% per sample. Most abundant in coals, but not all coals have it in abundance. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. May represent a coal-swamp plant. Discussion: This species differs from.K, mutabilis in its more circular outline and thicker wall. It differs from.K, cf. K, psila- scabratus and from K, psilascabratus Norton, 1969, in having a thicker exine.‘ K, erugatus Hedlund, 1966, differs in being prolate. K, sp.-6 has a thinner exine. This species as well as K, sp.-6 and K, mutabilis have similar distribution, characterized by maxima in coal samples. These Species are also morphologically Similar and hard to separate, and seem to intergrade. There may be only one species involved, which Should then bear the name K, mutabilis Leffingwell. ' Tricolpites Sp.-8 Plate 8, Figures 33-35 Description: Tricolpate pollen; oblate; rounded triangular in polar view, sides convex, but often folded inward to create a 146 pseudo-concave appearance; colpi short, simple, slightly open, posi- tioned at equatorial apices of grains; exine clavate (almost baculate, i.e., clavae only Slightly expanded at their free ends), clavae arranged in a striato-reticulate pattern; exine ca. 1 micron thick. §K5e_tapge: 22-26 microns diameter; five specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in four samples from the upper part of the Mount Garfield section and from the Rifle Gap section, plus one questionable occurrence from the Mancos Shale in the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. Abundance up to 0.8%; highest abundance in sample Pb6775, a probably lagoonal shale just below the Palisade Coal. Suggested affini_y: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This distinctive striato—reticulate grain does not appear in the published literature and could have been described as a new formal species. However, in my opinion, not enough well-pre- served and well-oriented Specimens were available in order to clearly enough illustrate its morphology and establish its Size range, etc. This Species apparently is not transported far from shore and may be a useful nearshore indicator. Tricolpites Sp.e9 Plate 8, Figures 36-37 Description: Tricolpate pollen; prolate; colpi long, straight, simple; exine psilate, ca. 1/2 micron thick. Size range: 9-14 microns long, 4 to 7-1/2 microns diameter; six Speci- mens measured. Occurrence: Found in 31 samples; abundance up to 2.0%; usually less than 1.0%; no recognizable pattern. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. 147 Discussion: This species is distinguished from Similar forms by its very small Size. Genus Tricolpopollenites Pflug and Thomson, 1953 Type Species: Tricolpopollenites parmularius Pflug and Thomson, 1953 Tricolpopollenites cf. K, extraneus Groot, Penny and Groot, 1961 Plate 8, Figure 38 1961 Tricolppppllenites extraneus Groot, Penny and Groot, p. 134, pl. 26, figs. 19-20. Description: Tricolpate pollen; oblate; colpi long, bordered by promin- ent margo; exine 1-1/2 to 2 microns thick, reticulate; muri coarse, ca. 1 micron wide, up to 1-1/2 microns high; lumina small, irregular, ca. 1 micron wide. Size range: 18.5 microns diameter; one Specimen measured. Occurrence: One Specimen each in seven samples from the Mount Garfield and Rifle Gap sections. Most of the samples were in near- shore or shore sediments, but one, Pb6746, was from the marine Mancos Shale on Mount Garfield. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Groot, Penny and Groot give the affinity of their species as Salix? Discussion: This species strongly resembles K, extraneus, but that species is described as being "ornamented with dome—shaped projections" (Groot, Penny and Groot, 1961, p. 134) which give the reticulate pattern, although this is not evident from the illustrations (ibid, pl. 26, figs. 19-20). Also, K, extraneus looks as if it has finer muri than do the Specimens considered here. 148 Tricolpopollenites cf. K, variofoveatus (McIntyre) Elsik, 1968 Plate 9, Figures 1-3 1965 Tricolpites variofoveatus McIntyre, p. 210, figs. 19-22. 1968 Tricolpopollenites variofoveatus (McIntyre) Elsik, p. 624, pl. 31, figs. 5-8, 10. Description: Tricolpate pollen; free, radiosymmetric, isopolar, probably Spheroidal, only polar views noted; amb subtri- angular to circular, Sides convex; colpi long, narrow to fairly wide open, reaching nearly to poles; a suggestion of the "indefinite poroid area in the colpi at the equator," noted by McIntyre on some of his Specimens, is present on some of these specimens; sculpture microretic- ulate, lumina vary from ca. 1 micron across in the mesocolpia to 1/2 micron or less toward the poles and the colpi, on a majority of Specimens the colpi margins and often he polar areas as well are psilate; exine ca. 3/4 micron to 1 micron thick. Size range: Diameter (polar view) 16-25 microns; 10 Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 42 samples, in abundances up to 1.8%. Highest percentages occur in coals, but not all coals have high percentages. McIntyre (1965) and Elsik (1968) report K, variofoveatus from Paleocene strata; Elsik's specimens are from a lignite. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This Species is cited with the cf. designation because its Size median is larger than that of McIntyre's species, and because the forms considered here exhibit a wider range of ornamentation than McIntyre's, and may represent a highly polyphyletic group. Anderson (1960, pl. 5, fig. 20) illustrates a Specimen which_he refers to his Quercus explanata, but which deviates sufficiently from the description and the other illustrations of that species to be 149 excluded (see discussion of this under Quercus? cf. g, explanata Anderson. Anderson's Specimen may be the same as those illustrated here, although it is significantly larger. Drugg (1967, p. 49, pl. 7, fig. 29) describes and illustrates a Species which he refers to Anderson's Species just discussed, which he recombines as Tricolpites explanata (Anderson) Drugg. However, as dis- cussed above, this is almost certainly based on Anderson's pl. 5, fig. 20 and, thus, is ppt_the same as the species Q, explanata Anderson as that Species is described and otherwise illustrated. Drugg's pl. 7, fig. 29, is probably the same as those considered here, but it also is larger. Agasie (1969, p. 28, pl. 4, fig. 5) illustrates a Specimen he calls Tricolpites Sp.-2, which is probably the same as some of the grains included here. Kidson (1971, pl. 8, figs. 4—5) illustrates two grains as "Retitri- colpites cf. K, geraniodes Brenner" which appear to be the same as those considered here; his fig. 5 is surely conspecific with Agasie's Tricolpites sp.-2. Thompson (1969, pl. 18, figs. 12-13) illustrates two specimens as Tricolpites cf. K, erlanata (Anderson) Drugg which do not fit Anderson's species for the same reasons Drugg's Specimens do not (see above). Thompson's pl. 18, fig. 13, appears to be conspecific with the forms under discussion here. However, his fig. 12 is somewhat more highly ornamented in the polar area and colpi margins, and its relationship to these forms is less certain. No description is given. Finally, Oltz (1969, p. 147, pl. 41, fig. 125) describes as a new species Tricolpites apivariatus Oltz, a pollen type whose description 150 is more or less the same as McIntyre's (1965) description of K, yetip- foveatus. Oltz's specimens are larger, however, with an "equatorial diameter 23—28 microns," while McIntyre's were 10-21 microns in equa- torial diameter, 15-17 microns in polar diameter. (Oltz's illustration, supposed to be magnified 390x, calculates out to be 41 microns in polar diameter, so it is not known for sure if the magnification or the Size range is incorrect). Oltz's illustration is so poor it is difficult to tell if it bears much resemblance to McIntyre's forms or not. My specimens bridge the Size gap between Oltz's and McIntyre's Species. Although there are two morphological and members in the taxon considered here, the morphological variations are not correlated with Size, and there is a full range of intermediate forms connecting the end members and making it impossible to say where one subtype Stops and the next begins. (The two end members are: 1) Specimens which are psilate in the polar areas and 2) Specimens which are reticulate in the polar areas, but on which the ornamentation is markedly smaller in the polar area than in the mesocolpia. The colpi margins are psilate or nearly so in both subtypes. See illustrations.) In view of the above discussion, it is possible that McIntyre's Species, Oltz's "species" and my Specimens are all conspecific, in which case Elsik's (1968) recombination of McIntyre's Species, as Tricolpopollenites variofoveatus (McIntyre) Elsik, would be applicable. However, in view of the difficulty in comparing with Oltz's photograph and in view of the Size differences and morphological gradations involved, it is not possible to determine conspecificity without comparison of the type materials used by McIntyre, Oltz, and me. 151 See description of Retitricolpites sp.-1 above for differences between that Species and K, cf. K, variofoveatus. Aquilate Pollen Genus Aquilapollenites Rouse emend. Funkhouser, 1961 Type species: Aquilapollenites quadrilobus Rouse, 1957 Comment: This genus as used herein follows the treatment given in Tschudy and Leopold, 1971, which regards several genera described by Mtchedlishvili (in_Samoilovitch et a1., 1961), Srivastava (1968a), Chlonova (1961), and Simpson (1961), as junior synonyms of Aquilapollenites. These genera are Mancicorpus Mtchedlishvili emend. Srivastava, 1968a, Triptojeetus Mtchedlishvili, 1961, Projectoporites Mtchedlishvili, 1961, Parviprojectus Mtchedlishvili, 1961, Integricorpus Mtchedlishvili, 1961, Tricerapollis Chlonova, 1961, and Taurocephalus Simpson, 1961. These grains are not included with tricolpate pollen because in many cases the apertures deviate from normal colpi. Aquilapollenites attenuatus Funkhouser, 1961 Plate 9, Figure 4 1961 Aquilapollenites attenuatus Funkhouser, p. 194 and 196, pl. 2, fig. 1. Size range: Length of polar axis 40-45 microns; two specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in two samples, Pb6775 (0.6%) and Pb6778 (one Speci- men, not in 500 sum) from the freshwater or nearshore upper portion of the Mount Garfield section. Literature range Upper Campanian to Upper Maestrichtian (Tschudy and LeOpold, 1971, p. 155-156). 152 Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This Species is Similar to A, applus Stanley, 1961, which is usually larger, however, and has colpi at the ends of the equatorial projections. A, attenuatus Funkhouser is tridemicolpate. Tschudy and Leopold (1971, p. 156) mention the similarity of this Species to A, accipiteris, A, ascriptivus, A, aucellatus, A, augustus, A, drumhellerensis, A, hispidus and A, regalis of Srivastava (1969). Aquilapollenites cf. A, bertillonites Funkhouser, 1961 Plate 9, Figure 5 1961 Aquilapollenites bertillonites Funkhouser, p. 196, pl. 2, fig. 5. 1961 Aquilapollenites murus Stanley, p. 347, pl. 5, figs. 1-9, pl. 6, figs 0 1-9 0 Description: Aquilate pollen; iso- or heteropolarity usually not deter- minable, but best preserved Specimens seem to be isopolar; ornamentation :_striate with no preferred direction of striae, this may correspond to Funkhouser's bertillon pattern; equatorial projections attenuated. Kite_tepge: See Plate 9, Figure 5; magnified X1000. Specimens were Obliquely oriented and difficult to measure. Seems to be within the ca. 25 micron polar axis range given by Funkhouser (1961, p. 196). Occurrence: Found in Six samples scattered through the stratigraphic range of this study; only two were within the 500 sum counted for their respective samples. The literature range of A, bertillonites Funkhouser is lower and middle Maestrichtian (see Tschudy and Leopold, 1971, fig. 2 and p. 160). The present report would extend the range to the Middle Campanian, if these specimens are indeed representatives of A, bertillonites. 153 Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This Species seems to belong to A, bertillonites, based on the ornamentation and attenuated projections; however, all the Specimens were poorly preserved and did not Show sufficient charac- teristics to justify their definite assignment to that Species. The hitherto reported much younger stratigraphic range of A, bertillonites would also seem to indicate that the species reported here could be a different Species. Aquilepollenites calvus Tschudy and Leopold, 1971 Plate 1, Figures 6-7 1971 Aquilapollenites calvus Tschudy and Leopold, p. 138-140, pl. 1, fig. 4, pl. 3, figs. 1-5. Size range: Length of polar axis 22-30 microns; nine Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 17 samples; abundance up to 1.6%. Occurrences least frequent in marine Mancos Shale. Literature range Middle (Lower?) Campanian to Upper Maestrichtian (Tschudy and Leopold, 1971, p. 138-139). Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This species is Similar to Mancicorpus anchoriforme Mtchedlishvili, 1961, as given in Srivastava, 1968a (p. 1486, pl. 11, figs. 15-16). However, the Spines along the colpi and on the ends of the equatorial projections of A, geiypg are not mentioned by Srivastava, nor do they Show in his photographs. Therefore, K, anchoriforme is regarded, for the time, as a distinct species. Tschudy and Leopold (p. 140) also give reasons for distinguishing their Species from K. notabile and K. anchoriforme Mtchedlishvili, K. albertensis Srivastava, and Tricerapollis unicus Chlonova. 154 Aquilapollenites navicolpites Funkhouser, 1961 Plate 9, Figures 8-9 1961 Aquilapollenites navicolpites Funkhouser, p. 196, pl. 2, figs. 2-3. Size range: Length of polar axis 25-33 microns; Six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 17 samples from the Mancos Shale of the Mount Garfield and West Salt Creek sections; abundance up to 0.6%; only one Specimen was noted from.West Salt Creek (Buck Tongue of Mancos). Literature range Campanian (Funkhouser, 1961, p. 196). Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This Species is distinguished from others by the latitudinal grooves occupying the equator. This species' distribution seems to indicate it was produced by upland plants, possibly being carried to the basin of deposition largely by wind currents, since it is found only in marine samples and in low percentages. In the very nearshore or onshore samples it was presumably masked by the local flora. Aquilapollenites quadrilobus Rouse, 1957 Plate 9, Figure 10 1957 Aquilapollenites quadrilobus Rouse, p. 371, pl. 1, fig. 14. 1961 Aquilapollenites polaris Funkhouser, p. 198, pl. 1, figs. 1-2. 1961 Aquilapollenites pulcher Funkhouser, p. 198, pl. 1, fig. 7. 1961 Aquilapollenites pulvinus Stanley, p. 347-348, pl. 7, figs. 1-12. 1969 Aquilapollenites hirsutus Srivastava, p. 139, p1. V, fig. 30. Size range: Length of polar axis 24-30 microns; six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in half the samples studied (32 samples); abundance up to 0.6%; most abundant in lagoonal (or possibly fresh- water) samples. 155 Literature range Middle (Lower?) Campanian to Upper Maestrichtian (Tschudy and Leopold, p. 125-126). Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: The synonymy above follows Tschudy and Leopold (1971, p. 125-131). A, turbidus Tschudy and Leopold, 1971, is Similar, but is smaller, and is :_isopolar. See Tschudy and Leopold, p. 159, for description of A, turbidus as well as its past confusion with A, quadrilobus Rouse. A, quadrilobus is the most commonly encountered species of Aquila- pollenites in this study. Aquilapollenites rigidus Tschudy and Leopold, 1971 Plate 9, Figure 11 1971 Aquilepollenites rigidus Tschudy and Leopold, p. 152-154, pl. 1, fig. 1, p10 4’ figs. 1"30 Size range: Length of polar axis 34 microns; one specimen measured. Occurrence: Found in three samples of Mancos Shale; abundance 0.2% or less. Lower and Middle Campanian literature range (Tschudy and Leopold, 1971, p. 153). Kpggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This species is very Similar to A, steckii Srivastava, 1968, but differs in that the equatorial projections are more Slender than the polar projections, the reverse being the case in AK steckii. More detailed differences are listed in Tschudy and Leopold, 1971, p. 154. Aquilapollenites trialatus Rouse var. uniformis Tschudy and Leopold, 1971 Plate 10, Figure l 156 1971 Aquilepollenites trialatus Rouse var. uniformis Tschudy and Leopold, p. 145 and 148, pl. 1, fig. 7, pl. 4, fig. 8. Size range: Length of polar axis 35-47 microns; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 10 samples; abundance up to 0.6%. One specimen outside the 500 sum was found in sample Pb4940 from the marine Mancos Shale near the base of Mount Garfield. All the other occurrences were stratigraphically much higher. Three samples from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos at West Salt Creek had occurrences, including the highest abundance, 0.6% in sample Pb4712. Five occurrences were noted from the top seven samples studied from the Mount Garfield section, and one Specimen was counted in sample Pb89l9 from near the middle of the Rifle Gap section. Literature range Lower to Upper Campanian (Tschudy and Leopold, 1971, p. 145). Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This variety is distinguished from Tschudy and Leopold's A, trialatus var. variabilis by its more uniform ornamen- tation of the grain body. The Specimens reported here sometimes Showed a tendency for reduced size of the reticulum in the equatorial region, but not to the degree found in var. variabilis. The two varieties may be incompletely differentiated in this area. Aquilapollenites spp. Plate 9, Figure 12 Description: Aquilapollenites pollen which could not be assigned to any species because of poor preservation, obscuring debris, etc. Size range: Variable. 157 Occurrence: Found in 29 samples; abundance up to 1.0%; no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This category was included in order to preserve a record of the total contribution of aquilate pollen to the micro- flora. Tricolporate Pollen Genus Cupanieidites Cookson and Pike, 1954 Type speeies: Cupanieidites orthoteichus Cookson and Pike, 1954 Cupanieidites major Cookson and Pike, 1954 Plate 9, Figures 13-14 1954 Cupanieidites reticularis Cookson and Pike, p. 213, pl. 2, figs. 83‘85 o 1971 Cupanieidites inaequalis Leffingwell, p. 49, pl. 9, figs. 5, 9-10. Size range: 19-28 microns; nine specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 52 samples; abundance up to 1.8% per sample. Least common in coal samples and far offshore samples. Suggested affinity: Sapindaceae, Cupanieae. DiscuSsion: This Species is distinguished from.K, reticularis (see below) by its much finer reticulum. However, there is much variation in the reticula of both species, and many intermediate forms had to be arbitrarily assigned to one or the other. The genera Cupanieidites Cookson and Pike, 1954, and Duplopollis Krutzsch, 1959, are very similar and possibly Should be combined. The entire complex of Species representing these two genera is in dire need of taxonomic revision, in my opinion. 158 Cupanieidites reticularis Cookson and Pike, 1954 Plate 9, Figure 15 1954 Cupanieidites reticularis Cookson and Pike, p. 214, pl. 2, figs. 87-89. Size rapge: 19-29 microns diameter; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 20 samples scattered through the study; abundance up to 0.8% per sample. Most common and most abundant in the marine Mancos Shale of Mbunt Garfield. Suggested affinity: Cookson and Pike (1954, p. 214) mention this form's Similarity to the pollen of the extant Species, Lepiderema punctulata and SarCopteryx stipitata (both from southeast Asia and Australia). Discussion: This form appears to grade into K, major by a decreasing in size of the reticulum (see discussion of E, major). Genus TricolporOpolleniteS Pflug and Thomson, 1953 Type species: Tricolporopollenites kruschii Pflug and Thomson, 1953 Tricolporopollenites? cf. K, glObularius Groot, Penny and Groot, 1961 Plate 9, Figures 16-17 1961 Tricolporopollenites giobularius Groot, Penny and Groot, p. 135, pl. 26, figs. 28-29. Description: Tricolporate (tricolpate?) pollen; Spherical; colpi long, each with a geniculus or poorly developed pore(?) at the equator; exine appears two-layered, outer layer scabrate, total thick- ness of exine 1 to 1-1/2 microns in mesocolpia, inner layer absent near colpi, and outer layer very thin near colpi. ’ Kipe_tppge: 32-39 microns diameter; three specimens measured. Occurrence: One specimen in each of three coal samples, Pb8898, Pb8920, and Pb8957-60. 159 Suggested affinity: Groot, Penny and Groot list the affinities of their species as Cornaceae? Discussion: These Specimens are less scabrate than K, glObularius, and may be Slightly larger. It is not at all certain that they are tricolporate; they may simply be tricolpate grains with bulges or geniculae in the colpi at the equator. Groot, Penny and Groot do not mention the two-layered structure of the exine as seen in these specimens. Tricolporopollenites minor Takahashi, 1961 Plate 9, Figures 18-19 1961 Tricolporopollenites minor Takahashi, p. 320, pl. 24, figs. 18-31. Size range: 14-17 microns long; 10-14 microns diameter, eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 43 samples; up to 1.4% per sample; no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Takahashi (1961, p. 320) relates this Species questionably to the Cyrillaceae. DiSCussion: This species is similar to Psilatricolporites prolatus Pierce, 1961, but that Species does not have pores which protrude and sometimes cause the equator to bulge as on the Species reported here. Tricolpites cf. Tricolporites traversei Anderson is also somewhat similar, but that species is generally smaller and the pores are indistinct or absent. Tricolporopollenites sp.-1 Plate 9, Figures 20-21 160 Description: Tricolporate pollen; oblate; outline rounded triangular in polar view; colpi at apices, Short, 8-12 microns long, dumbell-Shaped (see Sketch), bounded by a heavy margo up to three microns wide, bearing a crosswise pore in the center which measures ca. 1 to 1-1/2 microns x 2-4 microns; exine apparently two-layered, with pores developed in inner layer, colpi in outer; exine less than 1 micron thick; inner layer smooth, ornamentation of outer layer is granulate with scattered large, low, round verrucae 4-6 microns across but only ca. 1/2 micron high. Size range: 28-34 microns diameter; three Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found only in samples Pb6775 and 6778, outside of the 500 quantitative sum. These samples are respectively just below and just above the Palisade Coal near the top of Mbunt Garfield. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: These are very distinctive, unique grains. I was unable to find any published description of them. However, no new formal Species will be described because only a very few were found and because there might be a possibility that they are modern contamin- ants, in view of their scarcity, their well-preserved condition, and their presence in only two samples which were part of the same maceration suite. If they are indigenous, these grains may represent an insect- pollinated plant, Since its pollen apparently was not shed in abundance into the sedimentary basin. Also, two grains were observed attached together, or at least in contact, which would also support the hypothesis of insect pollination. Tricolporopollenites sp.-2 Plate 10, Figure 2 161 Description: Tricolporate pollen; prolate; colpi long, bearing a very small, indistinct pore at the equator; grains often fold in equatorial region; exine psilate to faintly scabrate, ca. 1 micron thick except at poles, where it is up to 2 microns thick. Size range: 30 microns long, 22 microns wide; one specimen measured. Occurrence: Found in seven samples; abundance up to 0.6% per sample. Highest abundance in lagoonal or freshwater samples. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Characterized by the small, indistinct pore and the polar thickenings. Tricolporopollenites? sp.-3 Plate 10, Figures 3-4 Description: Tricolporate(?) pollen; Spheroidal to slightly prolate; colpi long, with a strong geniculus, sinuous area, or poorly defined pore at the equator in each colpus; ornamentation reticu- late to foveolate, grading to psilate toward colpi margins and sometimes toward poles; exine ca. 1 micron thick. Size range: 16-22 microns in diameter and length of polar axis; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 23 samples; abundance up to 1.0%; no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. DisCussion: This Species somewhat resembles K, micrOreticulatus Pflug and Thomson, but the latter species has more clearly defined pores and does not exhibit a decrease in size of the lumina toward the colpi or poles. 162 Tricolporopollenites sp.-4 Plate 10, Figures 5-7 Description: Tricolporate pollen; prolate to sometimes almost spher- oidal; colpi long, each bearing a small pore at the equator, pores sometimes cause a rhomboidal Shape of the grains due to a bulging of the equator; exine baculate, with the baculae organized into a scrobiculate (microreticulata with :_round lumina) ornamentation pattern; exine ca. 1-1/2 microns thick. Kite_tepge: 18-29 microns long, 15-20 microns diameter; 10 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 42 samples; abundance up to 3.0%; no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This Species is distinguished fromjK. Sp.-3 above by having more clearly defined pores, smaller lumina and more prolate shape. Tricolporopollenites sp.-5 Plate 10, Figure 8 Description: Tricolporate pollen; prolate to almost Spheroidal; colpi long, each bearing a well-developed pore at the equator; exine baculate, having a scabrate to scrObiculate sculpture in surface view; exine 2 microns thick. Kipe_tppge: 29-35 microns long, 27—34 microns in diameter; four Speci- mens measured. Occurrence: Found in eight samples; abundance 0.4% or less; no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. 163 Discussion: This Species is distinguished from the preceding one by its larger size and thicker wall. Vitis? Sp. of. K2 affluens Stanley, 1965 Plate 10, Figures 9-10 1965 Vitis? affluens Stanley, p. 311, pl. 46, figs. 18-21. 1969 Vitis sp. cf. K? affluens Stanley in Snead, p. 29, pl. 7, figs. 8—9 0 Description: Tricolporate (or tricolpate?) pollen; Spheroidal (oblate?), with :_circular outline in polar view; colpi long, usually closed, containing an indistinct pore(?) or other thickened area in the equatorial region; exine dense-appearing, dark-staining, psilate to scabrate (or corroded?), ca. 3/4 to 1—1/2 microns thick, usually thick- ness not determinable. Size range: 15-20 microns diameter; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 29 samples scattered through the sections studied; sample percentage up to 1.4%; no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae, Vitis? (see discussion). Discussion: This species differs from Stanley's in being non-reticulate and in having a more circular outline, plus closed colpi. The wall appears to be thicker than in Snead's species, and the Size range is larger, but otherwise it appears very similar to Snead's forms. Snead mentions that his are sometimes very finely reticulate, a condi- tion not observed here; however, the specimens noted herein are all rather poorly preserved, and fine reticulation might have been destroyed. There is no sound reason for allying my specimens with Kitig; they are questionably placed there only because of their strong resemblance to Snead's forms, which he puts in the genus Vitis, and their lesser 164 resemblance to Stanley's forms, which are regarded by Stanley as questionably assignable to Vitis. Triporate Pollen Genus Alnipollenites Potonie, 1931 Type species: Alnipollenites verus Potonie, 1931 Alnipollenites trina (Stanley) Norton and Hall, 1969 Plate 10, Figure 11 1965 Alnus trina Stanley, p. 289, pl. 43, figs. 4-6. 1969 Alnippllenites trina (Stanley) Norton and Hall, p. 42, pl. 5, fig. 20. 1971 Sppropollis legueaeformis auct. non weyland and Greifeld: KIDSON, p. 119, pl. 9, fig. 11. Size range: 14-23 microns diameter; 12 specimens measured. Occurrence: Campanian--L. Paleocene, western North America (see Kidson, 1971, p. 119 and Stanley, 1965, p. 389). Found in about half the samples studied (31 samples); abundance up to 3.0%. Most abundant in coals and freshwater siltstones and shales of the Rifle Gap section. SuggeSted affinity: Probably Alnus or a close relative or progenitor. ' Discussion: This Species differs from most pollen of the modern genus Alnus in being triporate. A few four-pared Specimens were also noted, however. Genus Conclavipollis Pflug, 1953 Type species:’ Conclavipollis anulopyramis Pflug, 1953 Conclavipollis? cf. K, wolfcreekensis Newman, 1965 Plate 10, Figures 12-13 165 1965 Conclavippllis wolfcreekensis Newman, 1965, p. 13-14, pl. 1, fig. 10. Description: Triporate pollen; oblate; Shape triangular with slightly concave Sides, Shape of interior :_triangu1ar; exine psilate, ca. 1-2 microns thick (thickness usually hard to determine); pores equatorial, annulate, with very dense, dark-staining annuli, usually with long pore canal as in K, wolfcreekensis, atrium not visible, it is uncertain if one is present or not; some pores appear to be slitlike (brevicolpi), but grains on which this condition was noted were otherwise the same as the normal, triporate forms. Size range: 19-23 microns diameter; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in Six samples; abundance up to 1.8%. Abundance was 0.4% or less in all occurrences except coal sample Pb8957- 60 from the Wilson Rance section. This latter sample had the 1.8%. Three of the occurrences were from the marine Mancos Shale, while the other three were from coals, much higher than the Mancos stratigraphi- cally. This may indicate that two morphologically similar Species or "Stratigraphic-environmental varieties" have been included in this category. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: The facts that some members of this category exhibited elongate pores (brevicolpi), and that not all Specimens had the long pore canals found in K, wolfcreekensis Newman prompted me to use the cf. designation and question mark in the citation of this category. The above deviations from the morphology of K, wolfCreek- ensis did not correspond to the two "stratigraphic—environmental varieties" noted above. 166 Genus Engelhardtioides Potonie, Thomson and Thiergart, 1950 Type Species: Engelhardtioides microcOryphaeus (Potonie), Thomson and Thiergart, 1950 Engelhardtioides cf. K, minutus Newman, 1965 Plate 10, Figure 14 1965 Engelhardtioides minutus Newman, p. 13, pl. 1, fig. 8. Description: See Newman, 1965, p. 13. Size range: 10-13 microns diameter; five Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 20 samples, mostly restricted to the marine Mancos Shale in the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. Abundance up to 0.6%. Suggested affinity: Dicotyedonae. Engelhardtia? Discussion: These specimens appear to be conspecific with Newman's K, minutus, but his occurs stratigraphically higher, in the predominantly fresh-water Williams Fork Formation, while the species reported here was found in the marine Mancos Shale, with all occurrences except one being far below the Palisade Coal. The one exception was in Mancos-type, near-shore Shale near the top of the Rifle Gap section, presumably of Upper Campanian age. (The other occurrences are presum- ably Middle Campanian, while Newman's, from basically the same area, are from Upper Campanian and Maestrichtian rocks.) Type material of Newman's Species should be compared with these Specimens in order to determine whether or not they are conspecific. My Specimens were all rather poorly preserved, another reason the cf. designation was used. 167 Genus Extratripopollenites Pflug in Thomson and Pflug, 1953 Type Species: Extratriporopollenites fractus Pflug in Thomson and Pflug, 1953 ExtratriporOpollenites Sp. Plate 10, Figure 15 Description: Triporate pollen of the Normapolles complex; oblate; Shape triangular with concave Sides and protruding corners; Shape of interior of grain triangular; exine psilate to chagrenate, two- 1ayered, with interloculum; total thickness of exine ca. 2 microns, thicker toward pores; pores equatorial, annulate, with long pore canal (4-5 microns). .§1EE.£§EEE‘ 20-23 microns diameter; four grains measured. Occurrence: Found in 20 samples scattered through the study; abundance up to 0.6%; highest abundance in Buck Tongue of Mancos Shale at West Salt Creek. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This Species is definitely assignable to Extratriporo- pollenites due to the extended pores and interloculum, even though some Specimens were poorly preserved. However, this Species was not assignable with certainty to any of the myriad published species of that genus. This species is distinguished from Conclavipollis wolfcreekensis Newman by its more protruding pores and its interloculum. Genus Momipites Wodehouse, 1933 Type Species: Momipites coryloides Wodehouse, 1933 168 Momipites Sanjuanensis Anderson, 1960 Plate 10, Figures 16-18 1960 Momipites sanjuanensis Anderson, p. 25, pl. 11, figs. 1—3. Size range: 12-17 microns diameter; 17 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 54 samples; abundance up to 29.0%, usually less than 2.0%. Not found in samples with lowest Land Derived/ Microplankton ratios (far offshore samples). Most abundant in lagoonal shales and siltstones and associated coals of the Price River and Iles formations. Sample Pb8932, a Shale associated with the Trout Creek coal of the top of the Rifle Gap section, had the highest abundance, 29.0%, the dominant palynomorph in that sample. The second highest occurrence was the Trout Creek Coal itself, with 5.2%. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Anderson (1960, p. 8) says K, sanjuanensis may represent the upland or inland flora in the San Juan Basin of New Mexico. However, in the present study, the high percentages in coals and lagoonal sediments may indicate that this species is a component of coal swamp and shoreline (or nearby) vegetation in the area of this study. Genus Kyrtaceoipollenites Potonie, 1951 Kype species: Kyrtaceoippllenites thiergarti Potonie, 1951 Myrtaceoipollenites peritus Newman, 1965 Plate 10, Figure 19 1965 Kyrtaceoipollenites peritus Newman, p. 14, pl. 1, fig. 11. Size range: 19-25 microns; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in seven samples; abundance 0.2% or less. All but one of the occurrences are in nearshore or lagoonal samples 169 stratigraphically higher than the Palisade Coal; however, one occurrence was noted from the marine Mancos Shale of the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: According to Newman (1965, p. 3) this Species does not occur as low in the section as the Buck Tongue of the Mancos. In the present study, the only occurrence of this species which is stratigraphically lower than the Buck Tongue is an occurrence of one Specimen from sample Pb6749 near the middle of the Mount Garfield section. This may be an indication the the range of this taxon is not as restricted as Newman thought. The Specimen illustrated by Kidson (1971, pl. 9, fig. 6) aS_K. peritus is incorrectly assigned to this species and appears to belong to Extratriporopollenites or some other Normapolles genus. Normapolles sp.-l Plate 10, Figures 20-21 Description: Triporate pollen; Oblate; Shape Subtriangular with Slightly convex sides and strongly protruding corners; interior of grain circular; exine :_rugulate with Short irregular rugulae and low verrucae; exine at least two-layered, indistinct, overall thickness 1—1/2 to 2 microns, much thicker at pores; pores equatorial, annulate, vestibulate; no definite interloculum apparent. Size range: 24-28 microns diameter; two Specimens measured. Occurrence: One specimen each in two samples, Pb8929-3l and sample Pb8932, which represent the Trout Creek lower coal bench and its overlying Shale respectively, in the Rifle Gap section. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. 170 4 Discussion: This form could not be fit into any of the genera of the Normapolles complex described by Pflug, 1953, or to any W other published taxon. Not enough Specimens were found for erection of a new taxon. If the Specimens found had been better preserved, they would probably fit into one of the already established Normapolles genera, and are, thus, assigned the generalized designation Normapolles sp.-1. This Species is distinguished from Myrtaceoipollenites peritus by having vestibulate pores. The genera and Species of the Normapolles complex are separated on the basis of characters which often do not Show well, if at all, on Specimens of average or poor preservation. This fact has, I feel, resulted in a taxonomically chaotic situation which Should be remedied by revision of the entire complex, which would presumably result in many fewer species and possibly fewer, more clearly distinguishable genera. One example picked at random from the literature will illustrate the need for revision: Elsik, 1968, reported several Species of the Normapolles complex, including Trudopollis pertrudens (Pflug) Pflug, 1953, the type species of Trudopollis. This Species is listed in Elsik's synonymy (Elsik, 1968, p. 642, 644 and 646) as having been assigned to the following genera: Pollenites, Extratriporopollenites (17 different species), Trudoppllis (14 different Species), Ocu10pollis, Eucalyptus (two Species), Myrica (two Species), and Sporopollis. Other authors might do best in referring Normapolles specimens which are not well preserved Simply to Normapolles sp.-l, 2, 3, etc., until such time as an extensive monographic treatment and taxonomic revision of this group has been written. 171 Normapolles sp.-2 Plate 10, Figure 22 1969 Extratriporopollenites audax auct. non Pflug: LAMMONS, p. 152, pl. 7, fig. 17. Description: Triporate pollen; oblate; Shape triangular with convex Sides and protruding corners, Shape of interior of grain rounded triangular; exine psilate to scabrate, two-layered, layering usually indistinct, overall thickness ca. 3/4 micron thick, thicker toward pores; pores equatorial, annulate, atriate; no interloculum. Size range: 15-23 microns diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 44 samples, ca. 2/3 of the samples studied; abundance up to 1.6%. No pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This rather variable, i_generalized Normapolles type could not be fitted with certainty into any published category lower than Stemma Normapolles Pflug. Fairchild and Elsik (1969, pl. 38, fig. 62) illustrate a Specimen, which very much resembles the specimens reported here, using the name Nudoppllis terminalis (Pflug and Thomson) Pflug, 1953. The pores of the latter Species appear to be more thickened and more protruding, however, and Fairchild and Elsik's species may be incorrectly referred to it. The exact nature of the pores of Fairchild and Elsik's Species is not determinable from the photograph, so it is not certain whether it is conspecific with my Specimens. Lammon's Species (see reference above) bears virtually no resem- blance to K, EEQEE Pflug (see Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, v61. 14, p. 54), and is conspecific with the specimens reported here. The 172 genus name Extratriporopollenites is inapplicable to these specimens, as they do not have the interloculum possessed by members of that genus. Genus Proteacidites Cookson, 1950, ex Couper, 1953 Type Species: Proteacidites adenanthoides Cookson, 1950 Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, 1960, var. A Plate 10, Figure 23 1960 Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, p. 21, pl. 2, fig. 2, pl. 10, fig. 12. 1969 Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, var. 1, Thompson, p. 68, pl. 19, fig. 12. 1969 Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, var. 2, Thompson, p. 69, pl. 19, fig. 11. Size range: 16-24 microns diameter; 12 Specimens measured. Occurrence: Ubiquitous, found in all samples excepting the three with the lowest Land Derived/Microplankton ratios (thus, farthest from Shore), and excepting three of the Six coal samples. Abundance up to 2.2% per sample. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae; probably Proteaceae or Symplocaceae. Discussion: This variety is distinguished from the variety below by its convex Sides, smaller pores, and smaller mean Size. This variety is a combination of K, thalmanni Anderson, var. l, and K, thalmanni Anderson, var. 2, of Thompson (see synonymy above for reference), with possibly an occasional specimen of Thompson's Proteacidites cf. K, thalmanni var.-4 also included. (The names given for these forms in Thompson's plate descriptions are apparently in error; the names given above were taken from Thompson's plates and are presumed to be the correct names intended to be assigned to these forms by Thompson, 173 although these numbers do not correspond to those in his text.) The Specimens of K, thalmanni Anderson, 1960, which have straight to concave sides and often larger Size comprise the variety reported below. The latter variety was of more restricted occurrence in this study than variety A. In Anderson's study (see reference in synonymy), most of the illus- trations are of the straight to concave-Sided type, which may indicate that that type occurred more frequently than those here called variety A, in the area of Anderson's study. The predominance of the "A" type in northwestern Colorado may be correlated with environmental Shifts, or may be due to an earlier evolutionary stage of these forms, Since Anderson's samples were Slightly younger than those of this study. There is some intergradation of the two varieties, but in general, they seem to comprise two separable populations. Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, 1960, var. 3, Thompson, 1969 (Manuscript name) Plate 10, Figure 24 1960 Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, p. 21, pl. 2, figs. 1, 3-4, pl. 10, figs. 9-11, 13. 1969 Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, var. 3, Thompson, p. 69, pl. 19, fig. 10. Occurrence: Found in 43 samples, i.e., about 2/3 of the samples studied; abundance up to 0.8% per sample. Most common in marine Mancos Shale. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae; probably Proteaceae or Symplocaceae. Discussion: This species is distinguished from the preceding one by its straight to concave Sides and more open pores. For further comments regarding this form, see discussion of variety A, above. 174 Genus Sporoppllis Pflug, 1953 Type Species: Sporopollis documentum Pflug, 1953' Sporopollis Sp. Plate 10, Figures 25—26 1969 Sporopollis Sp. in Lammons, pl. 7, fig. 11. 1971 Plicapollis Sp. in Stone, p. 110, pl. 20, fig. 138. Description: Triporate pollen; oblate; Shape triangular, Sides K straight; exine psilate to corroded scabrate, ca. 1 micron thick, layering not discernible on these Specimens; pores equa— torial, circular; thickenings extend from pores to the polar area of each hemisphere, forming the "Y-D0ppelmarke" described by Pflug (1953) as a generic character. Size range: 17-25 microns diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found only in eight samples from the Mount Garfield section; abundance up to 1.0%. Highest abundance in Palisade Coal, but also present in marine Mancos Shale. The Palisade Coal forms tended to be Slightly smaller and more strongly plicate than the Mancos Shale representatives, and may possibly represent another Species. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: The Similarity between the genera Kporopollis and Plica- pollis Pflug has led to much confusion and many misassign— ments in the literature. Triporate plicate (torate) forms have been assigned to both. However, Pflug (1953, as reproduced in Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, vol. 14, p. 156) describes Plicapollis as being tricolporate, while Sporopollis appears to be triporate. Both of these genera and the Species thereof Should be carefully re-studied, re-described and re-illustrated (see also comments under discussion of Normapolles sp.-l). 175 Stone's species (see synonymy above) appears to be conspecific with the Species reported here, and does not appear to be tricolporate; thus, Plicapollis Sp. is an inappropriate name for his Species. These Specimens resemble §pornpollis peneSerta Pflug, but are larger. They also resemble Plicapollis Silicatus Pflug, the status of which is unclear, Since it does not appear to be tricolporate, and is only briefly described. Sporopollis 1aqueaeformis Weyland and Greifeld, 1953, has much more strongly protruding pores than does the species reported here. Newman's K. laqueaeformis Weyland and Greifeld has shorter pores than Weyland and Greifeld's, and may be misassigned. Newman's Species also appears to be different from those reported here; the plicae are narrower, etc. Genus Tilia (Tourn.) Linnaeus Tilia cf. K, wodehousei Anderson, 1960 Plate 10, Figure 27 1960 Tilia wodehousei Anderson, p. 23, pl. 2, fig. 11-13. Size range: 12-15 microns diameter; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Rare; found in nine samples; abundance 0.2% or less; no pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Tilia. Discussion: This Species is smaller than Anderson's, but the morphology is essentially the same. Genus Triatriopollenites Pflug, 1953 Type species: Triatriopollenites rurensis Pflug and Thomson in Thomson and Pflug, 1953 176 Triatriopollenites gtanulatus (Simpson) Leffingwell, 1971 Plate 10, Figure 28 1961 Engelhardtia granulata Simpson, 1961, p. 445, pl. 14, figs. 3-4. 1969 Labrqpollis globosus (Pflug) Krutzsch, 1968, in Thompson, p. 67, pl. 19, fig. 6. 1971 Triatriopollenites granulata (Simpson) Leffingwell, p. 51 and 54, p10 10’ figs. 8-90 1971 Engelhardtioides minutus auct. non Newman: KIDSON, p. 115-116, pl. 9, fig. 7. 1971 Engelhardtioides minutus auct. non Newman: STONE, p. 108, pl. 20, fig. 133. Size range: 11-19 microns diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 19 samples; sample Pb6747, near the middle of the Mount Garfield section (in the Mancos Shale), is the lowest occurrence. Abundance up to 0.6%; highest abundance in nearshore samples. Literature range Campanian—Paleocene (see Leffingwell, 1971, p. 54, and Kidson, 1971, p. 115-116). Knggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Myricaceae? Betulaceae? Engelhardtia? DiScussion: Kidson's and Stone's specimens (see synonymy for references) are thought to represent K, granulatus rather thaan, minutus due to the presence of the crescentic exinous thinnings described by Leffingwell (1971, p. 51 and 54). Thompson's specimens also represent K, granulatus, but the status of the name Labropollis globosus (Pflug) Krutzsch, 1968, is unclear. Krutzsch's (1968) figs. 32 and 33, pl. 1, appear to be virtually identical to Leffingwell's (1971) fig. 9, pl. 10, except that the crescentic exinous thinnings of Leffingwell's specimen are not clearly Shown by KrutzsCh's. The other specimens illustrated by Krutzsch (1968, pl. 1, figs. 31 and 34-39) do 177 not appear to be as similar to Leffingwell's specimens, and the Simi- larity of the two figures mentioned may be coincidental. Type materials Should be compared in order to determine whether or not the two Species are indeed synonymous. If they are, Labrapollis globosus (Pflug, 1953) Krutzsch, 1968, would be the name applicable to the species. Triporopollenites tectus Newman, 1965, is very Similar to this species, and may be another junior synonym. Type materials Should be compared in order to clarify this Situation also. Genus Triporopollenites (Pflug, 1952) Thomson and Pflug, 1953 Type species: Triporopollenites coryloides Pflug in Thomson and Pflug, 1953 Triporopollenites sp.-1 Plate 10, Figures 29-30 Description: Triporate pollen; spherical to possibly oblate; Shape round to rounded triangular; exine scabrate (may be due to corrosion), ca. 1 micron thick; pores equatorial, with annulus;: as in Cotylus, protruding very Slightly above surface. Kite IEEEE: 17-23 microns diameter; 15 species measured. ‘ Occurrence: Found in 28 samples; abundance up to 11.0%. Most abundant in certain coals, but not all coals have this Species in abundance. Coal Pb8920 is anomalous in that it has no representation of this species at all; however, this coal is also anomalous in having a higher percentage of microplankton than the other coals. This may Simply indicate a flooding of the lagoon by a minor transgressive episode. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae, possibly Myricaceae? 178 Discussion: Some of the Specimens of the broadly defined Triporo- pollenites bituitus (Potonie) Elsik, illustrated by Elsik (1968, pls. 17-18) from a Paleocene lignite from Texas resemblejK. sp.-l, but are usually larger. Trippropollenites sp.-l is distinguished from the very Similaij. sp.-2 (below) by a more triangular Shape, a more rigid exine, and a rougher surface; distinguished from K, sp.—3 and 4 by less protruding pores and rougher surface. K, sp.-l-4 are designated in preference to assigning these Species to established or new species of Betulaceoipollenites, Triporopollenites, or Similar genera because of the already taxonomically chaotic situation surrounding these generalized triporate forms. Due to their generalized morphology and variation in preservation, it would be difficult, if not impossible, to correctly assign these to published species, and for the same reasons, it would be imprudent to erect new formal species for them. These forms are probably not Betulaceous, especially in view of their prominence in coals, even though they have Betulaceae-like pollen. Myricaceae may be a more likely botanical relationship, based on the present distribution of many Myricaceae in low, humid areas. Triporopollenites sp.-2 Plate 10, Figure 31 Description: Triporate pollen; Spherical; Shape round; exine psilate to somewhat scabrate (possibly due to corrosion), thick- ness ca. 1 micron, usually not determinable, wall appears to be two- 1ayered, but this is not apparent on most specimens; pores equatorial, with annulus i_as in Cotylus, protrude slightly above surface. 179 Size range: 18-26 microns diameter; 12 Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 20 samples, i.e., about a third of the samples studied; abundance up to 11.0%. Most abundant in coals, but comments made in discussing the occurrence of K, sp.-l regarding coal sample Pb8920 also apply here. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae, possibly Myricaceae? Discussion: Distinguished from K, sp.-l by the more rounded Shape and Slightly smoother and less rigid exine. Transitional forms are found, however, and there may only be one variable Species involved. K, sp.-3 and 4 have more strongly protruding pores, more triangular Shape, and more rigid exine. This Species may be conspecific with Triporopollenites plektosus Anderson, 1960. It is not assigned there for the reasons given in the discussion of K, sp.-l above. Triporopollenites sp.-3 Plate 10, Figures 32-33 Description: Triporate pollen; oblate; outline rounded triangular with protruding corners; shape of interior of grain circular; exine psilate to slightly scabrate (corroded?), 1 to 1-1/2 microns thick, thicker toward pores, appears two-layered on well- preserved specimens; pores equatorial, with prominent thickened annulus protruding up to 4 microns above surface of grain, Similar to Betula pollen. Kite £32525 17-27 microns diameter; 10 Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 36 samples; abundance up to 1.2%. No pattern discernible. 180 Suggested affini_y: Dicotyledonae, possibly betulaceous or myricaceous. Discussion: This Species has a more random distribution than the preceding one, suggestive of an upland plant. This distribution might be interpreted as corresponding with betulaceous affinity, since this pollen strongly resembles betulaceous pollen. However, this pollen looks almost exactly like the Sketch of the myricaceous species Canacomyrica monticola given in Erdtman (1966, p. 278, fig. 162B). This Species is distinguished from K, sp.-l, 2, and 4 by its more strongly protruding pores. Triporopollenites sp.-4 Plate 10, Figure 34 Description: AS given for K, sp.-3 above, but pores protrude less and their edges are more gently rounded. This may be con- Specific with K, sp.-3; they were counted separately, however, and are so presented here. Size range: 20-23 microns diameter; five specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in five samples from the stratigraphically higher (above the Palisade Coal) and nearer Shore (or lagoonal) samples of the study. Not found in the Mancos Shale. Abundance up to 4.2%, usually less than 1.0%. Highest abundance in coal sample Pb8957-60. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: Although the differences between this Species and K, sp.-3 above are Slight and rather subjective, they were counted separately, and their different distribution seems to corroborate the validity of the separation. K, sp.-4 seems to be transported less distance from its point of origin than does K, sp.-3. The latter seems 181 to represent an inland or upland plant, while K, sp.—4 seems to represent a coal Swamp plant. The pores of this Species protrude more than those of K, sp.-1 and 2, and the exine is smoother. Subtle subjective shape differences also separate it from 1 and 2. Triporopollenites sp.-5 Plate 10, Figures 35-37 1969 Triporopollenites cf. K, scabroporus Newman in Thompson, p. 66, pl. 18, figs. 26 and 28 only. Description: Triporate pollen; oblate spheroidal, with exine usually infolded between pores, giving a pseudoconcave outline ! with the pores appearing to be on the ends of short "arms;' Shape thus from almost round to triangular with protruding corners and concave Sides, shape of interior ilround to :_triangular; exine scabrate, ca. 1 to 1-1/2 microns thick, appears two-layered on well-preserved specimens; pores equatorial, with annuli, scabrate inner surface of pores is rougher than rest of exine. Size range: 19-26 microns diameter; 10 specimens measured. Decurrence: Found in 25 samples; abundance up to 2.2%. Most common in marine Mancos Shale in lower part of Mount Garfield section. Highest percentage is in the stratigraphically lowest sample studied. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This form and that reported by Thompson (see synonymy above) appear to be conspecific (Thompson's pl. 18, fig. 27, is a different species, considered to be conspecific with K, sp.-6, below). They do not appear to me to be the same as K, Scabroporus Newman. The 182 latter species strongly resembles Proteacidites magnus Samoilovitch, 1961, as reported in Drugg (1967, p. 57, pl. 8, figs. 40-41). Triporopollenites sp.—6 Plate 11, Figures 1—2 1969 Tripornpollenites cf. K, scabroporus Newman in Thompson, p. 66, pl. 18, fig. 27 only. DeSctiption: Triporate pollen; oblate; Shape triangular with protruding corners; Shape of interior of grain round; exine smooth to scabrate (corroded?), two-layered, does not appear to be definitely interloculate; exine l to 1-1/2 microns thick overall; pores equatorial, vestibulate, with strongly scabrate inner surface of vestibulum; the ektexine flexes outward ca. 30° to almost 90° from the intexine in forming the vestibula, creating a large vestibular cavity and causing the exopores to protrude strongly above the surrounding surface of the grain. Size range: 18—25 microns diameter; 10 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 19 samples from the marine Mancos Shale of the Mount Garfield section only; abundance up to 1.6%. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: The vestibulate nature of the pores clearly separates this form from K, sp.-5 above. The two were both included under the name Triporopollenites cf. K, scabroporus Newman by Thompson (1969, p. 66), although be counted them separately. It is my opinion that neither of these forms are conspecific with Newman's Species (see discussion of K, sp.-5 above). Due to its complex pore structure, this Species may be assignable to one of Pflug's (1953) Normapolles genera, possibly Extratriporopollenites, 183 but these forms do not appear to have interlocula, as does that genus. Triporopollenites sp.-7 Plate 11, Figures 3-4 Description: Triporate pollen; i Spheroidal to oblate; polar view shape ilcircular; exine psilate to scabrate; there seems to be a very thin, fragile, transparent outer layer (or tenui—tectum?) similar to a very delicate perinium on a Spore; this layer is difficult to see and is usually visible only on well-preserved specimens, using phase contrast with oil immersion, and the layer does not Show very well, if at all, in photographs; pores equatorial, with i_ragged margins, weakly developed annulus, non-protruding. Size range: 22-27 microns diameter; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in three coal samples-Pb8898 and Pb8929-3l from the Rifle Gap section, and Pb8957-6O from the Wilson Ranch section.. Abundance was 0.2% (one Specimen counted) in Pb8898, 0.6% in Pb8929-31 (Trout Creek Coal), and 5.0% in Pb8957-60. This pollen obviously represents a coal-swamp plant. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: The very thin outer layer and rather ill-defined, non- protruding pores distinguish this Species from others. A new Species was not described Since the nature of the outer layer is not well understood, and no Specimens were found which convincingly Showed the feature in photographs. Genus Trudopollis (Pflug, 1953) Potonie, 1960 Type species: Trudgpollis pertrudens (Pflug) Pflug, 1953 184 Trudopollis meekeri Newman, 1965 Plate 11, Figure 5 1965 Trudopollis meekeri Newman, p. 14 and 16, pl. 1, fig. 12. Size range: 23-27 microns diameter; six specimens measured. OcCurrence: Found in 10 samples of varying lithology scattered through the study; abundance up to 0.6%. No pattern discernible. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: This pollen type is a "guide fossil" for rocks of Campanian age in northwestern Colorado, as reported in Newman, 1965. Kidson (1971, pl. 9, fig. 4) Shows a specimen he calls K, meekeri which appears to be a representative of Betulaceoipollenites Potonie or a Similar genus, but is not a Normapolles-type grain. Genus Ulmoideipites Anderson, 1960 Type species: Ulmoideipites krempi Anderson, 1960 Ulmoideipites sp. Plate 11, Figure 6 1969 Planera Sp. in Fairchild and Elsik, p. 85, pl. 38, fig. 40. Description: Triporate pollen (very rarely tetraporate); spheroidal to Slightly oblate, often folded, polar view Shape circular; exine with ulmoid sculpture (with small low verrucoid elements), 1 micron thick (or less); pores equatorial, with annulus, non-protruding. Size range: 20-24 microns diameter; Six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in a third of the samples studied; abundance up to 1.2%. Not found in lower half of Mount Garfield section, but no other pattern discernible. 185 Suggested affinity: Ulmaceae; probably Planera, based on the triporate condition. Discussion: This Species is Similar to Ulmoideipites krempi Anderson, but does not Show the arci of that species. My Species appears to be conspecific with an undescribed form called Planera Sp. by Elsik (see synonymy above). Planera is the "water elm," a stream- Side tree of the southern U.S. Such a habitat seems compatible with the distribution of Ulmoideipites Sp. in this study. Polyporate Pollen Genus Erdtmanipollis Krutzsch, 1962 Type species: Erdtmanipollis pachysandroides Krutzsch, 1962 Erdtmanipollis pachysandroides Krutzsch, 1962 Plate 11, Figure 7 1962 Erdtmanipollis pachysandroides Krutzsch, p. 281, pl. 8, figs. 1-8. 1965 Pachysandra cretacea Stanley, p. 294, pl. 44, figs. 1-9. 1969 Erdtmanipollis cretaceus (Stanley) Norton in Norton and Hall, p. 43, pl. 5, fig. 21. 1969 Erdtmanipollis cretacea (Stanley) Oltz, p. 140, pl. 41, fig. 100. Size range: ca. 30 microns diameter; one specimen found. Occurrence: One specimen counted in sample Pb8934, a shale associated with the Trout Creek Coal at the top of the Rifle Gap section. Range Upper Campanian to Oligocene (Stone, 1971, p. 114). Suggested affinity: Pachysandra or SarcOCocca, family Buxaceae. Discussion: The synonymy above iS as given by Stone (1971, p. 113-114). I agree with the conclusion of Norton and Hall (1969, p. 43) that the form genus Erdtmanipollis iS preferred to the modern genus 186 name Paenysandra for these fossil forms due to the difficulty of distin- guishing the pollen of Pachysandra from that of Sarcococca, also of the Buxaceae. Erdtmanipollis ptocumbentiformis (Samoilovitch, 1961) Krutzsch, 1966, iS the same as K, pachysandroides except that its size range is apparently consistently around 40 microns (39.4-42.6 microns in Samoilovitch et a1., 1961, p. 199, and 38-44 microns in Srivastava, 1969, p. 978). Although I usually do not favor differentiating fossil taxa on the basis of size alone, this may be sufficient basis for a separate species in this case. Further investigations should be made in order to determine the importance of this size difference. If the Species are not different, K, procumbentifOrmiS would be the proper name for these forms according to the rules of priority. Genus Liquidambarpollenites Raatz, 1937 Type Species: Liquidambarpollenites stigmosus (Potonie) Raatz, 1937 Liquidambarpollenites? Sp. Plate 11, Figure 9 Description: Polyporate pollen; Spheroidal, usually folded or collapsed; ca. 10-12 pores; pores have i_ragged edges, no annuli, are 1—1/2 to 2-1/2 microns in diameter; exine smooth, up to 1 micron thick, usually thinner. Size range: 16-17 microns diameter (three grains). Occurrence: Found only in sample Pb6775, a Shale just below the Palisade Coal on Mount Garfield. Three grains counted. Suggested affinity: Dicotyledonae. Discussion: The form genus Liquidambarppllenites Raatz seems to be intended for smooth polyporate pollen; therefore, these 187 grains are so assigned, even though there is no evidence of any affinity between this form and the modern genus Liquidambar. Genus Polyporina Naumova ex Potonie, 1960 Type Species: Polyporina multistigmosa (Potonie) Potonie, 1960 Polyporina cribraria Srivastava, 1969 Plate 11, Figure 8 Size range: ca. 21—25 microns; four Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in eight samples; abundance up to 0.8% per sample. Highest occurrence stratigraphically is at top of the Palisade section. Most abundant in sample Pb6778, a shale 12 feet above the Palisade Coal on Mount Garfield. Suggested affinity: Probably Chenopodiaceae; also Similar to pollen of Liquidambar. Discussion: This Species superficially resembles Liquidambar brandonensis Traverse and Liquidambar mangelsdorfiana Traverse, 1955, but is smaller and has more pores and is not reticulate. Lammons (1969, p. 149, pl. 8, fig. 2) describes a species as Liquidambar cf. brandonensis Traverse, 1955, which is very Similar to the species reported here in Size and appearance, but which is described as having a finely reticulate sculpture. My Specimens superficially appear reticulate (microreticulate or scrobiculate), but careful focus- ing confirms their non-reticulate, :_infragranulate nature. Lammons' grains are much smaller than Traverse's, with much smaller pores, and are probably conspecific with the Species reported here, which is allied with the Chenopodiaceae by Srivastava (1969, p. 978). The specimens reported here frequently exhibit fewer than 50 pores, while Srivastava's description (ibid.) calls for more than 50 pores. 188 The grains are otherwise the same, and are judged to belong to the same species. Srivastava (ibid.) says this pollen may indicate changes in shore- line. Its range in this study, terminating above the Palisade Coal where the sediments become :_continental after a marine sequence, may support this idea. The high abundance in sample Pb4974, a far offshore sample, may reflect the change in Shoreline caused by the minor transgression represented by this sample. The other occurrences are from nearshore or moderate distances offshore. MICROPLANKTON Class Dinophyceae Comments: This class includes all living and fossil dinoflagellates and those hystrichospheres reflecting dinoflagellate tabula- tion. Since the relationships of the fossils to extant taxa has not been established in most cases, an artificial system devised by Sarjeant and Downie (1966) is followed herein. Cyst-Family Aeroligeraceae Genus Cyclonephelium Deflandre and Cookson, 1955 emend. Williams and Downie in Davey, et al., 1966 Type species: Cyclonephelium compactum Deflandre and Cookson, 1955 Cyclonephelium? Spp. Plate 11, Figure 10 Description: All specimens encountered which appeared to be referrable to the genus Cyclonephelium are included here because all 189 were too poorly preserved for certain identification to Species. Some may not be properly referrable to gyclonephelium, so a question mark was used in the citation. See Cookson and Eisenack, 1962, p. 493, for generic description. Size fangs: 60-75 microns maximum dimension; five Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 14 marine shale samples scattered through the Studied sections; abundance up to 1.2%. The genus gyclonephelium ranges from Jurassic to Oligocene, worldwide, and Upper Campanian-Maestrichtian of thesis area. Found by Thompson (1969) in lower and upper Mancos from southwest Colorado; upper Almond of south- western Wyoming by Stone (1971), and Maestrichtian (Navarro Group) of Texas by Zaitzeff (1967). Discussion: These forms are definite indicators of marine environment. Cyst-Family Deflandreaceae Genus Deflandrea Eisenack, 1938 Type Species: Deflandrea phosphoritica Eisenack, 1938 Deflandrea cf. K, cooksoni Alberti, 1959 Plate 11, Figures 11-12 Description: Cavate dinoflatellate cyst with dorso-ventral outline tripartite to fusiform with expanded mid area; central body slightly oblate, causing equator to bulge; no cingulum or sulcus developed; epitract sometimes rises vertically from mid-region, then begins to narrow toward apical horn, forming shoulders, and sometimes begins to taper directly from the mid-area, not forming Shoulders; a prominent bluntly-pointed apical horn is present; hypotract exhibits Similar variation in its taper, forming two antapical horns of unequal 190 length, connected by a membrane bearing a few Short Spines along its lower margin, sometimes the membrane extends to the tips of the antapi— cal horns, with the hypotract in that case presenting the appearance of a Single large obliquely tapered horn with a serrate margin; short Spines ("coni") and/or prominent granulae are usually Sparsely scattered over the outer surface of the test, both walls of the cyst otherwise chagrenate; no tabulation observed; archeopyle large, apparently inter— calary, developed at approximately the apex of the central body. Size range: 70-102 microns long, 40-57 microns wide; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in eight samples from the Mancos Shale of the Mount Garfield section; abundance up to 0.6%. Literature range of K. cooksoni Upper Senonian to Danian (see Stone, 1971, p. 64). Discussion: These Specimens resemble the Species cited as K, cooksoni Alberti in the theses of Zaitzeff (1967), Lammons (1969), and Stone (1971). I was not able to Obtain a copy of Alberti, 1959, by the time this was written for comparison with the original photos and description, so my Specimens are only tentatively referred to K. cooksoni. The forms mentioned above do not Show the Spiny nature of the membrane joining the antapical processes, nor the scattered coni or granulae found on my Specimens, nor are these features mentioned. My Specimens may represent a more highly ornamented local variety of the forms assigned to K, cooksoni in the three theses mentioned above, as they are quite similar in every other characteristic. Deflandrea sp.-l Plate 12, Figures 1-2 191 Description: Deflandreoid dinoflagellate with thin, punctate, hyaline outer wall and thickerdwalled, more opaque, spherical central body; epitract has Shoulders, is topped by a prominent, blunt apical horn which sometimes has what appears to be a pore at its apex; hypotract bears one prominent pointed antapical horn, with the second horn being expressed as a rounded bump; punctae found on all parts of outer wall, but least developed near the apices, central body apparently smooth, nonpunctate; outer wall bears several horizontally disposed groups of Short (ca. 1 micron long) Spines or bumps forming the margins of the cingulum, occasionally spines also occur elsewhere (Spines and cingulum not always well expressed); horseshoe-shaped archeopyle is present on the epitract at approximately the apex of the central body; all views of the test may be presented by these fragile Specimens. Size range: 55-75 microns overall length, 37-45 microns in width (and also diameter of central body); 12 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 19 samples of marine Shale scattered throughout the sections studied; abundance up to 7.8%. Discussion: This Species does not seem to be described in the litera— ture. However, I believe that more Specimens Should be examined and a more thorough literature search made before formally describing this form as a new Species. Thompson (1969, pl. 10, fig. 2) illustrates a species which he calls Deflandrea Sp. 3 which includes forms which may be conspecific with my K, sp.-1 as well ale, sp.—2 (see discussion of K, sp.-2). Deflandrea sp.-2 Plate 12, Figures 3-4 192 Description: As for K, sp.-l, but outer wall is not punctate, is less transparent, and has scattered granulae. Also, the cingular spines are Sharper, and some of the groups of Spines are vertically disposed. Size range: 70-80 microns long, 41-50 microns wide; four specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 15 marine Shale samples scattered through the study; abundance up to 1.0%. Discussion: This Species is Similar to Deflandrea Sp. 4 of Thompson (1969, p. 42, pl. 9, fig. 4) in possessing rows of cingular Spines, but that species appears to be wider in relation to its length, and Shows other Shape differences as well; it is also smaller than my Species. Thompson's K, Sp. 3 is also very Similar to this form, as it is to my K, sp.-l. Thompson's Sp. 3 may include both my sp.-l and sp.-2, which are separated mainly on the basis of ornamentation. .K, sp.-l is punctate, while K, sp.-2 has scattered granulae. Thompson's K, sp. 3 includes smooth, punctate and granular forms. Thompson does not mention the rows of Spines along the cingulum as noted on K, sp.-l and K, sp.-2 of this study, however, and his Specimens are larger. Cyst-Family Gonyaulacystaceae Genus Gonyaulacysta Deflandre, 1964, emend. Sarjeant in Davey et al., 1966 Type Species: Gonyaulaeystagjurassica (Deflandre) Deflandre, 1964 Gonyaulacysta? cf. K. delicata Davey, 1969 Plate 12, Figures 5-6 193 1969 Gonyaulacysta delicata Davey, p. 123-124, pl. 1, figs. 7-8, figs. 10A and B. Description: Cavate dinoflagellate cyst; subspherical Shape; test wall clearly divided into plates by low crests, but the actual tabulation could not be determined due to the crushed and debris- obscured nature of the Specimens; no apical horn present; cingulum laevo(?)-rotary; sulcus not observed; Specimens easily distorted due to thin cyst wall. Size range: 41-62 microns maximum dimension; three Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in three samples from the Mancos Shale of the lower part of Mount Garfield: Samples Pb4945X and Pb6741 (one specimen counted in each) and sample Pb4954 (one Specimen observed outside the 500 sum). Davey's Specimens were from the Cenomanian of Saskatchewan. Discussion: This Species is tentatively referred to Gonyaulacysta due to its overall resemblance to K, delicata Davey, although the tabulation could not be determined. Cyst—Family Gymnodiniaceae Genus Dinogymnium Evitt, Clarke and Verdier, 1967 Type Species: Dinogymnium acuminatum Evitt et al., 1967 Dinogymnium digitus (Deflandre) Evitt, Clarke and Verdier, 1967 Plate 12, Figure 7 1936 Qymnodinium digitus Deflandre, p. 166, pl. 12, fig. 4—5. 1967 Dinogymnium digitus (Deflandre) Evitt, Clarke and Verdier, p. 18-19. Size range: 65-75 microns long, 19-23 microns wide; four specimens measured. 194 Occurrence: Found in eight samples of the Mancos Shale, six in the Mount Garfield section, two from the Buck Tongue at West Salt Creek; abundance up to 0.6%. Literature range Upper Cretaceous of various widespread areas (see Evitt et al., 1967, p. 18-19, and Zaitzeff, 1967, p. 89-83. Discussion: This species is larger, with fewer longitudinal folds than K, sp.-1, below. Dinogymnium sp.-l Plate 12, Figures 8-10 1967 Kymnodinium nelsonense Cookson in_Zaitzeff, p. 80-81, pl. 21, figs. 10-138’ pl. 22, figs. 1-20 Description: Test biconical with equatorial cingulum of varying prominence dividing the test into two :_equal halves, hypotract often Slightly more rounded than epitract, and usually with fewer longitudinal folds; epitract topped by a moderately wide apical archeopyle; sulcus usually marked by a :_prominent longitudinal fold; both tracts bear a few longitudinal folds (two or three to about Six); surface smooth to Slightly scabrate. Size range: 50-58 microns long, 18-20 microns wide; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 22 marine Shale samples scattered through the sections studied, but mostly restricted to the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield; abundance up to 0.8%. Zaitzeff's Species (see synonymy) is reported from the Maestrichtian of Texas. Discussion: The specimens reported here form a clear morphological gradation (among Specimens all nearly the same size) from forms with a poorly defined cingulum and very few longitudinal folds 195 through forms with slightly more numerous folds and somewhat more prominent cingulum to forms with a prominent cingulum and several folds. This gradational series is illustrated by Figures 8-10 on Plate 12. This form is tentatively regarded as conspecific with the Species referred to_§ymnodinium nelsonense Cookson, 1956, by Zaitzeff, 1967 (see synonymy above). The specimens reported here seem to have a slightly larger archeopyle and often bear fewer folds than Zaitzeff's, so the Species will not be formally named until I have had time to examine more specimens from my own material and to make more extensive comparisons with Zaitzeff's material. Since Zaitzeff's thesis Study was completed all species of fossil dinoflagellates formerly assigned to Kymnodinium Stein were re—assigned to the new genus Dinogymnium by Evitt, et al., 1967, who restrict the application of the name Qymnodinium to the motile cells of extant forms. These authors also emended Dinogymnium (Gymnodinium) nelsonense (Cookson) to exclude Cookson's (1956) original figures 8 and 9. Since Zaitzeff's Specimens somewhat resemble the Specimens illustrated in Cookson's figures 8 and 9, but do not resemble the holotype Specimen (figure 10) or the specimen in Cookson's figure 11, they should not be referred to Dinogymnium nelsonense (Cookson) Evitt, Clarke and Verdier. Dinogymnium Spp. Plate 12, Figures 11-14 Description: Several species of small Dinogymnium tests not referable to the above categories are included in this category. Most are punctate and have few folds, especially on the hypotheca. These forms are :_fragile and often fairly wide in relation to their length; thus, they are found flattened in many different attitudes, 196 making comparison and consistent identification very difficult. It was mainly for this reason that these Species were grouped together. Previously described Species probably contributing to this group include K, westralium (Cookson and Eisenack) Evitt, Clarke and Verdier, 1967, Gymnodinium sp. 1 of Zaitzeff, 1967, and Dinogymnium sp. 1 of Thompson, 1969. Possibly a few Specimens 0f.23 acuminatum Evitt, Clarke and Verdier, 1967 and K, heterocostatum (Deflandre) Evitt, Clarke and Verdier, 1967, may also be included. Size range: 21—42 microns long, 14-29 microns wide; many Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 35 samples of marine Shale, including three samples from West Salt Creek and one from Rifle Gap; all other occurrences are in the Mount Garfield section. Abundance up to 2.4%. Discussion: This group is a definite indicator of marine conditions, as are the other Species of this genus reported herein. Cyst-Family Hystrichosphaeraceae Genus Hystrichosphaera O. Wetzel, 1933, ex Deflandre, 1937 Type species: Hystrichosphaera furcata (Ehrenberg) Wetzel, 1932 Hystrichosphaera ramosa (Ehrenberg) O. Wetzel, 1932, emend. Davey and Williams in Davey, et al., 1966 Plate 13, Figure 1 1838 Xanthidium ramosum Ehrenberg. 1854 Spiniferites ramosus Mantell. 1932 HystrichoSphaera ramosa (Ehrenberg) O. Wetzel, p. 144. Size range: 27-34 microns diameter of body, processes 12—15 microns long; six Specimens measured. 197 Cecurrence: Found in low numbers in 22 marine Shale samples scattered through the sections studied; abundance 0.4% or less. Literature range Jurassic to Pleistocene, widespread geographically (see Zaitzeff, 1967, p. 62). Discussion: These Specimens fulfilled the criteria for assignment to K. ramosa, but did not seem to fit exactly into any of the published varieties of the Species. K, ramosa seems to be composed of many types of morphologically Similar organisms not necessarily closely related, as evidenced by the several recognized varieties and the very long stratigraphic range of the Species. Cyst-Family Hystrichosphaeridiaceae Genus Cleistosphaeridium Davey, Downie, Sarjeant and Williams, 1966 Type species: Cleistosphaeridium diversispinosum Davey, Downie, Sarjeant and Williams, 1966 Cleistosphaeridium sp. Plate 13, Figures 2-3 Description: Chorate dinoflagellate cysts with spheroidal central body bearing many distally closed hollow processes not opening into endocoel; more than 50 processes usually with distal ends tapering to a Single point or bifurcating to form two sharp points; however, a few processes are multifurcate or end in a small knob; tabulation not determinable; an apical archeopyle with i angular edges was noted on one specimen; wall faintly granular. Size range: 30-35 microns diameter of central body, processes 10-15 microns long; four specimens measured. 198 Occurrence: One specimen counted in sample Pb4972, and one observed outside the 500 sum in samples Pb4960 and Pb6745, all from the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield. Also, one Specimen was counted in sample Pb4741a from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos at West Salt Creek. Discussion: This species differs from Polysphaeridium spp. as reported in Thompson (1969, pl. 4, figs. 3 and 5) by having Sharper processes. Cleistosphaeridium Sp. 1 of Zaitzeff (1967, p. 48-49, pl. 7, figs. 8—9, pl. 8, figs. 1-2) is similar but has fewer processes, which are solid. . K, disjunctum Davey, et al., 1966, differs in having less numerous processes. Genus Kystrichosphaeridium Deflandre, 1937, emend. Eisenack, 1958 Type Species: Kystrichosphaeridium tubiferum (Ehrenberg) Davey and Williams in Davey, et al., 1966 Hystrichosphaeridium sp. Plate 13, Figure 4 Description: Chorate dinoflagellate cyst with rounded ellipsoidal central body bearing ca. 20 hollow processes forming small, open funnels at their distal ends; processes about same diameter (ca. 1 micron) throughout their length except for their expanded distal ends; tabulation not determinable; archeopyle not observed. Size range: Central body 16 x 21 microns; processes 8-10 microns long; one Specimen measured. Occurrence: One Specimen counted in sample Pb4960 and one observed out- side the 500 sum in sample Pb6749; both these samples are from the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield. One additional Specimen was noted outside the 500 sum in sample Pb4750a from West Salt Creek. 199 Discussion: Several described Species are similar to this form (although most are larger). However, due to the rare occurrence and poor preservation of these Specimens, they were not assigned to any published species. Genus Polysphaeridium Davey and Williams in Davey, et al., 1966 Type species: Polysphaeridium subtile Davey and Williams in_Davey, et al., 1966 Polysphaeridium cf. K, sp. 4 of Zaitzeff, 1967 Plate 13, Figure 5 1967 Polysphaeridium Sp. 4 in Zaitzeff, p. 42-43, pl. 6, figs. 9 and 11. Description: Fits description given by Zaitzeff, but may have Shorter processes (see discussion below). Size range: 27 x 32 microns diameter, processes 4-6 microns long; one specimen measured. Occurrence: One Specimen counted in sample Pb4974 of the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield, one Specimen outside the 500 sum noted in sample Pb4732 from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos at West Salt Creek. Discussion: These Specimens are probably conspecific with Zaitzeff's. The length of the processes on his holotype Specimen is given as 10-12 microns (see reference in synonymy above), while the specimens reported here have processes 4-6 microns long. However, direct measurement and correction for 500x magnification of his holotype illustrated in his pl. 6, fig. 9, yielded process length measurements of 6-8 microns, closer to the lengths of the processes of the Specimens reported here. Zaitzeff's 500x Stated magnification appears to be approximately correct as determined by comparing the actual measured maximum diameter of the holotype with the stated measurement (31 vs. 35 200 microns; this magnification discrepancy due to printing is not large enough to account for the discrepancy in measured vs. stated process lengths, which appears to indicate that Zaitzeff misstated the length of the processes). Genus Surculosphaeridium Davey, Downie, Sarjeant and Williams, 1966 Type Species: Surculosphaeridium cribrotubiferum (Sarjeant) Davey, et al., 1966 Surculosphaeridium? cf. K, vestitum (Deflandre) Davey, Downie, Sarjeant and Williams, 1966 Plate 13, Figure 6 1966 Surculosphaeridium vestitum (Deflandre) Davey, at al., p. 162, pl. 9, fig. 8, text-fig. 42. 1969 Surculosphaeridium cf. K, vestitum (Deflandre) Davey, et al., in Thompson, p. 34, pl. 4, fig. 6. Description: Chorate dinoflagellate cyst with Spherical or ellipsoidal central body bearing numerous solid distally closed bi- or multifurcated processes; branches diverge from main part of process at small acute angles, sometimes the branches rebranch in a Similar manner; processes widest at base, but bases of neighboring processes do not interconnect; the tabulation was not determinable on these rare, somewhat poorly preserved Specimens, and the archeopyle was not observed. Size range: Central body 30-43 microns x 23-32 microns, processes 12-20 microns long; two specimens measured. Occurrence: One specimen counted in sample Pb4956 from the Mancos Shale in the lower part of the Mount Garfield section; one counted in each of samples Pb4732 and Pb4750 from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos at West Salt Creek. Discussion: These Specimens appear to be conspecific with those of Thompson (see synonymy above) based on the nature of the 201 processes. They are assigned only questionably to the genus Surculo- sphaeridium Davey, et al., because that genus is defined on the basis of its reflected tabulation, whereas the tabulation was not determinable on these specimens. Cyst-Family Pseudoceratiaceae Genus Odontochitina Deflandre, 1935 Kype species: Odontochitina operculata (O. Wetzel, 1933) Deflandre and Cookson, 1955 Odontochitina striatoperforata Cookson and Eisenack, 1962 Plate 13, Figure 7 1962 Odontochitina striatoperforata Cookson and Eisenack, p. 490, pl. 3, Size range: 54-59 microns wide at operculum; antapical horns 80-100 microns long; two Specimens measured. Occurrence: Two specimens counted and one outside the 500 sum; found in three samples from the Mancos Shale of the lower part of the Mount Garfield section. Literature range Albian to Maestrichtian, worldwide (see Zaitzeff, 1967, p. 90). Discussion: This species is a definite marine indicator, but is so rare that its usefulness is limited in this study. Cyst—Family Uncertain Genus Horologinella Cookson and Eisenack, 1962 Type species: Horologinella lineata Cookson and Eisenack, 1962 Horologinella apiculata Cookson and Eisenack, 1962 Plate 13, Figures 8-9 202 1962 Horologinella spiculata Cookson and Eisenack, p. 272, pl. 37, fig. 4. Size range: 15-23 microns x 14-20 microns; many specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 43 marine Shale samples scattered through all sections of this Study; abundance up to 12.0%; in addition, one specimen was counted in sample Pb8916, which may be a brackish or fresh water sample (probably lagoonal) based on its high Land Derived/ Microplankton ratio of 8.86. Literature range Campanian, Australia (see reference in synonymy above). Discussion: These specimens are very similar to entities of the genus Tetrsporina Naumova, 1939, ex Naumova, 1950. They are not assignable to that genus, however, because it is described as having four pores (Playford, 1963, p. 658-659), while the Specimens reported here have from 0 to 5 pores. Only the pore beside the "median beak-like projection" was mentioned by Cookson and Eisenack (1962, p. 272) in their description of Horologinella spiculata. However, the present specimens, which are comparable in every other respect, sometimes have a poorly ' which is often expressed developed pore on each of the four "corners,' only as a "dimple" in the wall. The variable presence of these pores makes them easy to overlook; indeed, they seem to be absent more often than not. The pore or "concave opening" (ibid.) beside the apical pro- jection is not always present, either, and neither is the projection. These features should be accounted for in a formally emended Species description for K, apiculata. No median projection is mentioned or illustrated for Tetraporina by Naumova or other authors, and only four pores are present (although according to Playford (1963, p. 658-659), these pores are also variable and often absent). For these reasons, the specimens reported here are 203 not assigned to Tetraporina, although they are almost certainly closely related to the forms assigned to that genus. The forms assigned by Kidson (1971, p. 135, pl. 10, figs. 5 and 10) to Tetraporina horologia (Staplin) Playford and K, glabra Naumova respectively are probably incorrectly assigned, and should be assigned to Horologinella apiculata, as both Show evidence of the median projection of that Species. I studied five Slides from Kidson's West Salt Creek section, in which several Specimens of K, apiculata were observed, but no bona fide examples of the genus Tetraporina were observed. K, horologia is much larger than the forms reported by Kidson. Kidson's illustrated specimen measured 24 microns in diagonal length (no Size range given), while Playford (1963, p. 659) gives a diagonal length range of 44-71 microns for his Specimens of K, horologia. His Specimens of K, glabra Naumova are reported as being 50-54 microns in diagonal length; Kidson's are much smaller. The type materials of all Species of Tetraporina and Horologinella Should be restudied and compared in order to definitely determine the status of the two names. One of them may be invalid, but for the present, I regard my specimens as assignable to Horologinella and not to Tetraporina. Genus Palaeohystrichophora Deflandre, 1935 Type Species: Palaeohystrichophora infusorioides Deflandre, 1935 Palaeohystrichophora infusorioides Deflandre, 1935 Plate 14, Figure l 1935 Palaeohystrichophora infusorioides Deflandre. 1939 Palanhystrichophora inquorioides Deflandre, 1935, in_Deflandre and Courteville, p. 98, pl. 2, fig. 2. 204 Size range: 42-75 microns long x 32-45 microns wide; eight Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 25 samples from the marine Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield; abundance up to 3.2%. Literature range: Upper Cretaceous, worldwide (see Zaitzeff, 1967, p. 105). Discussion: This Species is also present in the Buck Tongue of the Mancos (see Kidson, 1971, p. 148) although no Specimens were encountered in the five samples of the Buck Tongue at West Salt Creek, Colorado, which I counted. The presence of this species in a sample is an indication that the sample was deposited in a marine environment. Unknown Dinoflagellate-l Plate 14, Figures 2-3 Description: Test fusiform, expanded at mid-area, appears to consist of only one thin wall; epitract usually a narrow cone, sometimes with Slight Shoulders developed, apical horn tapers to a blunt point; hypotract roughly hemispherical in outline, sometimes more pointed, bears apparently only a single Sharp to blunt or almost non- existent antapical horn; girdle and sulcus bordered by rows of irregular, Short (1-2 microns) variously-Shaped Spines; these Spines also mark plate boundaries, but the Specimens were all so distorted that the tabulation could not be determined; the archeopyle appears to be inter- calary, but the exact number and type of plates involved could not be determined. Size range: 42-56 microns long, 27-40 microns wide at girdle; nine specimens measured. 205 Occurrence: Found in 31 marine Shale samples scattered through the sections studied; abundance up to 2.0%. A definite marine indicator. All of these Specimens appear to belong to the same Species. Discussion: These Specimens were too distorted for certain assignment to any of the several published species which they resemble. The published Species to which these Specimens may belong include: 1. Deflandrea echinoidea Cookson and Eisenack, 1960. This form is Similar, but usually seems to have a wider, more pentagonal shape and more spines. 2. Palaeohystrichophora sp. in Srivastava, 1970, pl. 1, fig. 13, looks very much like Unknown Dinoflagellate—l (hereafter called UD-l), but no description is given. 3. Deflandrea limpida Singh, 1971, is very Similar to UD-l, and may be conspecific with it; however, it appears to be more pentagonally Shaped. The distorted condition of UD-l leaves the possibility open that they would have had the same shape if better preserved. K, limpida appears to be the same as reported by W. Brideaux (1971, p. 99-101, p1.29, figs. 99-103) as Spinidinium vestitum. 4. Spinidinium styloniferum Cookson and Eisenack, 1962, as given in Kidson, 1971, pl. 11, fig. 6, may be conspecific with UD-l, but the Single photograph does not Show sufficient detail to reasonably establish conspecificity. K, styloniferum, as illustrated in Cookson and Eisenack, 1962, pl. 1, figs. 1-4, appears to differ by its more numerous and Slightly more robust Spines. 5. Spinidinium densispinatum Stanley, 1965, as given in Stone, 1971, p. 65, pl. 4, fig. 17, is probably conspecific with UD-l, but the distorted condition of UD-l makes me reluctant to state that they are definitely conspecific. 206 Stone's identification of this Species may be incorrect, as Stanley's K, densispinatum and K, microceratum (which Stone regards as synonymous) are wider in relation to length than Stone's Species, with some of Stanley's Specimens appearing to be almost round in dorso- ventral view (See Stanley, 1965, pl. 21, figs. 1—5 and pl. 22, figs. 5-6). Stone's species (and UD-l), if referrable to any published species, may belong to Deflandrea limpida Singh, 1971. Unknown Dinoflagellate—2 Plate 14, Figure 4 Description: Shape roughly circular in dorso-ventral View, appears to consist of one thin wall; epitract a hemisphere topped by a bluntly pointed apical horn; hypotract a hemisphere with one antapical horn.:_1ike the apical horn, and a second horn represented by a low, rounded bump; girdle and sulcus not clearly defined, not indented; plate boundaries incompletely demarcated by rows of very Short (1/2 to 1 micron) sawtooth-like Spines, tabulation not decipherable; the nature of the archeopyle is unclear, as the fragile tests usually had irregular holes in them at several locations. Size range: 51-56 microns long, 43-46 microns wide; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 13 marine Mancos Shale samples, all in the Mount Garfield section except for one specimen outside the 500 sum in sample Pb4712 from West Salt Creek. (This latter sample was the most "marine" sample of the five I counted from West Salt Creek, and is thought to reflect far offshore conditions. Thus, this species may indicate far offshore conditions.) Abundance up to 3.6%. 207 Discussion: This species resembles Canninginopsis denticulata Cookson and Eisenack, 1962. However, the latter is larger (90-120 microns long) and has more abundant Spines, which appear to be flat on top as opposed to the Sharply pointed Spines of Unknown Dinoflagellate-Z. Unknown Dinoflagellate—3 Plate 14, Figures 5-6 Description: Cavate dinoflagellate cyst; fusiform, expanded at mid- area; outer wall thin, ornamented with scattered short blunt spines, occasionally lined up apparently along plate margins, plates otherwise not apparent; cingulum marked by parallel folds, which are often not well-developed; sulcus not visible; archeopyle usually not clearly visible, but appears to be intercalary; a moderately long, moderately pointed apical horn is present on the epitract, with a Similar antapical horn present on the hypotract; central body thin, smooth, fragile, fills much of the internal cavity of the test; entire test often much folded and distorted. Size range: Overall length 24—48 microns, width 23-35 microns; seven Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 34 marine Shale samples, all but two are from the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield; abundance up to 2.6%. Discussion: This form is Similar to Deflandrea diebeli Alberti as reported in Kidson (1971, pl. 14, fig. 8). However, the latter has an oblate central body which does not fill as much of the test as in Unknown Dinoflagellate-B. Also, its apices appear to be more attenuated. 208 Unknown Dinoflagellate-4 Plate 14, Figures 7-9 Description: Cavate dinoflagellate cysts; roughly fusiform to roughly pentagonal or irregular Shape in dorso-ventral view; outer wall thin, hyaline, smooth, with a quite long, usually folded apical horn and a Similar, usually Shorter antapical horn (sometimes a second folded antapical horn appears to be present); cingulum and sulcus not well defined; central body smooth or Slightly scabrate, slightly prolate, fills most of test cavity; archeopyle not definitely observed, but probably intercalary (tabulation not decipherable, however). Size range: 58-100 microns overall length, 30—48 microns in width; 10 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 45 samples scattered through the sections studied, including three occurrences in lagoonal samples (Pb6778 = one specimen outside the 500 sum, Pb8932 and Pb8934 = one Specimen counted in each); abundance up to 2.8%. Discussion: The distorted nature of these easily folded Specimens made it impossible to identify them to a published species; indeed, there are possibly several species represented, perhaps from diverse genera. Unknown Dinoflagellate-S Plate 14, Figure 10 Description: Cavate dinoflagellate cyst; shape in dorso-ventral view fusiform with expanded central-area; outer wall reticulate (reticulation usually visible or obvious only with phase contrast micro- scopy), reticulum appears to be an anastamosing network of threads covering a smooth substrate, lumina 1-3 microns across, threads end at 209 plate boundaries; tabulation not determinable due to poor preservation; epitract and hypotract each bear a similar bluntly pointed horn; cingulum marked by parallel folds, sulcus not observed; archeopyle not observed; central body prolate, smooth, usually extends full width of test. Size range: 74-90 microns long, 44-52 microns wide; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found only in Mount Garfield Mancos Shale sample Pb4945X; abundance 2.2%. Discussion: The reticulum is definitely a feature of these specimens, and is not merely a pattern of corroded holes. However, corrosion may have enhanced the visibility of a reticulate pattern of construction of the outer wall. This appears to be a valid Species, as this pattern was not observed in other samples of the same lithology and Similar preserva- tion, nor in any other samples. Thus, the restriction of this form to one sample means it Should be a good stratigraphic or environmental indicator. The principal environmental indicator of this study, the Land Derived/Microplankton ratio, does not give any clue as to whether the restriction is environmentally controlled or not, Since ratios near the .133 ratio of sample Pb4945X exist in other samples, and this ratio, while low, is not the lowest of the study. Thus, for the present, this species is regarded as a potential stratigraphic marker in this area, although it is possible that currently unrecognized environmental factors control its distribution. 210 GroupiAcritarcha Subgroup Acanthomorphitae Genus Baltisphaeridium Eisenack, 1958, emend. Downie and Sarjeant, 1963 Type species: Baltisphaeridium longispinosum (Eisenack) Eisenack, 1958 Baltisphaeridium sp. Plate 15, Figure 1 Description: Spherical vescicles with closed processes numbering 70-100, possibly more, around the periphery in optical section; processes very thin, hairlike, l to 1—1/2 microns long, Simple, solid. Size range: 21-25 microns diameter; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 18 marine Shale or siltstone samples, all but two of which are from the Mount Garfield section. Abundance up to 0.8%. In addition to the above, one Specimen was noted outside the 500 sum in sample Pb8919, a lagoonal shale from the Rifle Gap section. Discussion: This species is distinguished from Micrhystridium deflandrei, below, by its larger Size and more numerous, much finer spines. Genus Micrhystridium Deflandre, 1937, emend. Downie and Sarjeant, 1963 Type species: Micrhystridium inconspicuum (Deflandre) Deflandre, 1937 Comment: The Species of this genus (except for K, deflandrei) are listed numerically rather than being assigned to formal Species because the taxonomy of the genus is in a chaotic state, with very Similar or identical forms named as different Species or even in different genera (i.e., Baltisphaeridium), and obviously different 211 Species included under a Single species name. Obviously, such errors are present in almost every genus of organisms, but I feel that the magnitude of the problem in Micrhystridium is greater than normal, and the group is in such dire need of taxonomic revision (beyond the scope of this study) that it is virtually impossible to be certain of the validity of many of the published new species and assignments to pre- existing species. Therefore, no attempt is made to assign the forms reported here to published species (with the exception of K, deflandrei), although where possible, similarities to published species are noted. Micrhystridium deflandrei Valensi, 1948 Plate 15, Figures 2-4 1948 Micrhystridium deflandrei Valensi, Bull. Soc. geol. Fr., vol. 5, no. 18, p. 545, text-fig. 5, nos. 3 and 5. 1969 Form S Sp. 1, Thompson, p. 26, pl. 1, fig. 12. 1970 Micrhystridium spp. (in part) in Griggs, pl. 12, fig. 6. 1970 Micrhystridium deflandrei Valensi in Davey, p. 362-364, pl. 6, figs. 10-11 0 Size range: 8-14 microns diameter, including Spines; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found only in marine samples, i.e., Mancos Shale and Mancos tongues in Mesaverde sediments; found in most such samples; abundance up to 6.4%. Literature range Jurassic to Campanian (see references in synonymy above). Discussion: This species is one of the most consistently identified species of the genus, and is thus named rather than follow- ing the numerical system used for other species of this genus found in this study. It is distinguished from other Species by the very numerous, very Short spines. 212 Micrhystridium sp.-l Plate 15, Figures 5-6 Description: Spherical vescicles with closed processes numbering 10-15 around the periphery in optical section; processes thin, l/6 to 1/4 body diameter in length, apparently solid, bases expanded very slightly. Size range: Body diameter 7-15 microns; many Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 50 samples; abundance up to 7.8%. Found in most samples from the Mancos Shale, including the Buck Tongue at West Salt Creek. A few occurrences were noted in Mancos tongues in the Iles and Price River formations. One anomalous occurrence was noted in sample Pb8934 (one counted); this sample had a quite high Land Derived/Microplankton ratio, with most of the microplankton consisting of probably euryhaline (thus not exclusively marine) forms. These octurrences probably represent lagoonal, brackish water conditions (see Masters, 1965). Discussion: This Species differs from K, sp.-2 by having shorter Spines, with their bases Slightly wider than those of K, sp.-2. K, deflandrei has much more numerous, much Shorter processes. Forms referable to this species have been called Micrhystridium rigidum Davey (1970, pl. 7, fig. 11-12), K, wattonensis Wall (1965, pl. 7, fig. 11), K, inconspicuum Deflandre in Kidson, 1971, pl. 9 fig. 19, and KK spp. (in part) in Thompson, 1969, pl. 1, fig. 6. There are also lesser resemblances to many other species, including K, breve Jansonius in Sarjeant, 1970, pl. 2, fig. 9. Micrhystridium sp.-2 Plate 15, Figure 7 213 Description: Spherical vesicles with thin, hairlike closed processes numbering 8-12 around the periphery in optical section; processes 1/2 to 1 body diameter in length, solid, bases very small, not expanded. Size range: 6-10 microns body diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in a majority (34 samples) of the marine Mancos samples studied, including a few occurrences in Mancos tongues in the Iles and Price River formations. Discussion: This species is distinguished from K, sp.-1 by having fewer, longer spines with narrower bases. This Species is Similar to K, piliferum Deflandre in Davey, 1970, pl. 7, fig. 3-4. Micrhystridium sp.—3 Plate 15, Figures 8-9 Description: Spherical vesicles with wide closed processes with thin, knoblike tips; processes number 8-18 around the periphery in optical section; processes 1/3 to 1 body diameter in length, hollow, 1-2 microns wide at base, tapering to a point or to a knob less than 1/2 micron across. Size range: 6-17 microns body diameter; 12 Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in a majority of the Mancos Shale samples from Mount Garfield, and in one sample from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos at West Salt Creek. Total 27 occurrences; abundance up to 3.8% per occurrence. Discussion: This species iS a reliable indicator of marine conditions; it is found only in samples with Land Derived/Microplankton ratios of 4.54 or less. 214 This form is distinguished from other Micrhystridium Species by its hollow Spines, usually with knoblike ends. Micrhystridium sp.-4 Plate 15, Figure 10 Description: Spherical vesicles with 7-10 thin, hairlike processes with wide, possibly hollow bases; body wall thin, fragile, often folded; processes 1/3 to 1/2 body diameter in length, fragile, often broken off. Size range: 14-17 microns body diameter; five Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 10 samples from the Mancos Shale, lower part of Mount Garfield section; one or two Specimens per sample. Discussion: This Species is found only in marine rocks, but its rare occurrence diminishes its usefulness as a marine indicator. This Species is distinguished from K, sp.-2 by its larger Size and fewer processes. It is distinguished from K, sp.-6 by its thinner, more delicate processes which are also usually fewer in number. Micrhystridium sp.-5 Plate 15, Figure 11 Description: Spherical to ellipsoidal vesicles with 9-12 Short (1-3 microns long), closed processes with bases about equal in width to the height of the process; body wall thin, smooth, fragile, often. folded. Size range: 12-17 microns maximum body diameter; Six Specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 17 marine Shale samples scattered through the sections studied; abundance up to 1.0%. Discussion: This form is a definite indicator of marine conditions. It is distinguished from other forms by its low number of 215 very short, wide-based processes. This species may be conspecific with ‘g. minutispinum Wall, 1965. MiCrhyStridium sp.-6 Plate 15, Figures 12-13 Description: Spherical to subpolygonal vesicles with 10-12 long, closed, ?solid processes with wide folds forming at bases; processes roughly one body diameter in length; body wall thin, smooth, fragile, sometimes folded. Size range: 13-19 microns body diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in six samples from marine shales; abundance up to 0.6%. Stratigraphically lowest occurrence is in sample Pb5554 from the upper part of the Mancos Shale in the Mount Garfield section; thus, this may be a form.which reached this area or evolved here later than most of the other species in the study. Discussion: This species seems to be :_intermediate between Veryhachium and more typical species of Micrhystridium, since it some— times has an almost polygonal test. It has more spines than does Veryhachium, and is not referrable to that genus even though there is often a striking resemblance to certain of its species. Micrhystridium fragile Deflandre, 1947 (see Zaitzeff, 1967, pl. 1, figs. 1-4) is similar to this species, although the spines are thinner and more fragile appearing than on_§. sp.-6. If this species is conspecific with the long-ranging (Jurassic-Tertiary) Eh fragile, it could not represent a new evolutionary introduction in the upper Mancos, although such might be surmised from its distribution in this study. 216 Subgroup Herkomorphitae Genus Qymatiosphaera Wetzel, 1933, emend. Deflandre, 1954 Type species: Cymatiosphaera radiata Wetzel, 1933 Qymatiosphaera spp. Plate 15, Figures 14-17 Description: Includes all specimens of Gymatiosphaera found in this study. Most are similar to g, parva Sarjeant, 1959, p. 343, and_g. costata Davey, 1970, p. 379; see published descriptions of those species; a few specimens were larger than the above species and had higher "frills." Size range: 5-26 microns; 20 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in almost all samples of Mancos Shale from Mount Garfield, plus one specimen counted from the Buck Tongue of Mancos from West Salt Creek, one from a marine siltstone in the Wilson Ranch section (Iles Formation), and one outside the sum in a Imarine shale parting sample from the Cozette sandstone in the Palisade section. Abundance in Mancos up to 12.6%. All occurrences were in samples with Land Derived/Microplankton ratios of 3.70 or less. Thus, this genus is a good indicator of marine conditions, at least in the area of this study. Discussion: This group was originally split into four species, which were combined after counting because they were not clearly separated from each other, and all had essentially the same stratigraphic distribution. 217 subgroup Netromorphitae Genus Leiofusa Eisenack, 1938 Type species: Leiofusa fusiformis (Eisenack) Eisenack, 1938 Leiofusa cf. L, jurassica Cookson and Eisenack, 1958 Plate 15, Figures 18-19 1958 Leiofusa jurassica Cookson and Eisenack, p. 51, pl. 10, figs. 3-4. Description: Morphologically the same as L, jurassica, but upper size limit of this form just approaches lowest size limit of L, jurassica. Size range: 11—27 microns overall length; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 21 samples of the Mancos Shale in the lower part of the Mount Garfield section; one specimen counted in a Mancos tongue near the top of the Rifle Gap section (sample Pb5720), and one specimen was noted outside the 500 sum in a sample from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos at West Salt Creek. Abundance in Mount Garfield section up to 1.8% per sample. Discussion: This species is a definite indicator of marine conditions and was not found in any presumed fresh water or lagoonal samples. subgroup Platymorphitae Genus Halophoridia Cookson and Eisenack, 1962 Type species: Halophoridia xena Cookson and Eisenack, 1962 HaloPhoridia xena Cookson and Eisenack, 1962 Plate 15, Figure 20 1962 Halophoridia xena Cookson and Eisenack, p. 271, pl. 37, figs. 6-8. 218 Size range: 39 x 32 microns overall, inner body ca. 28 microns long; one specimen measured. Occurrence: Found in four samples (Pb4965, one specimen outside 500 sum; Pb6755, one specimen counted; Pb4969, one specimen outside 500 sum; Pb4980, one specimen counted) from the marine Mancos Shale from the middle of the Mount Garfield section. Literature range ?Upper Albian-Cenomanian (see Cookson and Eisenack, 1962, p. 271). Discussion: The hourglass-shaped central body of Halophoridia is very similar to certain species of Horologinella Cookson and Eisenack, which is classified as a dinoflagellate genus in Norris and Sarjeant (1965, p. 32). The two genera are probably closely related, although Norris and Sarjeant (1965, p. 31) classified Halophoridia as an acritarch. The four "corners" of some specimens of Horologinella apiculata Cookson and Eisenack reported above have filmy material clinging to them which may represent remnants of an enclosing membrane as is present in Halophoridia xena. Genus Trigongpyxidia Cookson and Eisenack, 1961 Type species: Trigonopyxidia ginella (Cookson and Eisenack) Cookson and Eisenack, 1961 Trigonopygidia ginella (Cookson and Eisenack) Cookson and Eisenack, 1961 Plate 15, Figure 21 1960 Triggnopyxis ginella Cookson and Eisenack, p. 11, pl. 3, figs. 18-20. 1961 Trigonopyxidia ginella (Cookson and Eisenack) Cookson and Eisenack. Size range: 57 microns from angle to Opposite side; one specimen measured. 219 Occurrence: Only two specimens were found, in specimens Pb4960 and Pb6745 respectively; both were outside the 500 sum. Literature reports: Upper Albian to Cenomanian of western Australia (see synonymy for reference), Uppermost Maestrichtian to Lower Danian of Denmark (Wilson, 1971, p. 1260, pl. 2, fig. 18). Discussion: Exclusively marine, but its extremely rare distribution limits its usefulness as a marine indicator. Subgroup Polygonomorphitae Genus Veryhachium Deunff, 1954, emend. Downie and Sarjeant, 1963 Type species: Veryhachium trisulcum (Deunff) Deunff, 1954 Veryhachium reductum (Deunff) de Jekhowsky, 1961 Plate 15, Figure 22 Size range: ca. 20 microns from apex to opposite wall; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 12 samples from the Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield; abundance 0.6% or less. In addition, one specimen outside the 500 sum was noted in a lagoonal shale associated with the Trout Creek Coal in the Rifle Gap section (sample Pb8934). Literature range Ordovician to Permo-Triassic (see Downie and Sarjeant, 1964, p. 152). The occurrence of this form in Upper Cretaceous deposits may indicate reworking. Kidson (1971) also reports this species from Upper Cretaceous sediments of the Rocky Mountain area. Discussion: This species most closely resembles !, reductum var. breve de Jekhowsky in Wall, 1965, pl. 4, fig. 11, but does not have as rounded ends on the processes as does that variety. 220 Subgroup Pteromorphitae Genus Pterospermopsis W. Wetzel, 1952 Type species: Pterospermgpsis danica W. Wetzel, 1952 Pterospermopsis cf. P, australiensis Deflandre and Cookson, 1955 Plate 15, Figure 23 1955 Pterospermopsis australiensis Deflandre and Cookson, p. 286, pl. 3, fig. 4. Description: Capsule circular in apical view, collapsed, chagrenate; equatorial wing thin, hyaline, psilate, 1/3 to 1/2 body diameter in width, with circular contour; wing is usually : flat, or with only a few irregular folds. Size range: 23-30 microns overall diameter; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 24 samples of Mancos Shale from Mount Garfield and in one sample from West Salt Creek (Buck Tongue); abundance up to 2.4%. Strictly a marine form. Literature range of P, australiensis is Jurassic—Tertiary (see Stone, 1971, p. 74). Discussion: This specimen is identical with P, australiensis in most respects, but differs in that the wing is frequently flat and not folded, or with fewer folds than in Deflandre and Cookson's illustrations (1955, fig. 53 and pl. 3, fig. 4). It is also similar to their P, ginginensis, but smaller. This form may be conspecific with the species cited by Drugg (1967, p. 34, pl. 6, fig. 11) as Pterospermopsis cf. P, ginginensis. Pterospermopsis sp.-l Plate 15, Figure 24 Description: Capsule subcircular to ellipsoidal in apical view, collapsed, smooth; equatorial wing thin, psilate, about 221 1/3 maximum body diameter, with 15-25 regular, crescentic, radial folds which usually do not extend to the periphery of the wing; wing partially overlaps capsule, apparently on one hemisphere only. Size range: 31-34 microns maximum overall diameter; three specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in eight samples from the marine Mancos Shale from the lower part of Mount Garfield; abundance 0.4% or less. A definite marine indicator. Discussion: This species is similar to P, harti Sarjeant, 1960, which is much larger, however, and whose folds lack the crescentic nature of those of P, sp.-l. Singh (1971, p. 422, pl. 78, figs. 4-7) reports a species as P, h§££i_which has somewhat crescentic folds, but is larger than.§, sp.-1 and has a wider range of width of the wing. Subgroup Sphaeromorphitae Genus Leiosphaeridia Eisenack, 1858, emend. Downie and Sarjeant, 1963 Type species: Leiosphaeridia baltica Eisenack, 1958 Leiosphaeridia sp.—l Plate 15, Figure 25 Description: Spherical to ellipsoidal bodies without processes; collapsed, often folded; no pylome; wall very thin, fragile, smooth. Size range: 18-36 microns in diameter; 15 specimens measured. Occurrence: Ubiquitous, found in all samples counted, including coals; lowest abundance was in Palisade Coal, highest in marine Mancos Shale samples; abundance from 0.6% to 13.6% per sample. 222 Discussion: These specimens somewhat resemble Cupressaceae-Taxodiaceae pollen (see Inaperturoppllenites spp. above), but were classified as microplankton because their abundance remained high in highly marine samples in which the percentage of Inaperturopollenites was very low, and because many specimens tended to be ellipsoidal, a feature not common in inaperturate gymnospermous pollen. The fact that it was found in all samples, including coals, may mean that this form is not an indicator of marine conditions, but is a euryhaline form found in a variety of aquatic environments. This form is distinguished from L, sp.-2 by its thinner wall and greater size range and from L, sp.—4 by its larger size. Leiosphaeridia sp.-2 Plate 15, Figure 26 Description: Spherical to ellipsoidal bodies without processes; collapsed, usually folded; no pylome; wall thin, smooth. Size range: 12-28 microns diameter; many specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in all samples except for two coal samples and one lagoonal siltstone (Pb8932, Rifle Gap section). Abundance up to 6.6%. Discussion: This form seems to have had similar environmental require— ments to L, sp.-l and is thus also not regarded as a good indicator of marine conditions. This form is distinguished from L, sp.-l by its thicker wall and usually smaller size. ‘L, sp.-4 is thinnerdwalled and usually smaller, while L, sp.-5 is thicker-walled and usually smaller. L, spp. 4 and 5 are quite distinct end members, but there are some intermediate forms; these are included in L, sp.—2. l9 sp.-2 also includes forms which are 223 less spherical and larger than either L, spp.—4 or 5; therefore, it is regarded as a separate taxon, although it was impossible to avoid its including some aberrant members of L, spp.-4 and 5. Leiosphaeridia sp.-3 Plate 15, Figure 27 Description: Spherical to ellipsoidal bodies without processes; collapsed, often folded; no pylome; wall thin, ornamented with sparsely scattered, irregularly distributed granules up to 1 micron across. Size range: 18-21 microns; six specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 13 samples from the marine Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield, and one sample (Pb8919) from the Iles formation of the Rifle Gap section (a presumably lagoonal sample). Abundance up to 0.8%; only one specimen outside the 500 sum was noted in sample Pb8919. Discussion: The granulae distinguish this from similar forms. This species appears to be a fairly reliable marine indicator, except for an occasional occurrence in lagoonal (marginal marine) sedi— men t3 0 Leiosphaeridia sp.-4 Plate 15, Figures 28-30 Description: Spherical bodies without processes; collapsed, often folded; no pylome; wall very thin, smooth. Size range: 6-16 microns diameter; many specimens measured. OcCurrence: Found in all samples counted; abundance 1.2% to 18.6%. Highest percentages occur in marine samples with very low Land Derived/Microplankton ratios, lowest in presumably fresh water or lagoonal shales and coals. 224 Discussion: This species is thought to represent a euryhaline aquatic organism especially suited to but not restricted to marine waters. Its presence in moderate abundance in coals rules out its use as a marine indicator. See discussion of L, sp.—2 for distinguishing characters of L, spp.-2, -4 and -5. Leiosphaeridia sp.-5 Plate 15, Figure 31 Description: Spherical bodies without processes; collapsed, sometimes folded; no pylome; wall moderately thin, dense-appearing, dark-staining, Chagrenate. Size range: 10-18 microns diameter; many specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in most samples counted; abundance up to 10.0%. Found only rarely in lagoonal samples, and only one specimen was counted from a coal sample. Discussion: This species is distinguished from.L, sp.-6 by its smaller size. See discussion of L, sp.-2 for distinguishing characters of L. spp.-2, -4 and -5. Although these forms are most abundant in marine sediments, their occasional presence in coals and other apparently continental or marginal marine samples indicates that they are probably aquatic organisms adapted to marine waters but also tolerant of fresh or brackish water. They do not resemble any known land plant spores or pollen. Thompson (1969, p. 30, pl. 2, fig. 10) reports a form he calls Form C sp. 1 which may be conspecific with this species. Form C sp. 1 of Griggs (1970, p. 88, pl. 13, fig. 5) also appears to be the same. 225 Leiosphaeridia sp.-6 Plate 15, Figure 32 Description: Spherical bodies without processes; collapsed, often folded; no pylome; wall moderately thin, dense—appearing, dark staining, chagrenate. Size'rangp: 20-36 microns diameter; 14 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 54 samples. Found in almost all Mancos Shale samples; also scattered in lagoonal deposits; abundance up to 3.0% per sample. Discussion: Distinguished from L, sp.-5 by its larger size. This species has slightly less frequent occurrence than L, sp.-5 but is otherwise similar in its distribution. The same comments as to habitat, etc., apply as were given for L, sp.-5. This species has a thicker wall than L, sp.-l, and stains more darkly. Thompson (1969, p. 30, pl. 2, fig. 11) reports a form he calls Form C sp. 3 which may be conspecific with this species. Leiosphaeridia sp.-7 Plate 16, Figure 1 Description: Spherical to ellipsoidal bodies without processes; collapsed, sometimes folded; no pylome; wall moderately thin, ornamented with fine microgranulae spaced 1/2 to 1 micron apart, microgranulae 1/2 micron or less in diameter. Sig; gangs: 14—20 microns maximum diameter; 10 specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in a total of 41 samples, mainly in marine Mancos Shale and its transgressive tongues intercalated between continental deposits; three specimens were found in samples of probable 226 lagoonal origin (one in sample Pb6778 and two in sample Pb8934). Abundance in Mancos up to 3.4%. Discussion: This species is distinguished from other small leiospheres by its microgranulate wall. It's distribution suggests that it should not be regarded as a definite indicator of marine condi- tions, although it occurs only rarely in presumed brackish water samples. Micrhystridium deflandrei differs from this species by its pointed spines as opposed to small, equidimensional microgranulae. Leiosphaeridia? sp.-8 Plate 16, Figure 2 Description: Spherical bodies without processes; collapsed, often folded; no pylome; wall ca. 1 micron thick, with : microgranulate appearance which appears in optical section to be caused by upwardly bulging infragranulae or possibly low microverrucae; sculpture elements are regularly arranged and closely packed, less than 1/2 micron across; they form a :_mosaic pattern in surface view. Signgang_: 25-35 microns diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found only in nine samples from the marine Mancos Shale from the Mount Garfield section; abundance up to 0.8%. This species seems to be a reliable indicator of marine conditions. Discussion: This species is cited with a question mark because of the nature of the ornamentation, which does not appear to be of typical granulae and thus may not satisfy the conditions specified in the description of the genus Leiosphaeridia (see Norris and Sarjeant, 1965, p. 36). The wall is thicker than the other species of Leiosphaer- idia reported above; however, the description of Leiosphaeridia does not specify wall thickness, but merely states it to be "thin" (ibid.). 227 Seemingly this means thin in comparison to Tasmanites, which has a wall several microns thick (see Eisenack, 1958, p. 2). Leipsphaeridia? sp.-9 Plate 16, Figures 3-4 Description: Spherical bodies with granulae or occasionally also a few coni or very short spines; collapsed, sometimes folded; no pylome; some grains appear to be cracked or possibly divided into fields. Size range: 25-35 microns diameter; seven specimens measured. Occurrence: Found only from eight samples of Mancos Shale from Mount Garfield; abundance up to 0.6%. This species seems to be a reliable indicator of marine conditions. Discussion: The prOblematical nature of these specimens, with their occasional hints of division into fields (?tabulation) and their occasional coni (or short spines?) caused me to use a question mark in assigning them to the genus Leiosphaeridia. The overall aspect of most specimens is leiosphere—like. Leiosphaeridia sp.-10 Plate 16, Figure 5 Description: Ellipsoidal to subspherical bodies without processes; collapsed, often folded, often with cracks and holes in the wall which do not appear to be ardheopyles or pylomes; wall very thin, fragile, hyaline, smooth, but occasionally scattered fine micro— granulae are present. Size gangs: 48-70 microns maximum diameter; five specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in eight samples from the marine Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield and West Salt Creek; abundance up to 1.8%. 228 Also, one specimen was counted from sample Pb8886X from the Rifle Gap section. Discussion: This fossil appears to reliably indicate marine conditions. Its usefulness is limited due to its limited occurrence, however. This species is distinguished from L. sp.-1 by its larger size. Leiosphaeridia sp.-ll Plate 16, Figure 6 Description: Subspherical to ellipsoidal bodies without elongate processes; collapsed, often folded; no definite pylome, but some specimens show a tendency to tear at one end; wall thin, fragile, ornamented with microgranules less than 1/2 micron across, usually closely packed, but spaced up to 1 micron apart on some speci- mens; spacing usually constant on any one specimen. Size range: 31-45 microns maximum diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 21 samples from the Mancos Shale and its trans- gressive tongues; abundance up to 1.0%. Exclusively marine. Discussion: Distinguished from L, sp.-8 by its thinner wall. Also, the ornamentation of L, sp.-ll is more distinctly granular. The elements 0f.Ln sp.-8 are very densely packed and form a :_mosaic appearance not noted in L, sp.-ll. Leiosphaeridia sp.-12 Plate 16, Figures 7-8 1971 Quisquilites(?) ornatus auct. non Hemer and Nygreen, 1967: KIDSON, p. 134, pl. 10, fig. 12. 1971 Quisquilites(?) pluralis auct. non Hemer and Nygreen, 1967: KIDSON, p. 134, pl. 10, fig. 14. 229 Description: Ellipsoidal bodies without processes; collapsed, often folded, often with cracks or holes which simulate pylomes, but no true pylome present; wall very thin, less than 1/2 micron thick, fragile, psilate or provided with sparsely to quite closely spaced, very small microgranulae, 1/4 micron across or smaller; there is a gradation from smooth to ornamented forms, with the smooth forms occurring mostly in the large end of the size range. Size range: 12-17 microns x 21-35 microns; nine specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 38 samples from the Mancos Shale and its trans- gressive tongues; abundance up to 4.2%. Discussion: Both of the forms illustrated by Kidson (see synonymy above) from the Buck Tongue of the Mancos Shale are assign- able to the species described here. The names Quisquilites(?) ornatus and Q,(?) pluralis Hemer and Nygreen are not applicable to these small, thindwalled forms. Hemer and Nygreen's specimens are described as having walls 2 microns thick for Q,(?) ornatus and 1-4 microns thick for Q,(?) pluralis (see Hemer and Nygreen, 1967, p. 192). The species reported here and in Kidson, 1971, have very thin walls, less than 1/2 micron thick. Hemer and Nygreen's species are much larger, also: Length 72—84 microns for Q,(?) ornatus and 58-76 microns for Q,(?) pluralis. None of the species discussed here are referable to the genus Qgisquilites Wilson and Urban, which is described as having a three— layered wall (see Norris and Sarjeant, 1965, p. 53). L? sp.-12 has single-layered walls. In the case of the Lower Carboniferous species of Hemer and Nygreen, the wall structure was apparently not determinable. 230 Subgroup Uncertain Genus Palaeostomocystis Deflandre, 1935 Type species: Palaeostomocystis reticulata Deflandre, 1935 Palaeostomocystis cf. 2, apiculata Cookson and Eisenack, 1960 Plate 16, Figures 9-10 1960 Palaeostomocystis apiculata Cookson and Eisenack, p. 12, pl. 3, fig. 15. Size range: 30-43 microns x 18-26 microns; five specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in six samples from the marine Mancos Shale from the lower part of the Mount Garfield section; abundance 0.4% or less. A definite marine indicator. Literature range of P, apiculata is Santonian? to Campanian of Australia (Cookson and Eisenack, 1960, p. 12). Discussion: This form has very small spinules on some specimens, but others have only microgranulae, and some are unornamented. The various types intergrade. Cookson and Eisenack indicate that their species usually has spinules. The usual presence of spinules or microgranulae at each end separates this species from L, laevigata Drugg, 1967, although the unornamented forms would be put into that species were it not for their intergradation with ornamented forms. These specimens are not so significantly different from L, apiculata as to justify erection of a new species. They may be identical, or they may represent different geographical varieties. Cookson and Eisenack illustrate only one specimen, so it is difficult to know the range of ornamentation exhibited by their species from their brief description. 231 Unknown Acritarch-l Plate 16, Figure 11 Description: Ellipsoidal doubledwalled bodies; inner wall of indistinct thickness, possibly ca. 1/2 micron thick, outer wall much thinner; both walls fragile, psilate; outer wall is like a thin, wrinkled, membraneous "perinium" closely surrounding the inner wall; no pylome. Size range: 21-26 microns x 32-40 microns; seven specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 13 marine shale samples; lowest sample strati- graphically was Pb4969, from the middle of the Mount Garfield section. Definite marine distribution. Discussion: This form could not be identified with any published species of acritarch, but was classified as a marine acritarch because of its distribution in exclusively marine rocks. OTHER MARINE MICRO-ORGANISMS Genus Palambages O. Wetzel, 1961 Type species: Palambages morulosa O. Wetzel, 1961 Comments: Certain authors (i.e., Drugg, 1967, p. 12, and Zaitzeff, 1967, p. 34) place this genus in the class Chlorophyceae, but I agree with Singh (1971, p. 429) that "the natural affinity of Palambages is as yet uncertain." Palambages sp.-l Plate 16, Figures 12-13 Description: Irregularly spheroidal masses of smooth spherical to oval membraneous cells; cell walls very thin, fragile, easily folded; no apertures noted. 232 Size range: Individual cells 20-24 microns in diameter, masses 55-65 microns in diameter; three specimens measured. Occurrence: One specimen found in each of six samples from the marine Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield (only four occurrences were included in the fixed sum counts). Exclusively marine. Suggested affinity: Chlorophyceae? Discussion: This species is similar to L, morulosa O. Wetzel, but that species is larger, and its cells appear to have apertures, which were not noted on these specimens. 2, deflandrei Gorka, 1963, is similar, but seems to have smaller cells in relation to the size of the mass. Also, Gorka's species has a "foamy filling" between the cells which was not noted in these specimens. L, deflandrei also has more regularly spherical colonies, with possibly less distortion of each cell by its neighbors. Palambages sp.-2 Plate 17, Figure 1 Description: Irregularly spheroidal to ellipsoidal masses of spherical to possibly ellipsoidal cells; the cells are covered with granulae and occasional spinules, no apertures were observed. Size range: Cells 22 microns diameter, colony 48 x 64 microns; one specimen measured. Occurrence: One specimen counted in sample Pb4969 from the marine Mancos Shale of Mount Garfield; in two other Mount Garfield Mancos samples, Pb4962 and Pb5554, one specimen was Observed outside the 500 sum. Suggested affinity: Chlorophyceae? 233 Discussion: The species reported by Zaitzeff (1967, p. 34, pl. 3, fig. 1) as P, deflandrei Gorka may be conspecific with the form reported here, but no apertures could be distinguished on my specimens. Zaitzeff's species is incorrectly assigned to P, deflandrei Gorka, 1963. Gorka's species is smooth; Zaitzeff's is granular. Zaitzeff's species has peripheral apertures, while apertures are neither illustrated nor described for Gorka's species. Gorka describes a "foamy filling" between the cells of the colonies of her specimens; this "foamy filling" is not discussed or illustrated by Zaitzeff. Finally, Gorka's colonies are larger than Zaitzeff's, and the cells are smaller in relation to the size of the colony, with the cell size increasing with increasing colony size (see Gorka, 1963, p. 76-77, pl. 9, fig. 2, and Zaitzeff, 1967, p. 34, pl. 3, fig. 1). Palambages? sp.-3 Plate 17, Figures 2-3 Description: Spherical, apparently solid masses of 100-200 small spheroidal or ellipsoidal cells closely packed and, thus, assuming polygonal shapes; walls of cells smooth, thin, no apertures; some cells toward the center of the mass are much larger than the cells of the rest of the mass (two such extra large cells are present inside the holotype, one can be seen in pl. 17, fig. 2, which was taken at approximately the middle focal plane of the mass); the largest of these larger cells are roughly 2-1/2 times the diameter of the average cells 0f the mass; there appear to be several hundred cells in each mass; these masses are not to be confused with Schizosporis reticulatus Cookson and Dettmann (see discussion below). 234 Size range: Average individual cells 4-11 microns in diameter; larger central cells 18-20 microns maximum diameter (shape irregularly polygonal); diameter of mass 33-58 microns in diameter; three masses measured. Occurrence: Found in four samples randomly scattered through the sections studied; two were marine shales, one a marginal marine shale, and one was a coal. In one marine shale (Pb6746), two specimens were counted, one in the other marine shale (Pb5562), one in the marginal marine sample (Pb6775), and one specimen outside the 500 sum in the coal (Pb8957-60). Suggested affinity: Chlorophyceae? Discussion: These masses superficially very much resemble Schizosporis reticulatus Cookson and Dettmann, 1959, but closer examina- tion reveals great difference, other than size (S. retiCulatus is roughly twice as large as L,? sp.-3). It is my opinion, from extensive literature research, that probably none of the reports of S, reticulatus outside the vicinity of Australia are actually conspecific with Cookson and Dettmann's species. Their species is definitely a hollow sphere which splits easily and regularly into two :_equal hemispheres. None of the several reports of this species from other areas which I examined illustrated this feature, and very few mentioned it. Also, S, reticulatus has a definite, regular reticulum with high, vertical-sided muri, and apparently no closure over the upper ends of the lumina, presenting the appearance of a honeycomb, with its many parallel polygonal prisms. Even if the prisms have closed tops, their regular nature and vertical, parallel sides are very different than the cells of 2,? sp.-3 and most non-Australian S, reticulatus specimens reported. 235 S, reticulatus, as reported in Pocock (1962, pl. 13, fig. 202), appears to be very similar to 2,? sp.-3, although much larger, and does not appear to be conspecific with S, reticulatus Cookson and Dettmann. Brenner (1963, p. 96-97, pl. 42, fig. 4, pl. 43, figs. 1-2) reports a form similar to 2,? sp.—3 (but twice as large), which he recognizes as being cellular rather than reticulate, but for which he uses the name S. reticulatus. Brenner's species has basically spherical cells which are irregularly distorted by mutual interference due to close packing and which sometimes, thus, assume roughly polygonal shapes. These cells appear to me to be quite different from the regular, vertical-sided prisms of S, reticulatus Cookson and Dettmann. Also, Brenner does not mention or illustrate the split condition of the "exine" characteristic of S, reticulatus, and the individual cells of his specimens each have a pore, a feature not found on Cookson and Dettmann's specimens. The species reported here is considered to be a smaller relative of the forms reported by Brenner, Pocock, and other authors, from non- Australian materials, as Schizosporis reticulatus Cookson and Dettmann, but none of these forms are, in my opinion, likely to be closely related to the true S. reticulatus of the Australian region. The specimens reported here seem best accommodated in the genus Palambages O. Wetzel, although there are many more than "8-18?" cells and the cells are usually not oval as described by Wetzel (1961, p. 338, pl. 1, fig. 11). Wetzel's illustration of the type species shows cells which appear to be closely packed spheres or ellipsoids rather than being strictly oval. Other authors (i.e., Gorka, 1963, p. 76-77, Manum and Cookson, 1964, p. 24) have assigned forms to this genus with 236 much larger numbers of cells than the 8—18? mentioned by Wetzel. It is my opinion that the genus Palambages should be formally emended to include spherical cell form and possibly up to 100 or 200 cells per mass, but in the meantime, the specimens reported here are only tentatively assigned to.Pa1ambages. Microforaminifera Plate 17, Figure 4 Description: Two chitinous inner linings of coiled benthonic foramin- ifera were found. Size range: ca. 20 microns maximum dimension. Occurrence: One specimen counted in marine Mancos Shale sample Pb6755 from Mount Garfield, and one specimen outside the 500 sum in sample Pb8932, a lagoonal shale associated with the Trout Creek Coal in the Rifle Gap section. Discussion: The occurrence of a foram test in sample Pb8932 confirms its marginal marine nature, which is also supported by the presence of one dinoflagellate cyst and by its stratigraphic association with a coal sample. The remainder of the palynomorphs in this sample indicate a more continental origin. PALYNOMORPHS INCERTAE SEDIS Unknown Palynomorph-l Plate 17, Figures 5-7 Description: Entities with round to elliptical outline, may be disc- shaped(?) bodies or flattened spheres or ellipsoids, possessing a thin central area, usually with a thicker, rounded pro- jection in the immediate center; this thin area is 1/2 to 3/5 of the 237 total diameter; central area surrounded by a thicker, darker-staining marginal area with a slightly crenulated or :;serrate inner margin. Size range: 19-26 microns maximum diameter; eight specimens measured. Occurrence: Found in 15 samples representing all sections except West Salt Creek; abundance up to 0.4%. Discussion: This species was counted as a land-derived palynomorph because of its occurrence in coals and other non-marine or marginal marine rocks. It is not known whether this form was produced by a land-plant, or whether it represents a freshdwater or euryhaline alga. Some Pterospermopsis cysts which have lost their central body resemble this form; however, details of the marginal area, as well as the common presence of a central raised area, are unlike the features of published species of Pterospermopsis, and it is my opinion that the specimens definitely do not belong to that genus. To my knowledge, this represents a new taxon of palynomorphs incertae sedis, but until its morphology is better understood and further specimens are studied, no formal name will be proposed. ANALYSIS AND APPLICATION OF DATA Ranges p£_Palynomorphs The ranges of the palynomorphs encountered in each stratigraphic section of the study are presented in Figures 3 and 4, and in Tables 1 and 2. Each of the 214 palynomorph types identified was given a number for ease of plotting the range charts and other graphic presentations. Table l is a list of these numbers opposite the names of the palyno- morphs they represent. The list is arranged in the order in which the range of the palynomorphs were plotted on the range chart for the Grand Junction Area Composite Section (Figure 3) with the eight types not appearing in the composite section being placed at the end of the list. The numbers from Table l are used for these palynomorphs wherever they appear in graphic materials in this dissertation. This facilitates comparison of information about a given palynomorph from one graphic presentation to another. Palynomorph types which appear in coals are followed by an asterisk in Table 1. Those appearing pnly_in coals are marked by a double asterisk. As implied above, all but eight of the 214 kinds of palynomorphs identified in this study occurred in the Grand Junction Area Composite Section; thus that section serves as a good basis of comparison with the other sections. The ranges of most of these palynomorphs are too long to be useful for time correlation here. The range of some palynomorphs in this 238 239 TABLE 1: Master list of palynomorphs identified in this study. The \OCDNO‘UIJ-‘UJNH h‘h‘P‘PJF‘F‘F‘ O‘U1$~UJBJPJC> numbers correspond to the numbers used for these palynomorphs in all graphic presentations of this thesis. The arrangement of the first 206 species is based on their appearance in Figure 3, the detailed range chart for the Grand Junction Area Composite section. Tsugaeppllenites? sp. Triporopollenites sp.-6 Vetyhachium reductum Circulina parva Dictyophyllidites? sp. Engelhardtioides cf. S, minutus Leiofusa cf. Ly jurassica Palaeostomocystis cf. L, apiculata Micrhystridium sp.-3 Leiosphaeridia sp.-3 Palaeohystrichophora infusorioides Dinogymnium sp.-l Tricolpites sp.-l Tricolporopollenites sp.-5 Foraminisporis wonthaggiensis Vitreisporites pallidus Tricolpites sp.-9* Triporopollenites sp.-5* Bisaccate-l Cupanieidites reticularis Retitricoipites sp.-2* Laevigatosporites sp.-2* Cymatiosphaera spp. Leiosphaeridia sp.-6* Ilexpollenites sp.* Extratriporopollenites sp.—1* Hystrichosphaera ramosa Eucommiidites couperi* Leiosphaeridia? sp.-ll Tricolpites sp.-2 Arecipites reticulatus* Classopollis classoides* Tricolporopollenites sp.-4* Araucariacites spp.* Micrhystridium sp.-2 Proteacidites thalmanni var. 3* Unknown Dinoflagellate-l Psilinaperturites psilatus* Leiosphaeridia sp.—7 Unknown Dinoflagellate-3 Micrhystridium deflandrei Unknown Dinoflagellate—4 Horologinella apiculata Leiosphaeridia sp.-12 Retitricolpites spp.* Cupanieidites ma19r* 240 Table l (cont'd.) 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. Micrhystridium sp.-1* Proteacidites thalmanni var. A* Leiosphaeridia sp.-5* Leiosphaeridia sp.-2* Eucommiidites? sp.-3* Todisporites minor* Concentrisporites pseudoSulCatus* TricoTporopollenites? sp.-3* Toroisporis (ToroispOris) longitorus? Camarozonosporites hamulatis* Tricolpites interangulus* Unknown Trilete Spore-3* Polypodiisporites favus* Triporopollenites sp.-3* Tricolpites cf. T, psilascabratus* Tricolpites sp.-5* Eucommiidites troedssonii* Cyathidites minor* Triplanosporites sp.* Schizosporis cooksoni* Tricolporopollenites minor** Liliacidites complexus* Confertisulcites sp.-2* Eucommiidites? sp.-4* Schizosporis scabratus* Laevigatosporites sp.—1* Laevigatosporites haardti* Momipites sanjuanensis* Gleicheniidites senonicus* Tricolpites sp.-3* Tricolpites anguloluminosus* Cycadopites sp.* Tricolpites mutabilis* Fraxinoipollenites cf. S, variabilis* Clavatippllenites cf. C. minutus* Retitricolpites minutus} Tricolpites cf. Tricolporites traversei* Leiosphaeridia sp.-1* Leiosphaeridia sp.-4* Inaperturopollenites spp.* Micrhystridium sp.-4 Quadripollis krempii Striatopollis sp.-2 Schizosppris cf. S, spriggi* Pterospermopsis sp.-l Tilia cf. T, wodehousei* Striatopollis sp.-1* Pterospermopsis cf. L, auStraliensis Tricolpites sp.-4 Deflandrea sp.-1 Retitricolpites sp.-3* lll.‘ Illlllllll (1'1 ll'ulnil'l'llll ' 241 Table l (cont'd.) 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140. 141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147. 148. AcanthOtriletes cf. A, levidenSis Unknown Palynomorph-1* Tricolpopollenites cf. T, variofoveatus* Normapolles sp.-2* Monosulcites spp.* Deflandrea cf. 2, cooksoni Equisetosporites sp.-1* Umbosporites callosus* Retitricolpites sp.-14* Schizosporis sp.-2* Unknown Inaperturate Angiosperm* Micrhystridium-5 Unknown Dinoflagellate-Z Leiosphaeridia sp.-10 Aquilapollenites trialatus var. uniformis Deflandrea sp.-2 Triporopollenites sp.-1* Aquilapollenites navacolpites Monosulcites epakros* Sporopollis sp.* Eucommiidites sp.-2* Dinogymnium nelsonense Aquilapollenites spp.* Unknown Dinoflagellate-S Gonyaulacysta? cf._§. delicata Palambages sp.-l Arecipites tenuexinus* Monosulcites? sp.-3 Triletes verrucatus Kuylisporites scutatus Eguisetosporites multicostatus Cicatricosisporites spp. Eucommiidites? sp.-1 Aquilapollenites quadrilobus* Vitis? cf. 2? affluens* Tricolpites sp.-7* Leiosphaeridia? sp.-8 Leiosphaeridia? sp.-9 Cingulatisporites dakotaensis* Aquilapollenites rigidus Baltisphaeridium sp. Unknown Trilete Spore-4 Podocarpidites spp. Surculosphaeridium? cf. S, vestitum Ericaceoipollenites rallus* chlonephelium spp. Schizosporis sp.-6* Stereisporites antiquasporites* Quercus? cf. Q, explanata* Klukisporites’pseudoreticulatus Aquilapollenites cf. A, bertillonites 242 Table 1 (cont'd.) 149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170. 171. 172. 173. 174. 175. 176. 177. 178. 179. 180. 181. 182. 183. 184. 185. 186. 187. 188. 189. 190. 191. 192. 193. 194. 195. 196. 197. 198. 199. Trigonopyxidia ginella HyStriChosphaeridium sp. Rugubivesiculites spp.* Cleistosphaeridium sp. Osmundacidites wellmanni* Unknown Trilete Spore-2 Dinogymnium'digitum Appendicisporites sp. Liquidambarpollenites? sp. Bisaccate-5 Palambages sp.-2 Tricolporopollenites sp.-2* Liliacidites reticulatus* Triporopollenites sp.-2* Chomotriletes fragilis Unknown Trilete Spore-1* Liliacidites spp.* Myocolpopollenites cf. M, reticulatus* Tricolpites sp.—8 Retitricolpites sp.-4* Odontochitina striatoperforata Unknown Trilete Spore-5 Palambages? sp.-3* Retitriletes cenomanianus Alnipollenites trina* Trichpopollenites cf. T. extraneus* Confertisulcites sp.-1*— Bisaccate-6 Aquilapollenites calvus* Tricolpites sp.—6* Triatrioppllenites granulatus* Myrtaceoipollenites peritus* Conclavipollis? cf. S, wolfcreekensis* Trudopollis meekeri* Microforaminiferan Halophoridia xena Perinopollenites? sp.* Ulmoidipites sp.* Unknown AcritarCh-l Polysphaeridium cf. L, sp. 4 of Zaitzeff RetitricoTpites sp.-1* Pinus semicircularis Micrhystridium sp.-6 Retitricolpites sp.—11* Styx minor Polyporina cribraria Aquilapollenites attenuatus Tricolporopollenites sp.-1 Liliacidites cf. L, variegatus Liliacidites sp.-1* Monosulcites sp.-1* 243 Table l (cont'd.) 200. 201. 202. 203. 204. 205. 206. 207. 208. 209. 210. 211. 212. 213. 214. Retitricolpites sp.—17* 'Sestrospprites pseudoalveolatus** Toroisporis sp.** Schizosporis sp.-8* Todisporites sp.* Triporopollenites sp.-4* Leiotriletes varius* Appendicisporites potomacensis Monosulcites sp.-2* Tricolporopollenites? cf. T, glObularius Triporopollenites sp.-7** Perotriletes sp.* Normapolles sp.-1* Erdtmanipollis pachysandroides Monosulcites sp.-2 * Found in coal samples. ** Found only in coal samples. 244 study is not coincident with the range given for the same taxa in the literature for nearby areas. Some of these have shorter ranges; others have greater ranges. Thus, some of these taxa are unreliable for correlation purposes here, even though they may have short ranges in the rocks studied here. The distribution of some other short-ranging forms is too sparse or scattered to allow their ranges to be used confidently for correlation. Nine forms were judged to have meaningful ranges for the purposes of time correlations between the various sections. These are listed below, in the Correlations portion of this thesis. Figure 3 is a plot showing the actual points of occurrence of each palynomorph in the Grand Junction Area Composite section. Many of the palynomorphs have large gaps in their ranges, or occur only sporadi— cally. Some of these gaps correlate with paleoenvironmental factors, and these correlations are discussed under the Paleoenvironmental Indicators and Correlations headings below. Paleoenvironmental Indicators Several types of environmental indicators or environment-related phenomena which are evident in the graphic presentations of this report are discussed below. 1. Interrupted Ranges One such phenomenon is the prominent zone of gaps in the ranges of many palynomorphs which extends from approximately the 900 foot level to approximately the 1,200 foot level of Figure 3 (detailed range chart of palynomorphs occurring in the Grand Junction Area Composite section). This zone of interruptions in ranges was presumed and later determined (see below) to represent the deeper water, far offshore conditions a $2 245 F— a 5 ti: 3 s U— V) i? w . —31mv~mxo'jfl£\8 UE’MID‘mle 2I00 -—Pb4988‘ *nr 4-7' A 0 CAMEO gofi I MEMBER ww— 2' < TONGUE 0F MANcos mammal LL — _“ _ — ‘900‘—Pb559i 35 COZETTE > 62 MEMBE R \800-‘_ “35575 3:31 ..— —-——. If“ SECTION , _Z‘Jf _/ Hoff P‘oflé”, ______ __._._.__ l / 300- CRESCENT WASH 7 / I SECT\ON I 1300- I TUSCHER WASH 2°0- / Pb4732 _ {5103554, _ / 180 3mm: / / // P's-+721 ~ I200— I201 _ _ f h“ we { ? ’_'___’_____ 100- / -—-——"‘ :00- \ .... _______.__—y~———-—- I 80 % /———-— . 60 ’ ¢-:> 4.: a.— ' |oo _ 4° I \ 9.4.1:: — 73549233 -_ HOO- 20 ‘ P174708- V I I v n I f I x P“? — 0 ‘2 5 4 é ,0 {5 2'0 2'5 3'0 35 4'0 0 1 Z 3 45 I0 I5 20 25 30 35 4o 0 b 980 , ‘ . . o x‘ ‘ _\ LD/M who LD/M Yutlo LD/M who LD/M who \ . wow .7 LD/M Til-'0 Pb4974~ 300- o 12 5 + 5 ,0 FIGURE 6: Land-derived/Microplankton ratio curves for Kidson's (1971) Buck Tongue sections, plus a portion of the Mount Garfield section of the present study. These curves indicate that the main transgressive event , LD/M Yu‘klo of the Buck Tongue occurred early, followed by a larger, interrupted, but generally regressive period. 259 in the West Salt Creek section. The "base line" (dashed line in the same figure) was extended to the bottom of the diagram extrapolating from Kidson's data. This shows a significant change from a much higher LD/M ratio below. This zone of high LD/M ratios may reflect nearshore or brackish conditions related to the progradation of the Castlegate Sandstone, although Kidson lists these samples as being from the Mancos Shale below the Castlegate. Just above this is the only productive sample (Pb4708) from the sandy interval presumed to be the actual Castlegate. It is from a shale parting, and has a very low, normal marine LD/M ratio. This may reflect a slight transgression inter- rupting the main regressive trend of the Castlegate, which appears to terminate in a sandstone sampled about 80 feet above the base of the section (a little below sample Pb4712). This conjecture cannot be verified, although it seems reasonable, because the other samples from the Castlegate interval did not yield sufficient palynomorphs for study. The dashed "base line" effect noted above as derived from my counts was extrapolated to the other sections of the Buck Tongue in Kidson's study (see Figure 6) although I did not count any more of Kidson's slides. This base line removes the extreme fluctuations of the solid line curves plotted from Kidson's data and puts the values of the LD/M ratios closer to those expected had I counted the same samples. This allows closer comparison to the standard of marine vs. non~marine conditions used elsewhere in my dissertation. All of these base lines show the most marine conditions to be near the base of the sections, not in the middle as in Kidson's Figure 7 (my Figure 5). Thus, the depositional environments as deter- mined by LD/M ratios closely fit the model of rapid transgression followed by slower regression postulated for the Buck Tongue based on 260 the nature of its upper and lower contacts, but deviate strikingly from the much more symmetrical model derived from factor analysis. Broken lines have been drawn connecting the positive peaks of the solid line curves on Figure 6 in an attempt to make comparison between this diagram and Figure 5 easier. These lines, which connect points with similar paleoenvironmental conditions (as is postulated for the lines making up the horizontal "V" of Figure 5) do not define a wedge, as in Figure 5, but run out into the Sego Sandstone. This is compatible with the intertonguing nature of the contact. Thus, these two methods of paleoenvironmental analysis yield quite different results, with the results from LD/M ratios seeming to be more in line with the true sedimentary situation in the basin of deposition. Possibly the factor analysis zonules may represent a climatic shift or change in some other environmental factor on shore. The possibility that the environmental shift resulting in the factor analysis-derived wedge of Figure 5 took place on land rather than in the basin of deposition is supported by this list of observations. 1. The wedge does not appear to be related to the conditions of sedimentation indicated by the upper and lower contacts of the Buck Trongue (and supported by the LD/M ratio results). 2. Kidson's samples generally had low percentages of microplankton (see Kidson, 1971, Chart 1), which means that the factor analysis study Vvas based mainly on land—derived palynomorphs. 3. The position of the maximum expression of the environmental factor (the horizontal line in Figure 5) occurs later than the maximum "marine-ness" as expressed by the LD/M curves. This latter condition Vvould be expected if the environmental factor chiefly responsible for the zonules of Figure 5 was a climatic shift, affecting the land flora, 261 initiated by the Buck Tongue transgression. There would have been a lag between the time of the maximum Buck Tongue transgression and the time any climatic change caused by that transgression (for instance a more marine-influenced climate in the highlands beyond the low coastal plain) could be expressed as a change in the composition of the land flora. This lag could be the reason for the factor analysis maximum (horizontal center line of Figure 5) occurring later than the time of maximum marine— ness as defined by the LD/M ratios. As the sea began to regress, the land climate may have been less influenced by marine conditions, allowing the land floras to begin to resume the relationships and floral composition they had prior to the maximum transgression. 4. One more fact which indicates that the factor analysis zonules are not directly related to conditions within the basin of deposition is the fact that a different depositional environment existed in the trans- gressive (lower) half of zonule l of Figure 5 than in the regressive (upper) half. The lower half is characterized by marine shale, the upper by sandstones and shales interbedded, with a few limestones. The LD/M ratios indicate a normal marine environment in the lower portion, and probably marginal marine environments in the upper portion. This would be a reasonable situation if the zonule is related to a land environment and not a basinal one. The upper part of zonule 1 could represent a readjustment of the land flora to conditions as they existed during the initial phase of the Buck Tongue transgression. Since both these methods (LD/M ratios and factor analysis) cannot represent paleoenvironmental conditions in the basin of sedimentation because they yield such different results, and since LD/M ratios seem to fit basinal conditions better than zonules derived from factor 262 analysis, it seems that the factor analysis model should be tested in an area.where well-established environmental zones exist, recognized on other grounds, before it can be regarded as definitely useful in delimiting basinal environments. The LD/M ratio method could be subjected to this test as well for comparison. It is my opinion that the LD/M ratio will accomplish the same purpose which the above factor analysis study was intended to do, (i.e., interpret the environments of deposition in the Buck Tongue palynologi- cally) and that LD/M ratios will do the job reliably and probably more economically and quickly than the computerized factor analysis. The LD/M ratios also seem to be more easily explainable in terms of basinal events as reflected by the upper and lower contacts of the Buck Tongue, etc. Thus, I do not see the advantages to be derived from using factor analysis in preference to LD/M ratios here. I believe that there exists such a climate of enthusiasm surrounding computerized techniques that simpler methods may often be ignored. I have observed a subtle pressure in the geological sciences (and in other areas as well) to use these more glamorous and "more scientific" computerized tedhniques, with anything else being regarded as obsolete. Such obsolescence is not necessarily the case. The method or methods of resolving a particu- lar prOblem which results in doing so most reliably, quickly and economically is obviously the method to be used. Scientists should resist pressure to use computerized prdblem-solving techniques where simpler methods will suffice, whose results may be more easily inter- pretable and more quickly and economically obtained. Computers have certain justified applications for which no simpler method exists, but it is my opinion that use of computers sometimes becomes the end rather than the means, and I believe this tendency should be avoided. 263 Correlation of Rifle Gap Section With GJAC SeCtion—-Correlation of these sections was accomplished as in the case of the preceding correla- tion, using time and environmental data determined on the basis of palynomorphs. In addition, the positions of the samples taken at Rifle Gap were already known in relation to lithologic units recognizable in both sections, and were thus already correlated on that basis. It was found that the palynologic data supported the lithologic correlations. The approximate Upper Cretaceous (Campanian) strand line trend (see Figure l), as derived from the work of Zapp and Cobban (1960) and Hale and Van de Graaf (1964), extends in a northeast-southwest direction at such an angle that it passes directly or almost directly through the positions of the Rifle Gap section and the GJAC section. Thus, every sedimentary unit which formed at Rifle Gap during the time the strand lines had such a trend should have a counterpart in the GJAC section which formed at essentially the same time. Exactly the same type of sediment need not be forming at each section at each instant, because there is a lateral shifting of environments along the shoreline. However, persistent major sedimentary zones recognizable in both sections should be roughly comparable as to their times of origin, even though each individual lens or bed making up the zone may not correspond exactly in time in eaCh section. For example, the Corcoran Member of the Iles (Price River) Formation can be recognized in both sections under discussion. This member is composed of littoral sandstones, shales and siltstones mainly of lagoonal origin, and coals. These sub- units replace each other laterally in a complex fashion, and thus are not continuous in time. However, the entire complex of environments formed because of the presence of a shoreline at or near their point of deposition. Since the general trend of shorelines in the area is such 264 that the same shoreline was present in both the Grand Junction area and the Rifle Gap area at about the same time, shoreline-related sediments of the same major lithologic unit (Corcoran Member in this case) must have formed along essentially the same shoreline, and thus at about the same time, in both locations. Palynologic data of this study show a lagoonal shale (sample Pb6775) near the middle of the Corcoran Member in the GJAC section to be the approximate time equivalent of a coal (sample Pb8898) near the middle of the Corcoran Member in the GJAC section to be the approximate time equivalent of a coal (sample Pb8898) near the middle of the Corcoran Member at Rifle Gap (see Figure 8), thus support- ing the reasoning of the above discussion. This correlation is based on the fact that species number 200 (Retitricolpites sp.-l7) begins at this level in both sections (see Figure 7). This is an easily recog- nized species which is not restricted to any specific sedimentary environment, thus allowing it to be used as a reliable marker species. Palynological time correlation of the uppermost coal zone in the two sections (the Cameo Coal in the GJAC section, the Trout Creek Coal in the Rifle Gap section) is not possible because of a flaw in the sampling procedure. A sample should have been Obtained from the shale above the coal at both locations, to eliminate the effect on palynomorph ranges imposed by the restricted coal swamp environment, but such a sample was collected only in the Rifle Gap section. These coals both contain specimens of species 200 and 206, and did not contain the other species judged to have time significance in this study (see Figure 7). However, it is not possible to say whether the apparent end of the range of species 187 below the Cameo Coal in the GJAC section is the true end of this range, because this species is not found in coals and the top sample in that section is a coal. Thus, a time correlation of the 265 Rifle Gap Section \Vfi” / Troui’t CYCCk GJAC >«SS’} Member Section qg§§$9 Tbngue -3 of Cameo Mancos Member 14:“;: _ _ CoJeH‘e Cogcile -M:"ti _ - West Salt Member Creek Section ______ Phans Mu“¢°S Mancos / c ,- oram/ o c _icao $3. , Corco ran Mbr. ‘ Member Mancos 953896 -— -?—— -— _ .. Buck Tongue tsfiofi‘flgffi. Mancos ? of the ancos Shale b4T|2 E 5.259.913: SS-fi Mancos SE- P559354 Mancos Shale Figure 8: Correlation diagram of Grand Junction Area Composite Section, West Salt Creek section, and Rifle Gap Section. 266 two coals in question is not ruled out, but neither is it certainly established. Applying the same reasoning to the Cameo-Trout Creek Member as was applied to the Corcoran Member, the coals of the Cameo-Trout Creek Member should be of the same (or very similar) age since they are shore- line-related sediments lying along the same--or almost the same-- shoreline. As noted above, this correlation cannot be supported defin- itely by palynology due to poor sampling procedure. The Trout Creek Member is separated by a greater thickness of sediment from the Corcoran Member (and its herein established time line, see above) in the Rifle Gap section than the equivalent Cameo Member is separated from the Corcoran Member in the GJAC section. This means there was a greater sedimentation rate at Rifle Gap, which also seems to be indicated by the sandy nature of the sediments of that section. If the two members being discussed are the same age in both sections, there must have been local subsidence in the Rifle Gap area in order to accommodate a thicker sedimentary sequence and still not prograde the strand line far to the east of its postulated location. Various situations could be postulated which would result in this situation, but first, additional palynological sampling or other researCh leading to the drawing of fairly precise time lines needs to be done in order to determine if the Cameo and Trout Creek Coals are actually comparable in age, as expected by their posi- tion in relation to the same (or nearly the same) strand line. Supporting the correlation of the Corcoran Member by time-related data is a similar high peak in the total spores curve at coal samples in the Corcoran Member in both sections and a peak in the LD/M curve at both coals. The Cozette Member coal, the next coal above the Corcoran Member at Rifle Gap, has lower values for both these curves, thus 267 confirming palynologically the fact that it is a different coal, as can be seen by its stratigraphic position as part of the Cozette Member. Position of the Wilson Ranch Section in_the GJAC Section--Only two samples were studied from the Wilson Randh section, sample Pb8953, a marine shale, and sample Pb8957-60, a coal. Since no other samples here contained sufficient well-preserved palynomorphs for study, and the two samples counted contained none of the eight species used to correlate the other sections (see Figure 7), it is not possible to correlate these two sections except to set broad limits in the Grand Junction Area Composite section within which these two samples at Wilson Ranch must have equivalent units. The species list of forms present at the Wilson Randh section is given in Table 2. Comparing this list with the range chart for the GJAC section, it was found that based on the ranges of species 109, 139, 142 and 189, the Wilson Ranch section must fall between the levels of samples Pb4975 and Pb6778 in the GJAC section. This zone is about 750 feet thick, so this correlation is not as precise as desirable but it does show that the coal at Wilson Ranch could be no higher than the Palisade Goal. The coal in question is at the very base of the Castor Member of the Iles Formation, according to Masters (1965). I was not able to find any correlation of the Castor Member with any of the units of the Price River, Iles or Mancos Formations of the Book Cliffs and Grand Hogback, so no refinement of the palynologic correla- tion can be made on the basis of lithologic correlation. The Wilson RanCh section is also of some value to this study because it contains a coal, which provides one more sample on which to define the coal flora of this study (see below). 268 TABLE 2: Palynomorphs found in the two samples studied from the Wilson Ranch section. Numbers are from Table 1. Sample Sample Pb8953 Pb8957-60 5. Dictyophyllidites? sp. x 13. Tricolpites sp.-l x 17. Tricolpites sp.-9 x l8. Triporopollenites sp.-5 x 21. Retitricolpites sp.-2 22. Laevigatosporites sp.-2 23. Cymatiosphaera spp. 24. Leiosphaeridia sp.-6 25. Ilexpollenites sp. 27. Hystrichosphaera ramosa 31. Arecipites reticulatus 32. Classopollis classoides x xxxxxxx 33. Tricolporopollenites sp.-4 x 34. Araucariacites spp. x x 35. Micrhystridium sp.-2 x 36. Proteacidites thalmanni var. 3 x x 37. Unknown Dinoflagellate-l x 39. Leiosphaeridia sp.-7 x 41. Micrhystridium deflandrei x 42. Unknown Dinoflagellate-4 x 43. Horologinella apiculata x 45. Retitricolpites spp. x 46. ,Qupanieidites major x x 47. Micrhystridium sp.-l x 48. Proteacidites thalmanni var. A x 49. Leiosphaeridia sp.-5 x x 50. Leiosphaeridia sp.-2 x x 51. Eucommiidites? sp.-3 x 54. Tricolporopollenites? sp.-3 x 57. Tricolpites interangulus x 58. Unknown Trilete Spore-3 x 59. Polypodiisporites favus x x 60. Triporopollenites sp.-3 x 61. Tricolpites cf. T, psilascabratus x 62. Tricolpites sp.-5 x 64. Cyathidites minor x 65. Triplanosporites sp. x 66. Schizosporis cooksoni x x 67. Tricolporopollenites minor x 68. Liliacidites complexus x x 69. Confertisulcites sp.-2 x x 70. Eucommiidites? sp.-4 x x 71. Schizosporis scabratus x x 72. Laevigatosporites sp.-l x 73. Laevigatosporites haardti x 74. Momipites sanjuanensis x x 75. GleiCheniidites senonicus x x 269 Table 2 (cont'd.) 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 90. 93. 97. 99. 100. 101. 102. 107. 109. 113. 114. 120. 124. 128. 131. 132. 133. 139. 142. 144. 145. 160. 162. 164. 165. 166. 171. 172. 173. 177. 178. 179. 180. 181. 185. 186. 189. Tricolpites sp.-3 Tricolpites anguloluminosus Cycadopites sp. Tricolpites mutabilis Fraxinoipollenites cf. 3; variabilis Clavatipollenites cf. 9, minutus Retitricolpites minutus Tricolpites cf. Tricolporites traversei Leiosphaeridia sp.-l Leiosphaeridia sp.-4 Inaperturopollenites spp. Schizosporis cf. S, spriggi Striatopollis sp.-l Retitricolpites sp.-3 Unknown Palynomorph-l Tricolpopollenites cf. I, variofoveatus Normapolles sp.-2 Monosulcites spp. Schizosporis sp.-2 Micrhystridium-5 Deflandrea sp.-2 Triporopollenites sp.-l Aquilapollenites spp. Arecipites tenuexinus ,Equisetosporites multicostatus Aquilapollenites quadrilobus Vitis? cf. 22 affluens Tricolpites sp.-7 Unknown Trilete Spore-4 Ericaceoipollenites rallus Schizosporis sp.-6 Stereisporites antiquasporites Tricolporopollenites sp.-2 Triporopollenites sp.-2 Unknown Trilete Spore-l Liliacidites spp. Myocolpopollenites cf. M. reticulatus Palambages? sp.-3 Retitriletes cenomanianus Alnipollenites trina Aquilapollenites calvus Tricolpites sp.-6 Triatriopollenites(granulatus Myrtaceoipollenites peritus Conclavipollis? cf. g, wolfcreekensis Perinopollenites? sp. Ulmoidipites sp. Retitricolpites sp.-l Sample Pb8953 xxxxxxxx XX xxxxx X N N Sample Pb8957-60 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx XX X NNNNXfiNX xxxxxxx 270 Table 2 (cont'd.) 198. 199. 203. 204. 205. 209. 210. 214. Sample Pb8953 Liliacidites sp.-l x Monosulcites sp.-l Schizosporis sp.-8 Todisporites sp. x Triporopollenites sp.-4 Tricolporopollenites? cf. T, glObularius Triporopollenites sp.-7 Monosulcites sp.-2 x Sample , Pb8957-60 NNXXXN 271 Discussion of the Coals in_this study Included in the suite of 60 samples studied were six coal samples. Palynomorphs which occur in coals are indicated in Table l, the master list of all palynomorphs recognized in the study, by an asterisk follow— ing their name or designation. Those species which were found only in coals were marked with a double asterisk (only four such species were found). The forms in Table l which are marked with asterisks thus make up the species list of the coal flora of all the coals studied, and no other listing of these species is presented. The total flora includes 119 different types of palynomorphs. Figure 9 is a plot of the relative abundance percentages of the species in each coal. From this plot it can be seen that no two coals exhibit any strong degree of similarity; not even those coals occurring in sedimentary units correlated by other methods earlier can be correlated by this method of comparing relative abundance plots. This does not mean that each coal is unrelated to the others. Possibly the non-correlation by relative abundance percentages reflects a lateral shifting of local sub—environments in the coal swamps. Also, it was noted earlier, in the discussion of correlation of the Rifle Gap and GJAC sections, that these coals are not continuous, and that each coal bed may not have an exact equivalent in both sections. These factors of shifting lateral sub-environments and non-equivalence of individual coal beds or lenses could possibly have resulted in the non-correlability of the coals by relative abundances. The larger members of the Iles (Price River sediments, of whiCh these coals are components, represent relatively major, widespread events. These members can be correlated palynologi- cally, as demonstrated in the Correlations section above. 272 PAUSADE COAL PAUSADE COAL EQUIVALENT cAMEO COAL TROUT CREEK (CAMEO) COAL c v OZETTE SPECAEJNUABERS WALSON RANEH CON— GRAAO J'UNCTlDN AREA RIFLE GAP SECT|0N GRAND JUNCTION AREA RIFLE P SECTION RlFLE GAEEMSBIECRTlgoNAL Figure 9: Relative abundance percentage histogram for palynomorphs occurring in coal samples. RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS A major result of this study is the recognition of 214 different types of acid insoluble microfossils of specific or approximately specific taxonomic rank. This suite of palynomorphs included land- derived spores and pollen as well as marine dinoflagellates and acritarchs. Several of the Leiosphere-type acritarchs were found to be present in rocks from both marine and non-marine depositional environments, and are regarded as being euryhaline aquatic organisms. No new species were formally named, because it is my opinion that more comprehensive literature researCh than was feasible for the purposes of this study needs to be performed and type specimens or material from the type localities of all similar species needs to be examined before new names are devised. Monographic studies need to be done starting immediately in order to remedy the existing chaotic situa— tion in palynological taxonomy. Authors should refrain from naming new species except possibly for very grossly different new forms, which should only be named after the most thorough study. Studies with principally non-taxonomic objectives should use some type of code designation for presumably new but incompletely compared species as an alternative to describing new formal species. Another major finding of this study is that a portion of the Mancos Shale in the Grand Junction Area Composite section can be seen on the basis of palynological evidence to be the equivalent of the Buck Tongue of the Mancos Shale. The latter unit is developed to the west 273 274 of the thesis area and was studied in detail by Kidson (1971). A further comparison of the data of this study with Kidson's data from the West Salt Creek section, and additional analysis of Kidson's data from his other sections indicate that a factor analysis study included as an appendix of Kidson's study reached conclusions regarding paleo— environmental relationships within the Buck Tongue which are different from those indicated by the environmental indicator used in this study, which is the ratio of land—derived palynomorphs to microplankton. The environmental model derived using this ratio is closer to the situation expected on the basis of the nature of the contacts of the Buck Tongue with its underlying and overlying units. The Rifle Gap section was correlated with the Grand Junction Area Composite section on the basis of palynology as well as on the basis of lithologic units recognizable in both sections. The time equivalence of at least one of these units in both sections, which lie along approximately the same strand line as postulated by other authors, seems to lend additional credence to these strand line positions. Several types of data were found to have paleoenvironmental significance in this study. These were the ratio of land-derived palynomorphs to microplankton, the relative abundance percentages of various palynomorphs, zones of interrupted species ranges, and the rate of introduction of species into the flora through time. The land derived/microplankton ratio was the most reliable indicator of marine, non-marine and marginal marine conditions. Six coal samples were studied, and a designation was made of those species found in coals and those restricted to coals. These coal beds are discontinuous local units and it was not possible to correlate them 275 on the basis of the relative abundance of palynomorphs occurring in each coal. The larger, more persistent members with which the coals are associated were correlated, in some cases, by other types of palynologic data. REFERENCES REFERENCES Agasie, J. M., 1969, Late Cretaceous palynomorphs from northeastern Arizona: Micropaleontology, v. 15, no. 1, pp. 13-30. Alberti, Gerhard, 1959, Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Deflandrea Eisenack (Dinoflag.) in der Kreide und im.Alttertiar Nord-und Mittel- deutschlands: Mitt. Geol. Staatsinst. Hamburg, v. 28, pp. 93-105. , 1961, Zur Kenntnis Mesozoischer und Alttertiarer Dinoflag— ellaten und Hystrichosphaerideen von Nord-und Mitteldeutschland sowie einigen anderen europaischen Gebieten: Palaeontographica, v. 116, pp. 1-58. Anderson, R. Y., 1960, Cretaceous-Tertiary palynology, eastern side of the San Juan Basin, New Mexico: Bureau of Mines and Mineral Resources, New Mexico Inst. of Mining and Tech., Memoir 6, 58p. Asquith, D. 0., 1970, Depositional topography and major marine environ— ments, Late Cretaceous, wyoming: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bullo, V. 54, n0. 7, pp. 1184—1224. Balme, B. E., 1957, Spores and pollen grains from the Mesozoic of western Australia: Phys. and Chem. Surv. Nat. Coal Res., Commonwealth of Australia, Ref. T. C. 25, 48p. Bolkhovitina, N. A., 1953, Spores and pollen characteristic of Cretaceous deposits of central regions of the U.S.S.R.; reproduced in_Catalog of Fossil Spores and Pollen, Dept. Geol., Penn. State Univ., Kremp, G. 0. W., et al., eds., v. 8, 1959, pp. l-152. Brenner, G. J., 1963, The spores and pollen of the Potomac Group of Maryland: Dept. of Geol., Mines and Water Res. Bull. 27, 215p. , 1967, The gymnospermous affinity of Eucommiidites Erdtman, 1948: Rev. Palaeobot. Palynol., v. 5, pp. 123-127. Burger, D., 1966, Palynology of uppermost Jurassic and lowermost Cretaceous strata in the eastern Netherlands: J. J. Groen and Zoon, Leiden, Netherlands, pp. 211-276. Cobban, W. A. and Reeside, J. B., Jr., 1952, Correlation of Cretaceous formations of the western interior of the United States: Bull. G201. SOC. Ana, V. 63, Pp. 1011-1044. 276 277 Cookson, I. C., 1947, Plant microfossils from the lignites of Kerguelen Archipelago: B. A. N. Z. Antarctic Res. Exp. 1929—31, Rep. set. A. 20, pp. 127-1420 , 1950, Fossil pollen grains of Proteaceous type from Tertiary deposits in Australia: Aust. Jour. Sci. Res. Bull., v. 3, no. 2, pp. 166-177. , 1956, Additional microplankton from Australian late Mesozoic and Tertiary sediments: Aust. Jour. of Marine and Freshwater Research, v. 7, pp. 183-191. , 1965, Cretaceous and Tertiary microplankton from south- eastern Australia: Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., v. 78, pp. 85-93. Cookson, I. C., and Dettmann, M. E., 1959, On schizosporis, a new form genus from Australian Cretaceous deposits: Micropaleontology, V. 5, n0. 2, Pp. 213-216. Cookson, I. C., and Eisenack, A., 1958, Microplankton from.Australia and New Guinea Upper Mesozoic deposits: Royal Soc. Victoria, Proc., v. 70, pp. 18-79. g, 1960, Microplankton from Australian Cretaceous sediments: Micropaleontology, v. 6, no. 1, pp. 1-18. , 1962, Additional microplankton from Australian Cretaceous sediments: Micropaleontology, v. 8, no. 4, pp. 485—507. Cookson, I. C., and Pike, K. M., 1954, Some dicotyledonous pollen types from Cainozoic deposits in the Australian region: Aust. JOUI'. BOt., V. 2, pp. 197-219. Couper, R. A., 1953, Upper Mesozoic and Cainozoic spores and pollen grains from New Zealand: New Zealand Geol. Surv., Palaeont. Bull. 22, 77p. , 1958, British Mesozoic microspores and pollen grains, a systematic and stratigraphic study: Palaeontographica, v. 103 (B), pp. 75-179. , 1960, New Zealand Mesozoic and Cainozoic plant microfossils: New Zealand Geol. Surv. Palaeont. Bull. 32, 87pp. Cross, A. T., Thompson, G. G., and Zaitzeff, J. B., 1966, Source and distribution of palynomorphs in bottom.sediments, southern part of Gulf of California: Marine Geol., v. 4, pp. 467-524. Cross, W., 1899, Telluride quadrangle, Colorado: U. S. Geol. Surv. Geol. Atlas, Folio 57. Davey, R. J., 1969, Non-calcareous microplankton from the Cenomanian of England, northern France, and North America, part I: Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Geol., v. 17, no. 3, pp. 103-180. 278 Davey, R. J., 1970, Non-calcarious microplankton from the Cenomanian of England, northern France and North America, part II: Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Geol., v. 18, no. 8, pp. 333-397. Davey, R. J., et al., 1966, Studies on Mesozoic and Cainozoic Dinoflag- ellate cysts: Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Geol., Supp. 3, pp. 1-248 0 Deflandre, G., 1935, Considerations biologiques sur les microorganisms d'origine planctonique conserves dans les Silex de la craie: Bull. Biol., v. 69, pp. 213-244. , 1936, Microfossiles des Silex cretacea, I., Generalites. Flagelles: Ann. Paleont., v. 25, pp. 151-191. Deflandre, G., and Cookson, I. C., 1955, Fossil microplankton from Australian late Mesozoic and Tertiary deposits: Aust. Jour. Marine and Freshwater Res., v. 6, pp. 242-313. Deflandre, G., and Courteville, H., 1939, Note preliminaire sur les microfossiles des Silex cretacea du Cambresis: Bull. Soc. Francaise de Microscopie, v. 8, no. 2—3, pp. 95-106. Delcourt, A., Dettmann, M. E., and Hughes, N. F., 1963, Revision of some Lower Cretaceous microspores from Belgium: Paleontology, v. 6, part 2, pp. 282-292. Delcourt, A., and Sprumont, G., 1955, Les spores et grains de pollen du Wealdien du Hainaut: Soc. Belg. Geol., Paleont., et Hydrolog. Mem., Nouv. Ser. IN-4°, no. 5, 73p. Dettmann, M. E., 1963, Upper Mesozoic microfloras from southeastern Australia: Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, v. 77, no. 1, pp. l-l48. Dettmann, M. E., and Playford, G., 1968, Taxonomy of some Cretaceous spores and pollen grains from eastern Australia: Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, v. 81, part 2, pp. 69-94. Downie, C., Evitt, W. R., and Sarjeant, W. A. S., 1963, Dinoflagellates, hystrichospheres and the classification of the acritarchs: Stanford U. Pub., Geol. Sci., v. 7, no. 3, pp. 1-16. Downie, C., and Sarjeant, W. A. S., 1963, On the interpretation and status of some hystrichosPhere genera: Palaeontology, v. 6, no. 1, pp 0 83-96 0 , 1964, Bibliography and index of fossil dinoflagellates and acritarchs: Geol. Soc. America, Memoir 94, 180p. Drugg, W. S., 1967, Palynology of the Upper Moreno Formation (Late Cretaceous/Paleocene) Escarpado Canyon, California: Palaeonto— graphica, v. 120, nos. 1—4, pp. 1-71. 279 Drugg, W. S., 1970, Some new genera, Species and combinations of phyto- plankton from the Lower Tertiary of the Gulf Coast, USA: Proc. N. Amer. Paleont. Conv., part G, pp. 809-843. Eisenack, A., 1958, Mikroplankton aus dem Nortdeutschen Apt nebst einigen Bermerkungen.uber fossile Dinoflagellaten: Neues Jb. Geol. Palaeont., v. 106, pp. 383-422. , 1963, Sind die Hystrichosphaeren Zysten von Dinoflagellaten?: Neues Jb. Geol. Palaeont., Monatsch., no. 5, pp. 225-231. Eisenack, A., and Cookson, I. C., 1960, Microplankton from Australian Lower Cretaceous sediments: Roy. Soc. Victoria Proc., v. 72, part 1, pp. l-ll. Elsik, W. C., 1968, Palynology of a Paleocene Rockdale Lignite, Milam County, Texas. I. Morphology and taxonomy: Pollen et Spores, v. X, no. 2, pp. 265-314; II. Morphology and taxonomy (end): Pollen et Spores, v. X, no. 3, pp. 599-664. Erdmann, C. E., 1934, The Book Cliffs Coal Field in Garfield and Mesa Counties, Colorado: U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 851. Erdtman, G., 1952, Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy: Almquist and Wiksells, Uppsala, 539p. Evitt, W. R., 1963, A discussion and proposals concerning fossil dino- flagellates, hystrichospheres, and acritarchs, I, II: Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., v. 49, nos. 2-3, pp. 158—164, 298-302. Evitt, W. R., Clarke, R. F. A., and Verdier, J. P., Dinoflagellate studies III, Dinogymnium acuminatum.n. gen., n. sp. (Maastrichtian) and other fossils formerly referable to Gymnodinium Stein: Stanford U. Pub., Geol. Sci., v. X, no. 4, pp. 1-27. Fairchild, W. W., and Elsik, W. C., 1969, Characteristic palynomorphs of the Lower Tertiary in the Gulf Coast: Palaeontographica B, v. 128, pp. 81—89. Fisher, D. J., Erdmann, C. E., and Reeside, J. B., Jr., 1960, Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of the Book Cliffs, Carbon, Emery and Grand Counties, Utah, and Garfield and Mesa Counties, Colorado: U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 332, 80p. Funkhouser, J. W., 1961, Pollen of the genus Aquilapollenites: Micro- paleontology, v. 7, no. 2, pp. 193-198. Gray, T. C., and Groot, J. J., 1966, Pollen and spores from.the marine Upper Cretaceous formations of Delaware and New Jersey: Palaeontographica B, v. 117, pp. 114-134. Griggs, P. H., 1970, Stratigraphy and palynology of the Frontier Formation (Upper Cretaceous), Big Horn Basin, Wyoming: Mich. State Univ., Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, 169p. 280 Groot, J. J., and Groot, C. R., 1962a, Some plant microfossils from the Brightseat Formation (Paleocene) of Maryland: Palaeontographica B, v. 111, no. 4-6, pp. 161-171. , 1962b, Plant microfossils from Aptian, Albian and Cenomanian deposits of Portugal, Comunicacoes dos Servicos Geologicos de Portugal, tomo XLVI, pp. 133-171. Groot, J. J., and Penny, J. S., 1960, Plant microfossils and age of non-marine Cretaceous sediments of Maryland and Delaware: Micropaleontology, v. 6, pp. 225—236. Groot, J. J., Penny, J. S., and Groot, C. R., 1961, Plant microfossils and age of the Raritan, Tuscaloosa and Magothy Formations of the eastern United States: Palaeontographica, v. 108, pp. 121-140. Habib, Daniel, 1969, Middle Cretaceous palynomorphs in a deep-sea core from the Seismic Reflector A outcrop area: Micropaleontology, v. 15, no. 1, pp. 85-101. Hale, L. A., and Van de Graaf, F. R., 1964, Cretaceous stratigraphy and facies patterns, northeastern Utah and adjacent areas: in_ Guidebook to the Geology and Mineral Resources of the Unita Basin, Utah's Geological Storehouse; Intermountain Assoc. Petrol. Geologists, 13th Ann. Field Conf., pp. 115-138. Hammen, T. van der, 1956, Descriptions of some genera and Species of fossil pollen and spores: Boletin Geol. Bogota, v. 4, nos. 2-3, pp. 111-117. Hancock, E. T., 1925, Geology and coal resources of the Axial and Monument Butte quadrangles, Moffat County, Colorado: U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 757. Haun, J. D., and Kent, H. C., 1965, Geologic history of Rocky Mountain region: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 49, no. 11, Hedlund, R. W., 1966, Palynology of the Red Branch Member of the Woodbine Formation (Cenomanian), Bryan County: Okla. Geol. Surv., Bull. 112, 69p. Hedlund, R. W., and Norris, G., 1968, Spores and pollen grains from Fredericksburgian (Albian) strata, Marshall County, Oklahoma: Pollen et Spores, v. X, no. 1, pp. 129-159. Hemer, D. 0., and Nygreen, P. W., 1967, Algae, acritarchs, and other microfossils incertae sedis from the Lower Carboniferous of Saudi Arabia: Micropaleontology, v. 13, no. 2, pp. 183-194. Howard, J. D., 1966, Sedimentation of the Panther Sandstone Tongue: in; Central Utah Goals, Utah Geol. and Mineralog. Surv. Bull. 80, pp. 23-34 0 281 Hughes, N. F., 1961, Further interpretation of Eucommiidites Erdtman, 1948: Palaeontology, v. 4, p. 292-299. Ibrahim, A., 1933, Sporenformen des Agirhorizonts des Ruhr-Reviers, Dissertation an der Technischen Hochschule zu Berlin: Privately pub. by Konrad Triltch, Wurzburg, 48p. Kidson, E. J., 1971, Palynology and paleoecology of the Buck Tongue of the Mancos Shale (Upper Cretaceous) from east central Utah and western Colorado: 'Mich. State Univ., Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, 243p. Klaus, W., 1960, Sporen der Karnischen Stufe der Ostalpinen Trias: Geol. Jb. BA., Sonderband 5, pp. 107-184. Klement, K. W., 1960, Dinoflagellaten und Hystrichosphaerideen aus Unteren und Mittleren Malm Sudwestdentschlands: Palaeontographica A, v. 114, pp. 1-104. Knox, E. M., 1950, the spores of Lycopodium, Phyllogossum, Selaginella and Isoetes: Bot. Soc. Edinburgh, Trans., v. 35, part 3, pp. 207-357. Kosanke, R. M., and Cross, A. T. (Editors), 1971, Symposium on paly- nology of the Late Cretaceous and Early Tertiary: Geol. Soc. Am. Special Paper 127, 396p. Kremp, G.O.W., Neavel, R. C., and Starbuck, J. S., 1956, Coal types--a function of swamp environments: College Min. Indust., Penn. State Univ., Contrib. No. 58-63, pp. 270-282. Krutzsch, W., 1959a, Mikropalaeontologische (sporenpalaeontologische) Untersuchungen in der BraunkOhle des Geiseltales: Geologie, v. 8, pp. 21-22. , 1959b, Einige neue Formgattungen und-arte von Sporen und Pollen aus der mitteleuroPaischen Oberkreide und dem Tertiar: Palaeontographica B, v. 105, pp. 125-157. , 1962, Stratigraphisch bzw. botanisch wichtige neue Sporen und Pollenformen aus dem deutscher Tertiar: Geologie, v. 11, n0. 3, Pp. 265-307. p, 1968, Brosipollis und Labropollis, zwei neue Pollengenera aus dem Tertiar Mitteleuropas: Rev. Palaeobot. and Palyn., v. 6, n0. 1, pp. 61.-700 Lammons, J. M., 1969, The palynology and paleoecology of the Pierre Shale (Campanian and Maestrichtian) of northwestern Kansas and environs: Mich. State Univ., Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, 225p. Leffingwell, H. A., 1971, Palynology of the Lance (Late Cretaceous) and Fort Union (Paleocene) Formations of the Type Lance Area, wyoming: Geol. Soc. Am. Special Paper 127, pp. 1-64. 282 Leopold, E. B., and Pakiser, H. M., 1964, A preliminary report on the pollen and Spores of the Pre—Selma Upper Cretaceous strate of western Alabama: U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 1160, pp. 71—95. LeOpold, E. B., and Tschudy, B. D., 1965, Plant and miscellaneous microfossils of the Pierre Shale: U. S. Geol. Surv. Open—File Report, 7p. Leschik, G., 1955, Die Keuperflora von Neuewelt bei Basel. II. Die Iso-und Mikrosporen: Schweiz. Palaeont. Abh. 72. Manum, S., 1963, Some new species of Deflandrea and their probable affinity with Peridinium: Norsk Polarinstitut, Arlok 1962, Oslo, 1963, pp. 55-67. Manum, S., and Cookson, I. C., 1964, Cretaceous microplankton in a sample from Graham Island, Arctic Canada, collected during the second Fram Expedition (1898-1902): Skr. Norske Vidensk Akad. I. Mat.-Nat. Kl., N. Ser. 17, 36p. Masters, C. D., 1965, Sedimentology of the Mesaverde Group and the upper part of the Mancos Formation, northwestern Colorado: Yale University, Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, 88p. McIntyre, D. J., 1968, Further new pollen species from New Zealand Tertiary and Uppermost Cretaceous deposits: N. Z. Jour. Bot., V. 6’ n0. 2’ pp. 177-2040 McKee, E. D., Chronic, John, and Leopold, E. B., 1959, Sedimentary belts in lagoon of Kapingamarangi Atoll: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 43, pp. 501-562. Miner, E. L., 1935, Paleobotanical examinations of Cretaceous and Tertiary Goals: Am. Midl. Nat., v. 16, no. 4, pp. 585-625. Morris, R. W., 1969, Microfaunal Analysis of the upper part of the Mancos Formation, Mesaverde Group, and basal Lewis Formation in northwestern Colorado: Columbia Univ., Unpub. Ph.D. thesis. , 1971, Upper Cretaceous foraminifera from the Upper Mancos Formation, the Mesaverde Group, and the basal Lewis Formation, northwestern Colorado: Micropaleontology, v. 17, no. 3, pp. 257- 296. Muller, Jan, 1959, Palynology of recent Orinoco delta and shelf sediments: Micropaleontology, v. 5, pp. 1—32. Newman, K. R., 1964, Palynologic correlations of Late Cretaceous and Paleocene formations, northwestern Colorado: Soc. Econ. Paleon- tologists and Mineralogists, Spec. Pub. 11, pp. 169-179. , 1965, Upper Cretaceous-Paleocene guide palynomorphs from northwestern Colorado: Univ. of Colo. Studies, Series in Earth Sciences, no. 2, 21p. ‘VV-‘fidh u. - 283 Nilson, T., 1958, Uber das vorkommen lines Mesozoischen sapropelgesteins in schonen: Lunds Univ. Arsskrift, N.F., Avd. 2, Bd. 54, no. 10. Norris, G., 1967, Spores and pollen from the Lower Colorado Group (Albian? Cenomanian) of central Alberta: Palaeontographica B, V. 120, pp. 72-1150 , 1969, Miospores from the Purbeck beds and marine Upper Jurassic of southern England: Palaeontology, v. 12, part 4, pp. Norris, G., and Sarjeant, W. A. S., 1965, A descriptive index of genera of fossil Dinophyceae and Acritarcha: New Zealand Geol. Surv., Paleont. Bull. 40, 72p. Norton, N. J. and Hall, J. W., 1967, Guide sporomorphae in the Upper Cretaceous-Lower Tertiary of eastern Montana (U.S.A.): Rev. Palaeobot. Palynol., v. 2, pp. 99-110. , 1969, Palynology of the Upper Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary in the type locality of the Hell Creek Formation, Mentana, U.S.A.: Palaeontographica, v. 125, nos. 1-3, pp. 1-64. Odum, H. T., Cantlon, J. E., and Kornicker, L. S., 1960, An organiza- tional heirachy postulate for the interpretation of species- individual distributions, species entropy, ecosystem evolution and the meaning of a species-variety index: Ecology, v. 41, pp. 395-399. Oltz, D. F., Jr., 1969, Numerical analyses of palynological data from Cretaceous and Early Tertiary sediments in east central Montana: Palaeontographica, v. 128, nos. 3-6, pp. 90-166. Orlansky, 0., 1967, Palynology of the Upper Cretaceous Straight Cliffs Sandstone Garfield County, Utah: Univ. of Utah, Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, 186p. , 1968, Palynology of the Upper Cretaceous Straight Cliffs Sandstone, south central Utah: Geol. Soc. Am., 8. C. Sect. 2nd Ann. Meet., Program p. 31 (Abstract). Pacltova, B., 1961, Nektere rostlenne mickrofosilii ze sladkovodnich ' ulozenin Svrchni kridy (Senon) jihoceskych panvich: Sb. ustred.- Ust. geol., Odd. Paleont., v. 26, pp. 47-102. Pflug, H. D., 1953, Zur Entstehung und Entwicklung des angiospermiden Pollen in der Erdgeschichte: Paleontographica, v. 95, pp. 60-171. Pierce, R. L., 1961, Lower Upper Cretaceous plant microfossils from Minnesota: Minn. Geol. Surv. Bull., v. 42, 86p. Playford, G., 1963, Lower Carboniferous microfloras of Spitzbergen-- part two: Paleontology, v. 5, part 4, pp. 619-678. 284 Pocock, S. A. J., 1962, Microfloral analysis and age determination of strata at the Jurassic-Cretaceous boundary in the western Canada Plains: Palaeontographica B, v. 111, pp. l-95. , 1970, Palynology of the Jurassic Sediments of Western Canada; part 1, Terrestrial species: Palaeontographica B, v. 130, pp. 12-136. Pocock, S. A. J., and Jansonius, J., 1961, The pollen genus Classopollis Pflug, 1953: Micropaleontology, v. 7, pp. 439-449. Potonie, R., 1931, Pollenformen aus tertiaren Braunkohlen, III: Jb. Preuss. Geol. L. A., v. 52, pp. 1-7. , 1934, Zur Mikrobatanik des eoganen Humodils des Geiseltals: Arb. Inst. Palaobot. Petrograph. Brennsteine, v. 4, pp. 25-125. , 1956, Synopsis der Gattungen der Sporae Dispersae, Teil I: Beih. Geol. Jb., v. 23, 103p. , 1958, Synopsis der Gattungen der Sporae Dispersae, Teil II: Beih. Geol. Jb., v. 31, 114p. , 1960, Synopsis der Gattungen der Sporae Dispersae, Teil III: Beih. Geol. Jb., v. 39, 189p. Potonie, R., and Gelletich, J., 1933, Uber Pteridophyten-sporen einer eozanen Braunkohle aus Dorog in Ungarn: S. B. Ges. Nat. Freunde (1932), v. 33, pp. 517-528. Potonie, R., and Kremp. G. O. W., 1954, Die Gattungen der palaeozoischen Sporae Dispersae und ihre Stratigraphie: Geol. Jb., v. 69, pp. 111-194. Potonie, R., Thomson, P. W., and Thiergart, F., 1950, Zur Nomenklatur and Klassifikation der neogenen Sporomorphae: Geol. Jb. 65. Potonie, R., and Venitz, A., 1934, Zur Mikrobotanik des miozanen Humodils der niederrheinischen Bucht: Arb. Inst. Paladb. Petrogr. Brennstein, v. 5, pp. 1-54. Quigley, M. D., 1965, Geologic history of the Piceance Creek-Eagle Basins: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 49, no. 11, Raatz, G., 1937, Mikcrobotanisch-stratigraphische Untersuchung der Braunkohle des muskauer Bogens: Preuss. Geol. Landes, Abh., neue Folge, no. 183, 48p. Reissinger, Adolf, 1938, "Pollenanalyse" ausgedehnt auf alle Sediment- gesteine der geologischen Vergangenheit": Palaeontographica B, v. 84. 285 Ross, N. E., 1949, On a Cretaceous pollen and spore bearing clay of Scania: Bull. Geol. Instn. Univ. Uppsala, v. 34, pp. 25-43. Rouse, G. E., 1957, The application of a new nomenclatural approach to Upper Cretaceous plant microfossils from western Canada: Can. Jour. Botany, v. 35, no. 3, pp. 349-375. g, 1959, Plant microfossils from Kootenay coal measures strata of British Columbia: Micropaleontology, v. 5, pp. 303-324. , 1962, Plant microfossils from the Burrard Formation of western British Columbia: Micropaleontology, v. 8, no. 2, pp. Samoilovitch, S. R., and MChedlishvilli, N. D., 1961, Pollen and spores of western Siberian Jurassic to Paleocene: Tr. Uses. Neft. Nauchn. Issled. Geologarazved. Inst., v. 177, pp. l-658. Sarjeant, W. A. S., 1970, The genus Spiniferites Mantell, 1850 (Dino- phyceae): Grana Palynologica, v. 10, pp. 74—78. Sarjeant, W. A. S., and Anderson, R. Y., 1969, A re-examination of some Dinoflagellate cysts from the Uppermost Lewis Shale (Late Cretaceous), New Mexico (U.S.A.): Rev. Palaeobot. Palynol., v. 9, pp. 229-237. Sarjeant, W. A. S., and Downie, C., 1966, The classification of dino— flagellate cysts above generic level: Grana Palynologica, v. 6, n0. 3, pp. 503-5270 Sarmiento, Roberto, 1957, Microfossil zonation of Mancos Group: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 41, no. 8, pp. 1683—1693. Schopf, J. M., Wilson, L. R., and Bentall, Ray, 1944, An annotated synopsis of Paleozoic fossil spores and the definition of generic groups: Ill. State Geol. Surv., Report of Investigations, no. 91, Pp o 1'72 0 Shaw, A. B., 1964, Time in stratigraphy: New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 365p. Simpson, J. B., 1961, The Tertiary pollen-flora of Mull and Ardnamurdhan: Roy. Soc. Edinburgh Trans., v. 64, no. 16, pp. 421-468. Singh, G., 1964, Microflora of the Lower Cretaceous Mannville Group, east central Alberta: Res. Council Alberta, Bull. 15, pp. 1-238. , 1971, Lower Cretaceous floras of the Peace River area, northwestern Alberta: Res. Bull. Council Alberta, 28, v. 1-2, 542p. Skarby, A., 1964, Revision of Gleicheniidites senonicus Ross: Univ. Stockholm Contrib. in Geol., v. 11, no. 3, pp. 59-77. 286 Smith, J. H., 1965, A summary of stratigraphy and paleontology, Upper Colorado and Montanan Groups, south central wyoming, northeastern Utah, and northwestern Colorado: wyo. Geol. Assoc. Guidebook, Rock Springs Uplift, pp. 13—26. Snead, R. G., 1969, Microfloral diagnosis of the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary central Alberta: Res. Council of Alberta, Bull. 25, 148p. Spieker, E. M., 1949, Sedimentary facies and associated diastr0phism in the Upper Cretaceous of central and eastern Utah: Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 39, pp. 55-81. Srivastava, S. K., 1966, Upper Cretaceous microflora (Maestrichtian) from Scollard, Alberta, Canada: Pollen et Spores, v. VIII, no. 3, pp. 497-552. , 1967, Palynology of Late Cretaceous mammal beds, Scollard, Alberta (Canada): Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatol, Palaeoecol., v. 3, pp. 133-150. , 1968a, Eight species of Mancicorpus from the Edmonton Formation (Maestrichtian), Alberta, Canada: Can. Jour. Bot., v. 46, no. 12, pp. 1485-1490. , 1968b, Reticulate species of Aquilapollenites and emendation of genus Mancicorpus Mtchedlishvili: Pollen et Spores, v. X, no. 3, , 1968c, Ephedralean pollen from the Upper Cretaceous Edmonton Formation of Alberta (Canada) and their paleoecological significance: Can. Jour. Earth Sci., v. 5, pp. 211—221. , 1969a, New spinulose Aquilapollenites spp. from the Edmonton Formation (Maestrichtian), Alberta, Canada: Can. Jour. Earth Sci., v. 6, no. 1, pp. 133-144. , 1969b, Assorted angiosperm pollen from the Edmonton Forma— tion (Maestrichtian), Alberta, Canada: Can. Jour. Bot., v. 47, no. 6, pp. 975-989. , 1970, Pollen biostratigraphy and paleoecology of the Edmonton Formation (Maestrichtian), Alberta, Canada: Palaeo- geography, Palaeoclimatol., Palaeoecol., v. 7, pp. 221-276. Srivastava, S. K., and Rouse, G. E., 1970, Systematic revision of Aquilapollenites Rouse, 1957: Can. Jour. Bot., v. 48, no. 9, pp. 1591-1601. Stanley, E. A., 1961, The fossil pollen genus Aquilapollenites: Pollen et Spores, v. 3, no. 2, pp. 329-352. , 1965, Upper Cretaceous and Paleocene plant microfossils and Paleocene dinoflagellates and hystrichosphaerids from.north-western South Dakota: Bull. American Paleont., v. 49, no. 222, pp. 179-384. 287 Stanley, E. A., 1966, Abundance of pollen and spores in marine sediments off the eastern coast of the United States: Southeastern Geol., v. 7, no. 1, pp. 25-33. Stone, J. F., 1971, Palynology of the Almond Formation (Upper Cretaceous), Rock Springs Uplift, wyoming: Mich. State Univ., Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, 189p. Stough, J. B., 1968, Palynomorphs from South America: Univ. of Kans. Paleont. Contributions, Paper 32, pp. 1-7. Stover, L. E., Elsik, W. G., and Fairchild, W. W., 1966, New genera and species of early Tertiary palynomorphs from Gulf Coast: Univ. of Kans. Paleo. Contributions, Paper 5, pp. 1-10. Takahashi, K., 1961, Pollen und Sporen west japanischen Alttertiars und Miozans; (Teil II): Mem. Fac. Sci., Kyushu Univ. Ser. D (Geol.), v. 11, no. 3, pp. 279-345. Theirgart, F., 1938, Die Pollenflora der Niederlausitzer Braukohle: Jb. Preuss. Geol. L. A. (Berlin), v. 58, pp. 282-351. Thompson, G. G., 1969, Paleoecology of Palynomorphs in the Mancos Shale southwestern Colorado: IMich. State Univ., Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, 169p. Thomson, P. W., and Pflug, H., 1953, Pollen and sporen des Mittel- eur0paischen Tertiars: Palaeontographica, v. 94, pp. l-138. Traverse, Alfred, 1955, Pollen analysis of the Brandon Lignite of Vermont: U. S. Dept. Interior, Bur. Mines Rept. Inv. no. 5151, 107p. Tschudy, R. H., 1957, Pollen and spore formulae--a suggestion: Micropaleontology, v. 3, no. 3, pp. 277-288. , 1961, Palynomorphs as indicators of facies environment in Upper Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary strata, Colorado and wyoming: wyo. Geol. Assoc. Guidebook, pp. 53-59. Tschudy, R. H., and Leopold, E. B., 1971, Aquilapollenites (Rouse) Funkhouser-—Se1ected Rocky Mountain taxa and their stratigraphic ranges: Geol. Soc. Am. Spec. Paper 127, pp. 113-167. Upshaw, C. F., 1963, Occurrence of Aequitriradites in the Upper Cretaceous of wyoming: Micropaleontology, v. 9, no. 4, pp. 427-431. , 1964, Palynological zonation of the Upper Cretaceous Frontier Formation near Dubois, wyoming: in Soc. Econ. Paleont. and Mineral., Spec. Pub. No. 11, pp. 153-168. Wall, D., 1965, Microplankton, pollen and spores from.the Lower Jurassic of Britain: Micropaleontology, v. 11, no. 2, pp. 151-190. 288 Wall, D., 1965, Microplankton, pollen and spores from the Lower Jurassic of Britain: Micropaleontology, v. 11, no. 2, pp. 151—190. Wall, D., and Dale, B., 1970, Living hystrichosphaerid dinoflagellate spores from Bermuda and Puerto Rico: Micropaleontology, v. 16, no. 1, pp. 47—58. Warner, D. L., 1964, Mancos-Mesaverde (Upper Cretaceous) intertonguing relations, southeast Piceance Basin, Colorado: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 48, no. 7, pp. 1091—1107. Weimer, R. J., 1960, Upper Cretaceous stratigraphy, Rocky Mountain area: Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. Bull., v. 44, no. 1, pp. 1-20. , 1961, Uppermost Cretaceous rocks in central and southern wyoming and northwest Colorado: Wyo. Geol. Assoc. Guidebook, pp 0 17-28 0 , 1970, Rates of deltaic sedimentation and intrabasin defor- mation, Upper Cretaceous of Rocky Mountain region: Soc. Econ. Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Spec. Pub. 15, pp. 270-292. Wetzel, 0., 1933, Die in organischer Substanz erhaltenen Mikrofossilien des baltischen Kreide-Freuersteins: Palaeontographica, v. 77, , 1961, New microfossils from Baltic Cretaceous flintstones: Micropaleontology, v. 7, no. 3, pp. 337-350. Wetzel, W., 1952, Beitrag zur Kenntnis des dan-zeitlichen Meererplank- tons: Geol. Jb., v. 6, pp. 391-419. Weyland, H., and Greifeld, G., 1953, Uber strukturbietende Blatter und pflanzliche Microfossilien aus den untersenonen Tonen der Gegen von Quedlinberg: Palaeontographica B, v. 95, pp. 30-52. weyland, H., and Krieger, W., 1953, Die Sporen und Pollen der aachener Kreide and ihre Bedeutung fur die Charakterisierung des mittleren Senons: Palaeontographica, v. 95, pp. 6-29. Wilmarth, M. G., 1938, Lexicon of geologic names of the United States: U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 896, 2396p. Wilson, G. J., 1971, Observations on European Late Cretaceous dinoflag— ellate cysts: Proc. II Planktonic Conf., Rome, 1970, pp. 1259- 1275. Wilson, L. R., and Wébster, R. M., 1946, Plant microfossils from a Fort Union Coal of Montana: Am. Jour. Bot., v. 33, pp. 271-278. Wodehouse, R. P., 1933, Tertiary pollen. II. The oil shales of the Eocene Green River Formation: Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, v. 60, pp. 479-525. 289 Young, R. G., 1955, Sedimentary facies and intertonguing in the Upper Cretaceous of the Book Cliffs, Utah-Colorado: Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., v. 66, pp. 177-201. , 1957, Late Cretaceous cyclic deposits, Book Cliffs, eastern Utah: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 41, pp. 1760-1774. , 1966, Stratigraphy of coal-bearing rocks of the Book Cliffs, Utah-Colorado: in_Centra1 Utah Coals, Utah Geol. and Mineralog. Surv. Bull. 80, pp. 7-21. Zaitzeff, J. B., 1967, Taxonomic and stratigraphic significance of dinoflagellates and acritarchs of the Navarro Group (MaestriChtian) from.east central and southwest Texas: Mich. State Univ., Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, 172p. Zapp, A. D., and Cobban, W. A., 1960, Some Late Cretaceous strand lines in northwestern Colorado and northeastern Utah: U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 400-B, pp. 246-249. Additional References Clarke, R. T., 1963, Palynology of Vermejo Formation coals (Upper Cretaceous) in the Canon City coal field, Fremont Count, Colorado: Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, Oklahoma University, 161 p. Krutzsch, W., 1963, Atlas der mittel und jungertertiaren dispersen Sporen- und Pollen— sowie der Microplanktonformen des nordlichen Mitteleuropas, Lieferung II: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin. APPENDIX APPENDIX Lithologic Descriptions of Intervals Sampled in the Stratigraphic Sections The first four sections listed here (Mount Garfield through Cameo sections) taken together compose the Grand Junction Area Composite Section, referred to in the text in various places. This section is a composite extending from the Mancos Shale about 1,700 feet below the top of the Corcoran Sandstone up through the Cameo coal zone of the Cameo Member of the Price River Formation (see Young, 1955). The first column of footages for these sections lists the footage above the base of the Mount Garfield section, thus above the base of the Composite Section. The total composite section includes 2,112 stratigraphic feet. Footages for all sections are measured from the base of one sample to the base of the next higher sample. Footages are given in relation to the base of each section, as well as from a recognizable lithologic datum in each section. The maceration numbers followed by asterisks represent the samples which were counted quantitatively (500 fixed-sum.counts) and which yielded the data for the conclusions arrived at in the thesis. All references to sample numbers in the thesis use these Pb numbers rather than the longer collection numbers. The samples, residues, and slides are all filed at Michigan State University Paleobotany/Palynology Laboratory under these same numbers. 290 291 zocza Q>memfiu mmnaHozu anSOHomHn mmmnnHunHosm on chnm mmstme. #mnm.v AcnmmbHme HunmnHHm>Um mmnHHoz m5stmm n5Wm5 mnoa mmnnHo5 mxvommm cmmHem H5nmnmn5nmuuo chcS5w 5m5n w5HHm5mm. OOHon5ao. 5m5n 55 5c55mo5mm mo5H BH5m H5 ncm woof OHHmmmm m H\N. mm H\b. mmo. b. HHHm. wmmz. zmm5 noc5nw. n0H0n5mo. m5Bmem 5nm 5on mH\cNHIHH wcmuuw chHmcIcH5nw no cnoz5. cHooww. mo5nnmnHo55nww u. mmstmm 5wvnost5nm c5mm om :55nom mc5Hm no5mcm Scan mxnm5em av€5nm mnoB cmnm no ncm c5mm om ncm nonmnnm 359cmn N5. chcmn Abm. 5co\cquHm wcmmuu v5nnH5mmw b.c: nchw. w5nnH5mm m5B©Hme. Hch Hm anwme 5m ncm c5mm on ncm ooumnnm zmscmn om ncm wnHom WHcoZmo mmneHoz m55vam 05550 005H 5055 05 nHmcn an 0m 00nn5H 550 5c0w mm0HHoz. canoHomHo ammonanH05m 0m 55Hnm m5amee. Ac5m5avaa H5nmn<5Hm 5nm 5on emmmanme cmnm.v m5amem mc5H5m mnoa cvvmn 25500m mcmHm 550 H0855 HH5m mons5nH05. 55a ncm 005Hm 5mm00H5n50 anc ncm Hnocn 0nmmw m55emn05m. M550H55 H5 2 H\N. Hum. woNz. omanmHa 0055nw. 00H0H5eo. 5Ho5m H055 05 ammn mHem 0m meH5 050 U55 550 wmmmn<0Hn. m5avam 5H5 5on mH20m OMOHHOZ m555H55 mc5Hmm mnoa cvwmn Z5500m Oc5H5 555 055 005H 5n ncm c5mm 0m ncm HH5m monamnH05. O5BOH55 H5 m2 H\5 mmm. OO. HOz. wONz. 30mm5n 0055nw. 00H0n550. O5Hw ncm 005H. m555Hm chOOquO. 555 055 mc5Hm m555Hm. OcOOOO An5wm5 HH0.0: cmHoz ncm 005Hv wH5H5m5 mammHmHm5n O5Hw5oaonwcm mon mn55w. acmnmmonm. H O55Om5 Hn 555mmmmm5nw n0 H50H555 5 5mn5HHm5 5mmonH5nHo5 0m ncm m5BOHmm mnoa nch mmnnH05. Hcm nm55mn Hm nmmmnnm5 n0 zonnHm AHOOOV Hon 5 5mmnnHOnH05 0m KonnHm. zHHw 0n55w mmnnH05. moHHmnnm5 5n 5H50mn ncm mmam H005HHnw 5m 5w mmnnH05. 317 ZNOH m>fiH memw OMOHHOZ ach mmonH05. 555m5n55 555 m5aOHm5 cw N<55 WH5m05 555 H5nH55m5 H5 ch Oc.O. 5Hmmmnn5nH05 AWH5m05. HOwHV. 25m 5Hm0 mn55Hm5 cw 85 mon 00555HHm05 €Hn5 ncm 3055n 05HOH5H5 mmnnH05 0m nch ncmmHm. 5m 55moanm5 m5nHHmn. Hcm nm55mn Hm nmmmnnm5 n0 NH5m05.m zonw men 5 5mmonHOnH05 on nch mmonH05. Hcm m555Hmm mnoa scan H n5: 0055nm5 mHH5mm Smnm wc5wHN. wc5wNH. wc5wON. Oc5w5H. 555 Oc5wOO. PLATES Figure 3. 4-5. 8-9 0 10. 11. 12-13. 14—15. 16. 318 PLATE 1 A11 Figures X1000 Acanthotriletes cf. A, levidensis Balme, 1957; Pb6746-2, 38.9 x 110.4, 275. Appendicisporites_pptomacensis Brenner, 1963; Pb4741a—1, 46.0 x 103.4, 50p. Appendicisporites sp.; Pb6746-1, 36.4 x 105.9, 555 . . Camarozonosporites hamulatis (Krutzsch, 1959) Krutzsch,. 1963; 4. = Pb4960-1, 40.2 x 99.9, 27p; 5. = Pb6755—2, 42.5 x 98.5, 30p. Chomotriletes fragilis Pocock, 1962; Pb8957-60-1,. . . 32.1 x 102.8, 195. Cicatricosisporites spp.; Pb6746-2, 46.5 x 103.9, 46p. . Page 0 O 30 0 O 31 O 31 O 32 . 35 . 36 Cingulatisporites dakotaensis Stanley, 1965; 8. = Pb6777-1,. 37 44.0 x 101.1, 29p; 9. = Pb6749-1, 44.0 x 90.8, 25p. Cyathidites minor Couper, 1953; Pb8932-1, 39.6 x 114.1,. 29p. Dictyophyllidites? sp.; Pb674l-1, 37.8 x 95.5, 21p.. . . Foraminisporis wonthaggiensis (Cookson and Dettmann) . . Dettmann, 1963; 12. = Pb6741-2, 39.5 x 107.5, 45p; 13. = Pb6775-2, 32.0 x 106.4, 42p. Gleicheniidites senonicus Ross, 1949; 14. = Pb4960-1,. . 41.5 x 103.6, 25p; 15. = Pb6741-1, 41.0 x 97.6, 19p. Klukisporites pseudoreticulatus Couper, 1958; Pb4958-2,. 36.6 x 105.4, 33p. . . 40 41 O O 42 ..., W LV .1 PLATE 1 Figure 1-2. 5-6. 9-10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 320 PLATE 2 All Figures X1000 Page Kuylisporites scutatus Newman, 1965; 1. - Pb4960-1,. . . . . 45 33.7 x 101.7, 305; 2. = Pb4960-1, 44.1 x 111.5, 28u. Leiotriletes varius Bolkhovitina, 1953; Pb8929-31-1, . . . . 46 37.6 x 107.2, 28p. Osmundacidites wellmanii Couper, 1953; Pb6746-2, . . . . . . 48 46.6 x 107.4, 505 maximum dimension (approximately the diameter). Perotriletes sp.; 5. = Pb8932-2, 35.0 x 109.1, 22u;. . . . . 51 6. = Pb8932-2, 38.3 x 115.8, 21u. Retitriletes cenomanianus Agasie, 1969; Pb89l6-1,. . . . . . 52 49.2 x 99.6, 37p. Sestrosporites pseudoalveolatus (Couper) Dettmann, 1963; . . 53 Pb6777-2, 39.0 x 98.9, 40p. Stereisporites antiquasporites (Wilson and Webster). . . . . 55 Dettmann, 1963; Pb8932-1, 36.5 x 109.9, 19p; 10. - phase contrast. Styx minor Norton, 1967; Pb6775-2, 40.5 x 96.6, 58p. . . . . 56 Todisporites minor Couper, 1958; Pb8957-60-1,. . . . . . . . 57 37.1 x 107.2, 30p. Todisporites sp.; Pb6777-2, 35.0 x 112.6, 28p. . . . . . . . 58 Toroisporis (Toroisporis) longitorus? Krutzsch, 1959;. . . . 59 Pb4988—93-1, 36.0 x 95.7, 52p. Toroisporis sp.; Pb6777-1, 42.0 x 97.3, 46p. . . . . . . . . 61 I ' "——‘-—- ————_--— PLATE 2 Figure 10. 11. 12. 13-14 0 15.16 0 322 PLATE 3 All Figures X1000 Triletes verrucatus Couper, 1953; Pb4948-2, 45.0 x 100.0,. 38p. Triplanosporites sp.; Pb4975-1, 37.6 x 100.3, 27p. . . . Unknown Trilete Spore-1; Pb8920-2, 46.5 x 104.3, 36p.. . . Unknown Trilete Spore-2; Pb4960-1, 45.5 x 110.8, 47u.. . Unknown Trilete Spore-3; 5. = Pb4960-1, 48.6 x 99.5, 575.. 60 = Pb4960-2, 4001 X 11209, 48“. Unknown Trilete Spore-4; Pb4954-2, 32.0 x 107.9, 20p.. . . Unknown Trilete Spore-5; Pb6746-2, 44.9 x 95.2, 395. . . Laevigatosporites haardti (Potonie and Venitz) Thomson . . . and Pflug, 1953; Pb8916-2, 47.1 x 101.9, 22p x 32p. Laevigatosporites sp.—1; Pb4950-1, 46.1 x 106.2, 36p x 50p. Laevigatosporites sp.-2; Pb8898-2, 38.9 x 104.4, 16p x 24u.. Polypodiisporites favus (Potonie) Potonie, 1934; . . . . . . 13. = Pb89l9-2, 30.9 x 105.3, 275 x 36p; 14. . Pb6746-2, 34.5 x 101.2, 25p x 46p. Umbosporites callosus Newman, 1965; 15. - Pb6746-1,. . . . 35.6 x 105.6, Zlu x 42p; 16. = Pb6746-1, 33.7 x 105.0, 25p x 39p. Page 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 73 H—‘H—‘_ —~‘*_-— PLATE 3 324 PLATE 4 Figure A11 Figures X1000 Page 1. Schizosppris cooksoni Pocock, 1962; Pb8898-2,. . . . . . . . 74 37.9 x 102.0, 21p x 44p. 2-3. SChizosporis scabratus Stanley, 1965; 2. = Pb8919-2, . . . . 75 31.4 x 111.8, 24p; 3. = Pb8919-l, 32.4 x 109.6, 24p x 26p. 4. Schizosporis cf. S, Spriggi Cookson and Dettmann, 1959;. . . 76 Pb6746-2, 42.4 x 104.2, 43p x 48p. 5—6. Schizosporis sp.-2; 5. Pb6777-1, 49.0 x 99.3, l6u. . . . . 77 6. = Pb8957-60—1, 45.9 x 105.3, 15p. 7-8. Schizosporis sp.-6; 7. = Pb8898-1, 48.1 x 111.1, 33p x 47p;. 78 8. = Pb8898-2, 39.4 x 104.9, 46p x 47p. 9-10. Schizosporis sp.-8; 9. = Pb8957—60-2, 42.3 x 88.7, . . . . . 79 12p x lSu; 10. = Pb6777-1, 43.4 x 106.0, 16p x 17p. 11. Bisaccate-1; Pb6746-2, 42.5 x 92.8, 98p x 103p . . . . . . . 80 12. Bisaccate-5; Pb8916-1, 51.1 x 105.0, 72p overall breadth,. . 81 23p depth of body. PLATE 4 Figure 2-30 5-6. 10. 11. 326 PLATE 5 All Figures X1000 Bisaccate-6; Pb8916-2, 46.1 x 109.4, 42p x 48p . . . . . . Pinus semicircularis Stanley, 1965; 2. = Pb6746-1, . . . . 36.5 x 102.0, 42p x 61p; 3. = Pb6778-2, 42.5 x 93.6, 45p x 50p. Podocarpidites sp.; Pb8919-l, 43.7 x 103.4, central body . ca. 26p diameter, overall width ca. 55p. Rugubivesiculites spp.; 5. = Pb6745-l, 41.0 x 100.5, . . . 40p x 56p; 6. = Pb4960-1, 50.5 x 101.8, 34p x 50p. Vitreisporites pallidus (Reissinger) Nilsson, 1958;. . . . Pb4927-l, 41.3 x 98.7, lSu x 22p. Tsugaepollenites? sp.; Pb4934—2, 35.8 x 94.7, 28p x 32p. . Concentrisporites pseudosulcatus (Briche, et a1.) Pocock,. 1970; Pb6746-2, 48.7 x 105.9, 32p. Perinopollenites? Sp.; Pb8957-60-2, 51.3 x 100.1, central. body ca. 22p, overall ca. 27p diameter. Araucariacites sp.; Pb4962-l, 30.2 x 104.2, 60p x 72p. . . Page 81 82 84 84 85 86 87 88 L——_.____ PLATE 5 10. 11—12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17-18 0 19-20 0 21—22. 328 PLATE 6 A11 Figures X1000 Araucariacites sp.; Pb4960-1, 36.6 x 114.3,. . . . . . . . 53p x 65p. Inaperturopollenites spp.; 2. = Pb4960-l, 36.5 x 115.1,. . 26p; 3. = Pb4948-1, 41.4 x 86.5, 37p; 4. = Pb8919-1, 42.0 x 104.5, 24p. Psilinaperturites psilatus Pierce, 1961; Pb4962-2, . . . . 47.5 x 97.6, 43p x 49p. Quadripollis krempii Drugg, 1967; Pb4960-1, 36.4 x 100.5,. 50p. Circulina parva Brenner, 1963; Pb4960-1, 42.8 x 113.3, . . 22p. Classopollis classoides Pflug emend. Pocock and Jansonius, 1961; Pb4948-l, 50.5 x 92.9, 23p. Equisetosporites multicostatus (Brenner) Norris, 1967; . . Pb4948-1, 50.5 x 95.1, l3u x 35p. Equisetosporites sp.-1; Pb8916-1, 42.0 x 101.0,. . . . . . llu x 17p. Equisetosporites sp.-2; 11. = Pb6741-1, 51.1 x 87.9, . . . 14p x 25p; 12. = Pb6745-l, 51.6 x 93.5, 14p x 26p. Eucommiidites couperi Anderson, 1960; Pb6746-1,. . . . . . 33.7 x 92.7, 18u x 28p. Eucommiidites troedssonii Erdtman, 1948; Pb8898-1, . . . . 45.6 x 96.1, 22p x 25p. Eucommiidites? sp.-1; Pb4960-1, 31.4 x 99.7, l6u wide. . Eucommiidites sp.—2; Pb8916—l, 37.0 x 109.1, 13p x l3u . . Eucommiidites? sp.-3; 17. = Pb6741—1, 40.0 x 95.8, . . . . 10p x 15p; 18. - Pb4930-2, 47.3 x 103.9, 8p x 11.5p. Eucommiidites? sp.-4; 19. = Pb8916-1, 37.0 x 96.2, . . . . 14p x 24p; 20. = Pb8919-2, 35.6 x 108.5, 14u x 20p. Clavatipollenites cf. C, minutus Brenner, 1963;. . . . . . 21. = Pb4978—1, 42.0 x 102.8, 9p x 14p; 22. a Pb6778-2, 42.1 x 104.1, llu x 15p. Page 88 89 92 93 94 95 96 96 97 98 98 99 100 100 101 102 _—-——-_ Figure 23. 24. 25-26 0 27. 329 PLATE 6, Continued Confertisulcites sp.-1; Pb8898-1, 41.5 x 101.3, 13p x 28p. Confertisulcites sp.-2; Pb8934-1, 45.1 x 111.1, 15p x 27p. Cycadopites sp.; 25. = Pb6768—2, 39.9 x 91.4, 9p x 19u;. . 26. = Pb6747-1, 42.0 x 95.2, 9.5u x 16p. Monosulcites epakros Brenner, 1963; Pb6745-1,. . . . . . . 37.6 x 101.1, 13u x 30p. Page . 103 . 104 - 105 . 105 —_.—‘*——_— I I ll I l ' l I III all! \I I i II III I I. I l I I'll] l l I Ill 11 ll| 331 PLATE 7 Figure A11 Figures X1000 Page 1. Monosulcites sp.—1; Pb8957-60-2, 46.3 x 104.0, . . . . . . . 106 20p x 33p. 2. Monosulcites sp.—2; Pb8886X-2, 34.2 x 101.0, 9p x 17p. . . . 107 3. Monosulcites? sp.-3; Pb4954-1, 52.0 x 97.1, 9-12u x 21-23u.. 108 4. Monosulcites sp.; Pb4969-1, 42.4 x 113.7, 7. x 168.. . . . . 108 5. Unknown Inaperturate Angiosperm—l; Pb8932-2, 36.3 x 111.4, . 109 21p. 6. Arecipites reticulatus (Van der Hammen) Anderson, 1960;. . . 110 Pb4960—1, 38.4 x 105.6, lZu x 20p. 7-8. Arecipites tenuiexinus Leffingwell, 1971; 7. = Pb8919-2, . . 111 32.2 x 108.3, 23p x 26p; 8. = Pb6775-l, 32.0 x 98.2, 17p x 30p. 9-10. Liliacidites complexus (Stanley) Leffingwell, 1971;. . . . . 112 9. = Pb4988-93—1, 49.7 x 99.2, 31p x 36p; 10. = Pb8898-2, 42.5 x 97.6, 39p. 11. Liliacidites reticulatus (Brenner) Singh, 1971; Pb5550-l,. . 113 44.6 x 103.3, lSu x 24u. 12. Liliacidites cf. 1? variegatus Couper, 1953; Pb6775-1, . . . 114 42.5 x 106.0, l7u x 22p, phase contrast. 13. Liliacidites sp.-1; Pb6775-l, 34.7 x 107.4, ZOu x 21p, . . . 114 phase contrast. 14-15. Liliacidites spp.; 14. = Pb8932-l, 48.7 x 114.9, 14p x 20u;. 115 15. = Pb8932-2, 34.8 x 99.8, 21p x 24p. 16. Ericaceoipollenites rallus Stanley, 1965; Pb4955-l,. . . . . 116 36.6 x 104.6, 35p total diameter. 17-18. Fraxinoipollenites Cf-.En variabilis Stanley, 1965;. . . . . 117 17. = Pb4927-2, 42.3 x 103.4, 14p x 20p; 18. = Pb4943-1, 42.0 x 108.4, 16p. 19-20. Myocolpopollenites cf. M. reticulatus Elsik, 1966; . . . . . 121 Pb6778-1, 37.2 x 96.3, 32p; 20. = phase contrast. 21-22. Ilexpollenites sp.; 21. = Pb89l9-2, 32.7 x 105.4,. . . . . . 119 15p x 25p; 22. a Pb8916-1, 42.0 x 101.3, 17p x 22p, phase contrast. 332 PLATE 7, Continued Figure Page 23-24. Quercus? cf. 9, explanata Anderson, 1960; 23. - Pb8916-1,. . 122 42.0 x 112.8, 22p x 31p; 24. = Pb4958—2, 37.7 x 92.3, 22p x 31p. 25-27. Retitricolpites minutus Pierce, 1961; 25. 3 Pb89l6-1,. . . . 124 40.0 x 111.2, lZu; 26. = Pb4930-2, 42.2 x 106.4, 14p; 27. = Pb8898-1, 40.1 x 102.8, 13p. 28-29. Retitricolpites sp.-1; Pb8919-l, 39.9 x 112.5, 19p . . . . . 125 30. Retitricolpites sp.-2; Pb4954-1, 37.0 x 105.7, 12p x 20p . . 126 PLATE 7 1| 1 I ‘II I I III I II I ll . | III I III I l I! III I III p ll Figure 1-2. 10-11. 12-13 0 14-15 0 16-18. 19-20 0 21. 22-23 0 24. 25. 26-27 0 28-29 0 30. 31. 334 PLATE 8 A11 Figures X1000 Retitricolpites sp.-3; 1. = Pb89l9—2, 30.6 x 105.0,. . . . . 15u x 19p; 2. = Pb8919-2, 42.8 x 103.4, 15p x Zlu. Retitricolpites sp.-4; Pb8898-2, 46.3 x 94.6, 21p. . . . . . Retitricolpites sp.-11; Pb8932-1, 46.4 x 104.3, 19p. . . . Retitricolpites sp.-14; Pb4934—1, 30.4 x 107.2, 21p x 24p. Retitricolpites Sp.-17; Pb6777—1, 51.0 x 111.9, 25p x 36p. . Retitricolpites spp.; 8. = Pb8916-2, 41.3 x 107.0, . . . . . 15p x 18u; 9. = Pb5578—2, 40.4 x 102.8, 17u x 29p. Striatopollis sp.-1; Pb6778—2, 42.2 x 110.2, 15p x l7u . . . Striatopollis sp.-2; Pb6746-1, 50.5 x 103.8, 13p x 25p . . . Tricolpites anguloluminosus Anderson, 1960; 14. - Pb4960—2,. 31.6 x 115.0, 23u; 15. = Pb4955-1, 45.5 x 96.6, 256. Tricolpites interangulus Newman, 1965; 16. = Pb8919-2, . . . 37.5 x 105.4, 28p; 17. = Pb8919—1, 51.0 x 104.1, 27p; 18. = Pb8916-2, 36.2 x 101.7, 220- Tricolpites mutabilis Leffingwell, 1971; 19. 8 Pb89l6-1, . . 51.0 x 93.6, 130; 20. = Pb8932-2, 29.9 x 109.0, 16p. Tricolpites cf. T, psilascabratus Norton, 1969; Pb8932-1,. . 36.5 x 104.8, 230. Tricolpites cf. Tricolporites traversei Anderson, 1960;. . . 22. = Pb4927-1, 38.4 x 107.2, 8p x lZu; 23. - Pb4948-1, 41.6 x 96.6, 9p x lOu. Tricolpites sp.-1; Pb4927-2, 41.3 x 99.5, lZu. . . . . . . . Tricolpites sp.-2; Pb8932-1, 41.5 x 101.7, 10p x lSu . . . . Tricolpites sp.-3; 26. = Pb4927-1, 36.3 x 102.0, . . . . . . 7m x llu; 27. 8 Pb4948-1, 41.5 x 97.3, 6p x llu. Tricolpites sp.-4; 28. = Pb8919-1, 42.8 x 104.3, . . . . . . 26p; 29. = Pb8916-1, 32.0 x 100.5, 32p. Tricolpites Sp.-5; Pb8932-l, 33.8 x 114.6, 150 . . . . . . . Tricolpites sp.-6; Pb8898-3, 38.4 x 108.5, 19p . . . . . . . Page 127 128 . 129 I 130 131 132 132 133 135 137 139 139 140 141 142 142 143 143 144 _——_-——_ "t 6. W I I .5. O ' .4 ..- w 1"" a" ... I" 4 a" I .5 .. .. O i . I .7 O ‘. ‘a . O . ‘1 I ’. '0 C _. 1 01¢ Figure 32. 33-35. 36-370 38. 335 PLATE 8, Continued Tricolpites sp.-7; Pb8898-3, 40.2 x 104.4, l7u . . . Tricolpites sp.-8; 33. = Pb6775-1, 51.5 x 99.1,. . . Zlu x 23p; 34-35. = Pb6775-2, 49.1 x 111.3, 25p. Tricolpites sp.-9; 36. = Pb8916-1, 39.1 x 108.9, . . Sp x 10p; 37. = Pb8953-1, 46.6 x 111.6, 4p x 9.5u. Tricolpopollenites cf. T. extraneus Groot, Penny and Groot, 1961; Pb6778-1, Z2.5 x 103.9, 18.5u. Page 145 145 146 147 PLATE 8 1" [lllllllliilll. Figure 1-3. 6-70 8-9. 10. 11. 12. 13-14. 15. 16-17. 18-190 20-21. 337 PLATE 9 A11 Figures X1000 Page Tricolpites cf. T. variofoveatus (McIntyre) Elsik, 1968; . . 148 1. = Pb8932—2, 37.6 x 104.4, 216; 2. = Pb6778-1, 37.2 x 99.0, 22p; 3. = Pb8898-4, 41.6 x 110.2, 23p. Aquilapollenites attenuatus Funkhouser, 1961; Pb6775-1,. 51.5 x 100.0, polar axis 45p. Aquilapollenites cf. A. bertillonites Funkhouser, 1961;. Pb6741—2, 43.5 x 93.9: maximum breadth 34p. Aquilapollenites calvus Tschudy and Leopold, 1971; . . . . 6. = Pb8898-3, 42.6 x 97.0, polar axis 29p; 7. = Pb8898-4, 41.4 x 106.9, polar axis 31p. Aquilapollenites navacolpites Funkhouser, 1961;. . . . 8. = Pb6775-2, 32.0 x 106.3, polar axis 29p; 9. = Pb6741-2, 46.4 x 102.3, polar axis 32p. Aquilapollenites quadriIObus Rouse, 1957; Pb8916-1,. . . . 35.0 x 114.6, polar axis 24p. Aquilapollenites rigidus Tschudy and Leopold, 1971;. . . . Pb4954-1, 52.1 x 98.9, 39p. Aquilapollenites sp.; Pb4978-2, 47.4 x 98.6, polar axis 40u. Cupanieidites major Cookson and Pike, 1954; 13. = Pb8916-1,. 35.3 x 100.9, 21p; 14. = Pb6745-2, 43.5 x 102.9, 23p. Cupanieidites reticularis Cookson and Pike, 1954; Pb6778-1,. 42.2 x 108.6, 20p. Tricolporopollenites? cf. T. glObularius Groot, Penny, and . Groot, 1961; 16. = Pb8957-60-1, 42.2 x 96.8, 300 x 336; 17. = Pb89S7-60-1, 51.3 x 104.0, 38p. Tricolporopollenites minor Takahashi, 1961; 18. = Pb4940-2,. 36.2 x 101.4, 13.5u x 14p; 19. = Pb6751-1, 51.5 x 96.8, 12p x 14m. Tricolporopollenites sp.-1; Pb6778-1, 37.2 x 105.5;. . 20. = 330, 21. = 310; the two grains were joined. . 151 . 152 . 153 . 154 . 154 . 155 156 157 158 158 159 . 159 PLATE 9 Figure 12-13. 14. 15. 16-18. 19. 20-21. 22. 23. 24. 339 PLATE 10 A11 Figures X1000 Aquilapollenites trialatus Rouse var. uniformis Tschudy. and Leopold, 1971; Pb4940-1, 48.7 x 102.6, polar axis 36p. Tricolporopollenites sp.-2; Pb4962-1, 41.4 x 103.2,. . . 22p x 31p. Tricolporopollenites? sp.-3; 3. = Pb8919-1, 43.6 x 106.0,. 18u x 20p; 4. = Pb8932-l, 33.7 x 95.7, 19.5u x 20p. Tricolporopollenites sp.-4; 5-6. = Pb4948-1, 41.5 x 103.8, 190 x 24p; 7. = Pb4934—2, 47.1 x 101.2, 200 x 25u. Tricolporopollenites sp.-5; Pb4958-2, 40.1 x 104.4,. . . . 29p x 29u. Vitis? cf. 3? affluens Stanley, 1965; 9. 8 Pb4960-2, . 38.9 x 101.8, 16p; 10. = Pb6746-2, 42.5 x 109.4, 17p. Alnipollenites trina (Stanley) Norton and Hall, 1969;. . Pb8898-2, 45.5 x 106.3, 20p. Conclavipollis? cf. C. wolfcreekensis Newman, 1965;. . . 12. = Pb8957-60-2, 46.1 x 106.6, 211.1; 13. = Pb8957-60-1, 34.0 x 106.4, 20p. Engelhardtioides cf. E, minutus Newman, 1965; Pb4927-2,. 46.4 x 99.2, 11p. Extratriporopollenites sp.; Pb4934.2, 36.2 x 108.0, 20p. . Momipites sanjuanensis Anderson, 1960; 16. = Pb8932-1, . . 46.4 x 108.8, 170; 17. 8 Pb8932-l, 41.5 x 99.7, 16p; 18. = Pb8932-1, 41.5 x 114.7, 13p. ,Myrtaceoipollenites peritus Newman, 1965; Pb8934-1,. 37.3 x 110.9, 22p. Normapolles sp.-1; 20. - Pb8929-31-2, 47.5 x 105.9,. 270; 21. = Pb8932-1, 48.6 x 96.4, 24p. Normapolles sp.-2; Pb8916-2, 45.4 x 102.3, 19u.. . . . . Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, 1960, var. A; Pb6778-2,. 46.4 x 102.6, 23p. Page 155 160 . 161 162 162 . 163 164 164 . 166 . 167 . 168 168 . 169 171 . 172 Proteacidites thalmanni Anderson, var. 3, Thompson, 1969,. . 173 (manuscript name); Pb8919-2, 40.2 x 107.0, 250. h — 'fi —.... L P ' ... n n, I 0'. pp. 4" . r 1* a" . I ‘f 3" 340 PLATE 10, Continued Figure Page 25-26. Sporopollis sp.; 25. = Pb4934-1, 42.1 x 106.2, 23p;. . . . . 174 26. = Pb6777—2, 49.2 x 103.1, 20p. 27. Tilia cf. T, wodehousei Anderson, 1960; Pb4954-1,. . . . . . 175 51.9 x 96.2, 15u. 28. Triatriopollenites granulatus (Simpson) Leffingwell, . . . . 176 1971; Pb5578-1, 40.1 x 103.7, 14p. 29-30. Triporopollenites sp.-1; 29. = Pb8957-60-1, 37.1 x 99.0, . . 177 20p; 30. = Pb8919-2, 37.2 x 104.9, 20p. 31. Triporopollenites sp.-2; Pb8932-1, 40.2 x 114.1, 240.. . . . 178 32-33. Triporopollenites sp.-3; 32. = Pb4960-1, 39.5 x 105.6, . . . 179 22p; 33. = Pb4934-4, 51.0 x 107.2, 26p. 34. Triporopollenites sp.-4; Pb8957-60-1, 42.3 x 100.4, 23p. . . 180 35-37. Triporopollenites sp.-5; 35. = Pb4927—2, 38.3 x 103.4, . . . 181 22p; 36. = Pb4927-1, 39.3 x 97.0, 24p; 37. = Pb4927-1, 41.3 x 108.7, 25p. PLATE 10 Figure 1-2. 3-4. 10. 11-12. 342 PLATE 11 All Figures X1000 Triporopollenites sp.-6; 1. = Pb4954-2, 46.0 x 103.9,. . . 230; 2. = Pb4950-2, 35.7 x 103.1, 230. Triporopollenites sp.-7; 3. = Pb8957-60-1, 45.3 x 92.3,. . 230; 4. = Pb8957-60-l, 49.7 x 107.9, 250. Trudopollis meekeri Newman, 1965; Pb4972-2, 45.4 x 102.4,. 27p. Ulmoideipites sp.; Pb8957-60-1, 39.4 x 105.6, 220. . . . . Erdtmanipollis pachysandroides Krutzsch, 1962; Pb8934-2, . 49.3 x 112.7, ca. 30u. Polyporina cribraria Srivastava, 1969; Pb6775-2, . 32.0 x 101.2, 170. Liguidambarpollenites? sp.; Pb6741—2, 32.5 x 94.9, 24u.. . Cyclonephelium? sp.; Pb8886X-2, 47.1 x 101.4, 70p. . . . maximum dimension. Deflandrea cf. D. cooksoni Alberti, 1959; 11. - Pb4954-1,. 49.0 x 97.0, 5171' x 1020; 12. = Pb4934-1, 35.0 x 111.4, 570 x 97p. Page . 182 . 183 184 . 184 . 185 . 187 . 186 188 . 189 PLATE 1] Figure 3—4. 5-6. 8-10. 1.1—1.4. 344 PLATE 12 A11 Figures X1000 Page Deflandrea sp.-1; 1. = Pb4962-1, 39.6 x 98.3, 43p x 75p; . . 190 2. = Pb4962-1, 50.4 x 105.9, 44p wide; this longitudinally crushed specimen shows a group of the cingular spines at the top of the photograph. Deflandrea sp.-2; 3. = Pb4940-1, 41.8 x 103.3, . . . . . . . 191 450 x 74u; 4. = Pb8953-2, 42.6 x 112.2, 50p x 800. Gonyaulacysta? cf. E. delicata Davey, 1969; 5. - Pb4945X-2,. 192 34.6 x 104.5, 50m x 60p; 6. = Pb6741—2, 40.6 x 104.8, 40p wide, crushed. Dinogymnium digitus (Deflandre) Evitt, Clarke and Verdier, . 193 1967; Pb4960-1, 38.3 x 107.0, 20p x 75p. Dinogymnium sp.-l; 8. = Pb4960-1, 33.4 x 113.4, 20p x 57p; . 194 9. = Pb6741—1, 43.6 x 100.7, Zlu x 55p; 10. - Pb6741—1, 51.5 x 94.0, 18p x 56p. Dinogymnium spp.; 11. = Pb4930-1, 39.4 x 111.8, 18p x 21p; . 195 12. = Pb4958-2, 38.9 x 103.7, 18p x 21p; 13. - Pb4962-1, 42.8 x 100.0, 30p x 430; 14. = Pb4927-2, 50.3 x 98.1, 19p x 36p. ‘A—l—n—d-Jh ————--_‘——h-§,_ 2 I PLATE Figure 346 PLATE 13 All Figures X1000 Page HystrichosPhaera ramosa (Ehrenberg) O. Wetzel, 1932, . . . . 196 emend. Davey and Williams in Davey et al., 1966; Pb4960.1, 50.5 x 96.0, 32p diameter of central body, processes ca. 12p long. Cleistosphaeridium sp.; 2. = Pb6745-1, 41.1 x 88.1, 47p. . . 197 overall diameter; 3. = Pb4960—1, 45.5 x 100.9, central body ca. 32u diameter, processes ca. lZu long. Hystrichosphaeridium sp.; Pb4960-1, 50.4 x 106.7, central. . 198 body lSu x 20p; processes 100 long. Polysphaeridium cf. P, sp.4 of Zaitzeff, 1967; Pb4960-1, . . 199 50.5 x 97.9, central body 27p x 32p; processes 4-6u long. Surculosphaeridium? cf. S, vestitum (Deflandre) Davey, . . . 200 et al., 1966; Pb4956-2, 32.4 x 100.4, central body 31p x 43p; processes 14-20u long. ' Odontochitina striatoperforata Cookson and Eisenack, 1962; . 201 Pb6746-2, 45.5 x 107.0, S9u across area of detachment of operculum; processes ca. 75p and ca. lOOu long. Horologinella apiculata Cookson and Eisenack, 1962;. . . . . 201 8. = Pb4934—1, 40.6 x 93.0, 16u x 17p; 9. = Pb4934-3, 41.1 x 101.2, 17p x 19m. Figure 2-30 10. 348 PLATE 14 A11 Figures X1000 Palaeohystrichophora infusorioides Deflandre, 1934;. . . . Pb4980-1, 32.0 x 97.4, 450 x 56p. Unknown Dinoflagellate-l; 2. = Pb4954-2, 40.0 x 108.4, . . 33p x 50p; 3. = Pb6745-2, 40.4 x 106.6, 29p x 55p. Unknown Dinoflagellate-2; Pb4974-1, 37.0 x 105.1,. . . . . 44m x 54p. Unknown Dinoflagellate-3; 5. = Pb4962—l, 50.5 x 101.6, . . 23p x 44p; 6. = Pb4960-1, 36.5 x 95.3, 26p x 47p. Unknown Dinoflagellate-4; 7. = Pb559l-2, 39.5 x 99.0,. . . 53p x 73p, phase contrast; 8. = Pb8953-2, 42.5 x 103.4, 42p x 64m; 9. = Pb4927-2, 50.2 x 111.5, 44p x 80p, typical distorted specimen. Unknown Dinoflagellate-5; Pb4945X-2, 37.7 x 110.5, . . . . 44p x 80p, phase contrast. Page 203 204 206 207 208 208 ._‘_h—_ Figure 24. 25. 26. 27. 28—30. 31. 32. 351 PLATE 15, Continued Pterospermopsis sp.-l; Pb4962-1, 41.3 x 99.7, ca. 33p. . . . overall diameter, central body ca. l9u diameter. Leiosphaeridia sp.-l; Pb4940-2, 36.2 x 91.0, 230 . . . . . . Leiosphaeridia sp.-2; Pb4962-1, 40.5 x 101.2, 180. . . . . . Leiosphaeridia sp.-3; Pb8919-2, 41.6 x 116.8, 18u x 21p. . . Leiosphaeridia sp.-4; 28-29. = Pb4954-1, 43.0 x 110.6, lOu,. 29. = phase contrast; 30. = Pb4936-2, 49.0 x 99.5, llu. Leiosphaeridia sp.-5; Pb4983—2, 40.8 x 96.0, l3u . . . . . . Leiosphaeridia sp.-6; Pb8957-60-1, 42.3 x 89.9, 24p; . . . . fold in lower left quadrant of Specimen simulates a monolete suture, but is not; such folds are common. Page 220 221 222 223 223 224 225 Figure 2-4. 5-6. 8-9. 10. 11. 12-13. 14-170 18-19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 350 PLATE 15 All Figures X1000 Page Baltisphaeridium sp.; Pb4954-1, 43.1 x 90.3, 23u.. . . . . . 210 Micrhystridium deflandrei Valensi, 1948; 2. = Pb4962-1,. . . 211 50.5 x 102.0, 12p; 3. = Pb4962-1, 50.6 x 111.1, 13u; 40 = Pb4962-l, 43.0 X 10303, 905“. 1955; Pb4962—l, 47.0'k 109.4; 29p overall, central body 18p diameter. Micrhystridium sp.-l; 50 = Pb4954—2, 4201 X 10405, 0 0 o o 0 212 central body 90 diameter; 6. = Pb4960-l, 36.6 x 113.0, central body 7p diameter. Micrhystridium sp.-2; Pb4975-1, 41.6 x 108.9, central. . . . 212 body 8p diameter. Micrhystridium sp.-3; 8. = Pb4974-1, 42.1 x 96.9, central. . 213 body llu diameter; 9. = Pb4934-2, 35.5 x 95.5, central body ca. l4u diameter. Micrhystridium sp.-4; Pb4960-1, 39.5 x 107.0, central. . . 214 body ca. 17p diameter. Micrhystridium sp.-5; Pb4934-1, 51.0 x 108.4, l4u. . . . . . 214 Micrhystridium Spa-6; 12. = Pb5557-1, 4000 X 9404, o o o 0 o 215 central body ca. 18p diameter; 13. = Pb5557-2, 35.4 x 92.8, central body 150 diameter. Cymatiosphaera spp.; 14. = Pb4962-2, 41.4 x 106.2, l8u;. . . 216 15. = Pb6746-2, 46.5 x 113.1, 24p; 16. = Pb4962-1, 47.2 x 108.2, 15p; 17. = Pb4974—2, 38.0 x 111.1, llu. Leiofusa cf. L, jurassica Cookson and Eisenack, 1958;. . . . 217 18. = Pb4954-1, 51.0 x 108.3, 21p long; 19. = Pb4960-2, 46.4 x 105.3, 13p long. Halophoridia xena Cookson and Eisenack, 1962; Pb4965-1,. . . 217 42.0 x 100.2; 33p x 380. Trigonopixidia ginella (Cookson and Eisenack) Cookson. . . . 218 and Eisenack, 1961; Pb4960-2, 38.9 x 101.3, 57p from apex to opposite side. Veryhachium reductum (Deunff) de Jekhowsky, 1961;. . . . . 219 Pb4927-2, 38.3 x 100.5, 19p from apex to opposite side. Pterospermopsis cf. P. australiensis Deflandre and Cookson,. 220 Figure 7-8. 9-10. 11. 12-13 0 353 PLATE 16 A11 Figures X1000 Page Leiosphaeridia sp.-7; Pb4962-1, 34.3 x 110.7, 15u x 18p. . . Leiosphaeridia? sp.-8; Pb4962-1, 30.3 x 105.0, 34p . . . . . Leiosphaeridia? sp.-9; 3. = Pb4962-l, 34.8 x 104.2, 34p. . . phase contrast; 4. = Pb4962-1, 50.5 x 109.0, 36p. Leiosphaeridia sp.-10; Pb4962-2, 39.5 x 115.5, 50p x 64p . . Leiosphaeridia? sp.-11; Pb6745-l, 42.4 x 103.8, 33p. . . . . Leiosphaeridia sp.-12; 7. = Pb6745—2, 32.6 x 106.4,. . . . . ~13u x 29p; 8. = Pb4940-1, 41.5 x 107.1, 16p x 24p. Palaeostomocystis cf. P. apiculata Cookson and Eisenack, . . 1960; 9. = Pb4974-2, 35.6 x 113.9, 216 x 441.; 10. = Pb4950-1, 35.1 x 108.1, 26p x 640. Unknown Acritarch-l; Pb4980-l, 46.0 x 97.5, 25p x 35m. . . . Palambages sp.-1; Pb4962-1, 30.2 x 112.7, individuals. . . . ca. 22p diameter, colony ca. 60p diameter; 12. 8 phase contrast. 225 226 227 227 228 228 230 231 231 PLATE 16 Figure 2-3. 355 PLATE 17 A11 Figures X1000 Palambages sp.—2; Pb5554-2, 39.0 x 104.1, individual . cells ca. 21p, colony ca. 65p diameter. Palambages? sp.-3; Pb6775-2, 47.1 x 104.6, total . . . diameter 600. Microforaminiferan; Pb8932-l, 46.5 x 102.8, 21p total. diameter. Unknown Palynomorph-1; 5. = Pb8957-60-1, 37.6 x 96.1,. 19p; 6. = Pb8919-2, 31.7 x 105.0, 24p; 7. = Pb8898-2, 48.4 x 95.6, 21p. Page 232 233 236 236 T7 PLATE Wacktjf 4*“ In?” ‘ IBRARIES wum IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII \I\unulluumugluauumugwmmmmmmw 628